Solar City Master Plan of

Solar City Master Plan

Aurangabad

Submitted by

Solar City Master Plan

Aurangabad

Master Plan For Development of Aurangabad as Solar City

1 l Page

PROJECT DETAILS Project Name:

Master Plan for Development of Aurangabad as Solar city

Client:

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

Work Order No. and Date:

No./AMC/LIGHT-I/493/2011, October 19, 2011

Submission History:

Draft Master Plan report submitted on February 22, 2013

Present Report Checking Mechanism:

Initiator(s):

Mr. Francis S Balan

Checker(s):

Mr. Anand Menon, Associate Vice President

Approver(s):

Mr. Yogendra Naik, Head- Infrastructure advisory


2 l Page

Table of Contents

1 Introduction .......................................................................... 12 1.1 BACKGROUND ..........................................................................................................................12 1.2 ENERGY SCENARIO .................................................................................................................14 1.3 NEED FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY ............................................................................................14 1.4 ROLE OF SOLAR POWER IN ENERGY SECURITY ....................................................................15 1.5 GREEN CITY.............................................................................................................................15 1.6 SOLAR CITY PROGRAMME.......................................................................................................16

1.6.1 Goals and Objectives...............................................................................................16

2 Approach and Methodology.................................................... 17 2.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................17 2.2 ENERGY SCENARIO .................................................................................................................17

2.2.1 Energy Security .........................................................................................................18 2.3 MNRE SCHEME ON DEVELOPMENT OF SOLAR CITIES.........................................................19

2.3.1 Background of the Study .......................................................................................20 2.4 MASTER PLAN FOR SOLAR CITY.............................................................................................20

2.4.1 Objectives ....................................................................................................................21 2.4.2 Master Plan Process .................................................................................................21

2.5 STUDY APPROACH ...................................................................................................................22 2.6 STUDY OF CRITICAL FACTORS ...............................................................................................23 2.7 PROPOSED METHODOLOGY ....................................................................................................24

2.7.1 Mobilization .................................................................................................................25 2.7.2 Project Instigation ....................................................................................................25 2.7.3 Preparation of Energy Baseline for 2010 .........................................................26 2.7.4 Demand Forecasting................................................................................................28 2.7.5 Sector Wise Strategies & Renewable Energy Options ................................29

2.8 STRATEGIC VISION .................................................................................................................30

3 Success Stories...................................................................... 32 3.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................32 3.2 INSTITUTIONS INVOLVED ON SOLAR CITIES ........................................................................32

3.2.1 International Solar Cities initiatives (ISCI).....................................................33 3.2.2 European Solar Cities Initiatives.........................................................................33 3.2.3 Solar city Task force ................................................................................................34 3.2.4 European solar cities projects..............................................................................34 3.2.5 Energie – Cities Association..................................................................................35

3.3 PROGRAMME ON SOLAR CITIES .............................................................................................35 3.3.1 Australia National Solar Cities Program ...........................................................35 3.3.2 Solar Cities Programme in India .........................................................................35

3.4 CASE STUDIES .........................................................................................................................36 3.4.1 Solar city: Adelaide, Australia..............................................................................36 3.4.2 Solar city, Barcelona, Spain..................................................................................36 3.4.3 Solar city, Linz, Austria ..........................................................................................37 3.4.4 Solar city, Cape Town, South Africa ..................................................................37 3.4.5 Solar city, Daegu , Korea.......................................................................................37

4 Stakeholders Consultation ..................................................... 39 4.1 FORMATION OF STAKEHOLDER COMMITTEE..........................................................................39

4.1.1 Problems and suggestions highlighted by the stakeholders ....................40 4.1.2 Visuals of first Stakeholders Meeting ................................................................44 4.1.3 Visuals of second Stakeholders Meeting ..........................................................48


3 l Page

4.1.4 Visuals of third Stakeholders Meeting ..............................................................51 4.1.5 Photographs of the 4th Stakeholder Meeting ................................................56

5 Energy Baseline of Aurangabad ............................................. 58 5.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................58 5.2 CITY PROFILE ..........................................................................................................................59 5.2.1 CONNECTIVITY ...........................................................................................................................59 5.2.2 ROAD CONNECTIVITY .................................................................................................................59 5.2.3 RAIL CONNECTIVITY ...................................................................................................................60 5.2.4 AIR CONNECTIVITY.....................................................................................................................60 5.2.5 DEMOGRAPHY............................................................................................................................60 5.2.6 POPULATION PROJECTIONS IN AURANGABAD ..............................................................................60 5.2.7 LOCAL ADMINISTRATION .............................................................................................................61 5.2.8 TOURIST ATTRACTIONS...............................................................................................................61 5.2.9 ECONOMY ..................................................................................................................................63 5.2.10 ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION SCENARIO ......................................................................................64 5.2.11 CONSUMPTION SCENARIO OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS ................................................................65 5.2.12 RESIDENTIAL..............................................................................................................................67 A. ELECTRICITY.............................................................................................................................67 B. LPG AND KEROSENE ................................................................................................................68 5.2.13 COMMERCIAL.............................................................................................................................69 5.2.14 MUNICIPAL SERVICES.................................................................................................................70 5.2.15 INDUSTRIAL ...............................................................................................................................72 5.2.16 GHG EMISSIONS ........................................................................................................................74

6 Energy Forecasting and Target Setting .................................. 76 6.1 ENERGY DEMAND FORECAST UP TO 2018 ...........................................................................76

6.1.1 Total Electricity Consumption ..............................................................................77 6.1.2 Electricity Consumption in Residential Sector ...............................................77 6.1.3 Petrol .............................................................................................................................78 6.1.4 Diesel.............................................................................................................................78 6.1.5 Commercial Consumers..........................................................................................79 6.1.6 Target Setting ............................................................................................................79

7 Renewable Energy Strategies ................................................ 81 7.1 SOLAR ENERGY........................................................................................................................81

7.1.1 Solar Water Heating Systems ..............................................................................82 7.1.2 Solar Cookers .............................................................................................................85 7.1.3 Solar lanterns to replace kerosene lamps .......................................................85 7.1.4 Solar Home Lighting Systems..............................................................................86 7.1.5 Solar PV for Home Invertors ................................................................................87 7.1.6 Solar PV for replacement of DG/ Kerosene generator sets ......................88 7.1.7 Summary of renewable energy strategies in Residential sector ............89

7.2 COMMERCIAL SECTOR-SOLAR PV, SOLAR WATER HEATING AND BIOGAS PLANT............89 7.2.1 Schools .........................................................................................................................90 7.2.2 Healthcare facilities..................................................................................................92 7.2.3 Banks.............................................................................................................................94 7.2.4 Hotels ............................................................................................................................96

7.3 SUMMARY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY STRATEGIES IN COMMERCIAL SECTOR ....................100 7.4 MUNICIPAL SECTOR ..............................................................................................................101

7.4.1 Rooftop PV in Government Buildings ..............................................................101 7.4.2 Market Facilities.......................................................................................................102 7.4.3 MNRE Subsidy Scheme on Roof top Solar.....................................................104

7.5 GRID CONNECTED SOLAR PV POWER PLANTS.....................................................................104


4 l Page

7.5.1 Pre feasibility of Solar Power Plants in Aurangabad..................................104 7.6 SOLAR STREET LIGHTS ALONG STATION ROAD ..................................................................109 7.7 SOLAR TRAFFIC LIGHTS .......................................................................................................110 7.8 SOLAR HOARDINGS ..............................................................................................................110 7.9 ENERGY FROM SEWERAGE TREATMENT PLANTS .................................................................111 7.10 ENERGY FROM SLAUGHTER HOUSE WASTE PROCESSING ..................................................112 7.11 SUMMARY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY STRATEGIES IN MUNICIPAL SECTOR........................113 7.12 WIND ENERGY.......................................................................................................................114

8 Energy Efficiency Strategies ................................................ 115 8.1 RESIDENTIAL SECTOR ..........................................................................................................115

8.1.1 Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL ..............................................116 8.1.2 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with energy efficient ceiling fan 116 8.1.3 Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rates AC........117 8.1.4 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators118 8.1.5 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Residential sector ............119

8.2 COMMERCIAL SECTOR ..........................................................................................................120 8.2.1 Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL ..............................................121 8.2.2 Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights by T5 tube lights...............................121 8.2.3 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with energy efficient ceiling fan 122 8.2.4 Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rates AC........122 8.2.5 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators123 8.2.6 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Commercial Sector..........124

8.3 INDUSTRIAL SECTOR ............................................................................................................124 8.3.1 Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL ..............................................125 8.3.2 Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights by T5 tube lights...............................126 8.3.3 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with energy efficient ceiling fan 127 8.3.4 Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rates AC........127 8.3.5 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Industrial Sector ..............128

9 Energy Efficiency Projects in Municipal Sector..................... 129 9.1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................129 9.2 GUIDELINES FOR PROCURING SERVICES & EQUIPMENT FOR MUNICIPAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY

PROJECTS............................................................................................................................................130 9.3 DETAILED AUDIT OF INDIVIDUAL SYSTEMS TO CREATE LIST OF POTENTIAL PROJECTS ..131

9.3.1 System mapping .....................................................................................................131 9.4 ENERGY EFFICIENCY STRATEGIES IN MUNICIPAL SECTOR................................................132

9.4.1 EE measures in street lighting...........................................................................132 9.4.2 EE measures in water pumping.........................................................................136 9.4.3 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Municipal sector ...............138

10 Energy Efficiency in Buildings ........................................... 139 10.1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................139 10.2 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY – EXISTING POLICY FRAMEWORK ...................................139 10.3 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION /GREEN BUILDINGS ..........................................................140

10.3.1 Salient Features of Green Building ..................................................................141 10.3.2 Advantages of Green Buildings .........................................................................142

10.1 DEMAND COMPARISON: CONVENTIONAL VIS A VIS GREEN BUILDING ...........................142 10.2 SUSTAINABLE GREEN BUILDING MEASURES TO BE ADOPTED ..........................................142

10.2.1 Sustainable Sites ....................................................................................................143 10.2.2 Water Efficiency.......................................................................................................144


5 l Page

10.2.3 Energy & Atmosphere ...........................................................................................145 10.2.4 Materials & Resources...........................................................................................146 10.2.5 Indoor Environmental Quality ............................................................................147

10.3 STEPS TO BE TAKEN BY AURANGABAD MUNICIPAL CORPORATION FOR EFFECTIVE

IMPLEMENTATION OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN BUILDINGS ..............................................................148 10.4 GREEN BUILDING IMPLEMENTATION FRAMEWORK MODEL FOR CORPORATION...............149

11 Energy Management in Schools......................................... 151 11.1 INDIAN ENERGY CONTEXT....................................................................................................151 11.2 ENERGY USE IN SCHOOLS....................................................................................................151 11.3 ENHANCING THE LEARNING ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................151 11.4 IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURE OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT PROGRAMMES IN SCHOOLS IN

AURANGABAD .....................................................................................................................................152 11.4.1 Walk Through Energy Assessment...................................................................153

12 Budget & Action Plan ........................................................ 155 12.1 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN ........................................................................................................156 12.2 PROJECTS UNDER PRIORITY.................................................................................................157

12.2.1 Other Proposed Projects.......................................................................................158 12.3 ANNUAL ENERGY SAVING TARGET ......................................................................................159 12.4 ANNUAL BUDGET ALLOCATION .............................................................................................161 12.5 ACTION PLAN.........................................................................................................................164 12.6 CAPACITY BUILDING AND AWARENESS GENERATION ........................................................166

12.6.1 Energy Education Park..........................................................................................166 12.7 FINANCING SCHEMES AND MODELS ....................................................................................168

12.7.1 Financing Options ...................................................................................................168

13 Implementable Projects Proposed in Aurangabad............. 173 13.1 DETAILED TECHNICAL AND FINANCIAL DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTABLE PROJECTS.............174

13.1.1 Projects under Rooftop Solar PV systems .....................................................174 1. Corporation Building ..............................................................................................174 2. Dr Baba Saheb Auditorium..................................................................................174 3. Sant ek Nath Mandir..............................................................................................175 4. DC Office ....................................................................................................................175 5. Taluk Office ...............................................................................................................176 6. CIDCO Office.............................................................................................................176 7. Commissioner Bunglow ........................................................................................176 8. Siddarth Garden ......................................................................................................177 9. Bibikamakbara .........................................................................................................177 13.1.2 Project under Solar Hoardings...........................................................................178 1. Solar Hoarding Techno Economic details.......................................................178 13.1.3 Projects under Solar Streetlights for Monuments and upcoming New Roads 179 2. Solar Streetlight Projects in Upcoming Roads .............................................180 3. Bibikamakbara .........................................................................................................181 13.1.4 Project under Waste to Energy..........................................................................181 1. Shahbazaar Slaughter House Waste to Energy ..........................................181

14 Activities under solar city.................................................. 182 14.1 SITE VISIT TO SOLAR COOKING PLANT - SAI BABA SANSTHAN TRUST..........................182

14.1.1 Shirdi Prasadhalya Solar Cooking System ....................................................182 14.1.2 Project Details ..........................................................................................................183 14.1.3 Officials Visited ........................................................................................................184 14.1.4 Plant Layout ..............................................................................................................184


6 l Page

14.1.5 Schematic Diagram................................................................................................185 14.1.6 Annual Savings ........................................................................................................185 14.1.7 Photos taken during site Visit ............................................................................186 14.1.8 Proposed Solar Cooking Project in Ghatti Hospital, Aurangabad .........187

14.2 AWARENESS PROGRAM - THREE DAYS SOLAR EXPO.........................................................189 14.2.1 Visuals of Solar Expo.............................................................................................189

14.3 NEWSPAPER FOOTAGE ..........................................................................................................191

Annexure 1- Action plan for Utilization of Funds ....................... 194

Annexure 2 – Inception Workshop Meeting Attendee List 09 November 2011......................................................................... 195

Annexure 4 – List of Invitees .................................................... 201

Annexure 5 – List of ESCO’s ...................................................... 202

Annexure 5 – List of manufactures of solar water heating systems.................................................................................................. 216

Annexure 6 – List of BIS approved Manufacturers of FPC based Solar Water Heating Systems ............................................................. 220

Annexure 7 – List of BIS approved Manufacturers Solar Cookers224

Annexure 8 – Photos taken during Data Collection.................... 225

Annexure 9 – Wind potential sites in Maharashtra .................... 227

Annexure 10 – Industrial Scenario on Aurangabad and Renewable Energy Potential ........................................................................ 228 10.1 INDUSTRIAL PROFILE OF AURANGABAD ..............................................................................228 10.2 RENEWABLE ENERGY STRATEGIES ......................................................................................228

10.2.1 Solar Drying/air heating systems .....................................................................228 10.2.2 Solar Air conditioning Plants...............................................................................229 10.2.3 Solar Refrigerator ...................................................................................................229 10.2.4 Solar Concentrators for Process Heat Applications....................................230

10.3 POTENTIAL OF SOLAR IN INDUSTRIES IN AURANGABAD ...................................................230 10.3.1 Automobile Industry ..............................................................................................230 10.3.2 Pharmaceutical Industry ......................................................................................231 10.3.3 Breweries ...................................................................................................................232

Annexure 11 – Technical Specifications of various Renewable Energy Systems..................................................................................... 233


7 l Page

List of tables Table 5-1: Total Electricity Consumption (MU) ................................................................... 64

Table 5-2: Petrol and Diesel Consumption ............................................................................ 66

Table 5-3: Petrol and Diesel Consumption ............................................................................ 68

Table 5-4: Street light Details of Aurangabad..................................................................... 70

Table 5-5: Water Pumping Details of Aurangabad............................................................ 71

Table 5-6: Pumping Machinery Details of Pump house .................................................. 71

Table 5-7: List of SME Industries in Aurangabad .............................................................. 72

Table 5-8: List of Large Industries in Aurangabad ........................................................... 73

Table 6-1 : Projected Million KWh consumption of Electricity, Petrol and

Diesel. ......................................................................................................................................................... 80

Table 7-1 : Daily and monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad ... 82

Table 7-2 : Techno Economics of Solar Water Heating Systems ............................ 83

Table 7-3 : Techno Economics of Solar Cookers .............................................................. 85

Table 7-4 : Techno Economics of Solar Lanterns............................................................... 86

Table 7-5 : Techno Economics of Solar Home lighting Systems............................... 87

Table 7-6 : Techno Economics of Solar PV for home invertors.................................. 88

Table 7-7 : Techno Economics of Solar PV for replacement of DG/Kerosene

generator sets ........................................................................................................................................ 88

Table 7-8 : Data on Schools in Aurangabad (Rooftop Solar PV in Schools) ..... 90

Table 7-9 : Assumption for Calculation of Connected Load in schools .................. 91

Table 7-10 : Techno economics of Roof top Solar in schools ..................................... 91

Table 7-11 : Data on various heath care buildings in Aurangabad ( Rooftop

Solar in Healthcare Facilities)........................................................................................................ 92

Table 7-12 : Assumptions for Calculation of connected load ...................................... 92

Table 7-13 : Hospital Details ......................................................................................................... 93

Table 7-14 : Energy Details of Hospital .................................................................................. 93

Table 7-15 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects in Seth Nandlal Hospital.... 94

Table 7-16 : Data on various bank buildings in Aurangabad...................................... 94

Table 7-17 : Assumptions for Calculation of connected load for bank buildings

........................................................................................................................................................................ 95

Table 7-18 : Techno Economics of roof top solar in bank buildings ....................... 95


8 l Page

Table 7-19 : 5 Star Hotel Details ................................................................................................ 96

Table 7-20 : 5 Star Hotel Energy Consumption Details ................................................. 96

Table 7-21 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects .......................................................... 96

Table 7-22 : 3 Star Hotel details and Energy Consumption Details........................ 97

Table 7-23 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects in 3 Star Hotels ...................... 98

Table 7-24 : Summary of RE strategies in Commercial Sector ............................... 100

Table 7-25 : Data on various government buildings in Aurangabad .................... 101

Table 7-26 : Techno economics of roof top solar in government buildings...... 101

Table 7-27 : Data on various markets in Aurangabad.................................................. 102

Table 7-28 : Techno economics of roof top solar in Market facilities................... 103

Table 7-29 : Daily and monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad105

Table 7-30 : Techno economics of Solar PV power plant............................................ 109

Table 7-31 : Techno economics of Solar street lights................................................... 109

Table 7-32 : Techno economics of Solar traffic lights................................................... 110

Table 7-33 : Techno economics of Solar hoardings-RE for Advertisement

Hoardings ................................................................................................................................................ 111

Table 7-34 : Techno economics of energy from STP ..................................................... 112

Table 7-35 : Techno economics of Slaughter house Waste to Energy ................ 112

Table 7-36 : Summary of RE strategies in Municipal Sector..................................... 113

Table 7-37 : Wind Velocity in Aurangabad City ................................................................ 114

Table 8-1 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL........................................... 116

Table 8-2 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans ..................................... 117

Table 8-3 : Replacement of conventional AC with star rated AC............................ 118

Table 8-4 : Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated

refrigerators........................................................................................................................................... 119

Table 8-5 : Summary of EE strategies in Residential sectors................................... 119

Table 8-6 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL among commercial

consumers .............................................................................................................................................. 121

Table 8-7 : Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights with T5 tube lights ..................... 121

Table 8-8 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans among commercial

consumers .............................................................................................................................................. 122

Table 8-9 : Replacement of conventional AC with star rated AC............................ 123


9 l Page

Table 8-10 : Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated

refrigerators........................................................................................................................................... 123

Table 8-11 : Summary of EE strategies in Commercial Sectors ............................. 124

Table 8-12: List of SME Industries in Aurangabad ......................................................... 125

Table 8-13: List of Large Industries in Aurangabad....................................................... 125

Table 8-14 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL among industrial

consumers .............................................................................................................................................. 126

Table 8-15 : Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights with T5 tube lights among

industrial consumers ........................................................................................................................ 126

Table 8-16 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans among industrial

consumers .............................................................................................................................................. 127

Table 8-17 : Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rated AC

among industrial consumers ........................................................................................................ 127

Table 8-18: Summary of EE strategies in Industrial Sectors.................................... 128

Table 9-1 : Street Light details of Aurangabad................................................................. 133

Table 9-2 : Replacement of High Mast Tower with LED Lights ................................ 133

Table 9-3 : Replacement of HPSV lamps (250 W) with LED Lights....................... 134

Table 9-4 : Replacement of HPSV lamps (70W) with LED lights ............................ 135

Table 9-5 : Improvement of Design Efficiency in Pumping System...................... 137

Table 9-6 : Installation of variable speed drivers............................................................ 137

Table 9-7 : Summary of EE strategies in Municipal Sector........................................ 138

Table 12-1 : Annual Saving targets over five year period.......................................... 160

Table 12-2 : Year wise budget allocation ............................................................................. 161

Table 12-3: Budget Contribution ............................................................................................. 164

List of Figures Figure 1-1: Commercial Sector Electricity Consumption ............................................... 13

Figure 2-1: Comparison of Energy Intensity ........................................................................ 18

Figure 2-2: Sector Wise Electricity Consumption Scenario .......................................... 18

Figure 5-1: District Map of Aurangabad .................................................................................. 58

Figure 5-2: Sector Wise annual Electricity Consumption(2010-11)(MU)............. 64

Figure 5-3: Sector Electricity use pattern of Aurangabad (MU) .............................. 64


10 l Page

Figure 5-4: Annual Electricity Consumption in Aurangabad (MU)............................ 65

Figure 5-5: Petrol Consumption................................................................................................... 66

Figure 5-6: Diesel Consumption .................................................................................................. 67

Figure 5-7: Electricity Consumption in Residential Sector (MU) ............................... 67

Figure 5-8: Electricity Consumption Pattern in Residential Sector .......................... 68

Figure 5-9: LPG Consumption of Aurangabad City ........................................................... 69

Figure 5-10: Kerosene Consumption of Aurangabad City ............................................ 69

Figure 5-11: Electricity Consumption of Commercial Consumers in Aurangabad

........................................................................................................................................................................ 69


........................................................................................................................................................................ 71

Figure 5-13: Pattern of Industrial Sector ............................................................................... 74

Figure 5-14: Electricity Consumption in Industrial Sector............................................ 74

Figure 5-15: GHG emissions based Electricity .................................................................... 75

Figure 5-16: GHG emissions from Fuel ................................................................................... 75

Figure 6-1: Annual Electricity Consumption in MU ........................................................... 77

Figure 6-2: Electricity Consumption in the residential sector upto 2018 (MU) 78

Figure 6-3: Total Petrol Consumption ...................................................................................... 78

Figure 6-4: Diesel consumption and projection up to 2018 ........................................ 79

Figure 6-5: Total number of commercial consumers....................................................... 79

Figure 7-1: Variation of daily Global and Diffuse solar radiation over

Aurangabad.............................................................................................................................................. 81


Aurangabad............................................................................................................................................ 105

Figure 7-3: Variation of annual average ambient temperature and relative

humidity over Aurangabad............................................................................................................ 106

Figure 7-4: Wind Speed graph of Aurangabad.................................................................. 114

Figure 10-1: Implementation Framework Model for Aurangabad Municipal

Corporation ............................................................................................................................................ 149

Table 12-1: Projects Targeted in Aurangabad -Under Solar city Scheme ......... 157

Table 12-2: Implementation strategy................................................................................... 171

Table 13-1: Projects Targeted in Aurangabad -Under Solar city Scheme ......... 173


11 l Page

Table 14-1: Project Details ......................................................................................................... 183

Table 14-2: Proposed Solar Cooking System in Ghati Hospital Aurangabad . 188

Table 14-3: Proposed Biogas System in Ghati Hospital Aurangabad ................. 188


12 l Page

1 Introduction

1.1 Background

The inevitable process of urbanization brought with it environmental degradation, besmirched quality of life and knocked out the root of sustainable development from cities and towns. The limited resource bases of cities are not able to cope with the ever increasing pressure of people migrating from rural areas for a variety of reasons.

The people and governments are already working hard to cut greenhouse gases, and everyone can help. It should be our moral mission to get actively involved for preventing degradation of our environment and save the planet.

Cities are spatial manifestations of human and economic activities. Buildings form a crucial part of this spatial manifestation. Estimates put construction alone responsible for approximately 40 percent of the total energy use worldwide, most of which is sourced from fossil fuels.

With nearly 8% rise in annual energy consumption in the residential and commercial sectors, building energy consumption has seen an increase from a low 14 percent in 1970s to nearly 33 percent in 2008-09.

Residential Energy Consumption in India

• In India residential sector is responsible for 13.3 percent of total commercial energy use.

• Energy sources mainly used being electricity, kerosene, firewood, crop residue and renewable energy such as solar energy.

• During the period 1990-2009, the two commercial fuels LPG and electricity has grown at an average annual growth rate of 11.26 percent and 8.25 percent respectively.

Residential energy consumption can be broadly divided into six categories: lighting, cooking, space conditioning, refrigeration, water heating and others.

Commercial Sector Energy Consumption

In India, 60 percent of the total electricity is consumed for lighting, 32 percent for space conditioning and 8 percent for refrigeration in the commercial sector.


13 l Page

The commercial sector comprises various institutional and industrial establishments such as banks, hotels, shopping complexes, offices, and public departments supplying basic utilities.

Environmentalists have suggested adopting one approach by reducing greenhouse gases emissions from a variety of sources with available technologies, rather than relying on an enormous change in a single area. Strategies for mitigation of global warming include

• Development of new technologies; • Carbon offsets; • Renewable energy such as biodiesel, • Solar power, • Biomass, • Geothermal and wind power; • Electric or hybrid automobiles; • Fuel cells; • Energy conservation; • Carbon credits; • Carbon taxes; • Enhancing natural carbon dioxide sinks; • Population control; • Carbon capture and storage.

Many environmental groups encourage change in individual lifestyle along with the political action to fight against global warming

Another approach apart from reducing the gases we emit to the atmosphere, we can also increase the amount of gases we take out of the atmosphere. Plants and trees absorb CO2 as they grow, "sequestering" carbon naturally. Increasing forestlands and making changes to the way we farm could increase the amount of carbon we are storing.

Figure 1-1: Commercial Sector Electricity Consumption

60%

32%

8%

Lighting Space Conditioning Refrigeration


14 l Page

1.2 Energy Scenario

In the past sixty years India has achieved remarkable growth in development of electricity systems, from a meager installed capacity of around 1350 MW to 1,32,329 MW of installed capacity by the end of tenth five year plan. While this growth is impressive, the needs of the nation are daunting. India has 16% of the world’s population with only 0.6% of global oil reserves and 7% of coal reserves. The economy of India has grown at the rate of 8.2% in the period from 2003-09 and expected to grow at the rate of 8-10% per annum in future. This estimated growth rate would need an additional 300GW of incremental power generation, as on 31st May 2008 India has an installed capacity of 144 GW with a target to add 78 GW by 2012.

India is among the top ten oil guzzling nations of the world and only forty percent of the total numbers of 800,000 villages are electrified, and currently the peak power shortages are in the range of 10%. The energy requirement is set to grow exponentially in order to sustain the eight percent growth rate.

Renewable energy is the answer to India’s needs with India having a potential to reach 20-25% share of renewable in its total electricity generation, which is at present pegged at around eight percent. Government of India has set a target of 12.5% by 2012 and 20% by 2020.

However if India has to ensure GDP growth rate in excess of 8% for a sustained period of time, it has to ensure sufficient energy supply for industrial and commercial activity in the country , as energy is an essential input in the economic activity . To achieve this and to ensure sufficient electricity to all at reasonable rates, it is not only necessary to have an efficient and competitive power sector but there is also a need to explore all possible options for electricity generation and distribution.

1.3 Need for Renewable Energy

India has been dependant on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas for its energy requirements. Today, more than 65% of its capacity is fossil fuel dependant. Despite the recent discoveries of gas as well as initiatives to develop coal reserves, it is likely that our dependence on fossil fuels will continue in near future. However, in the last couple of years, the price of fossil fuels has shown a consistent upward trend.

India currently imports about 72% of its total oil consumption and this share of imported oil is expected to reach 90% by 2031-32. The story of coal imports is not expected to be significantly different. It is envisaged that India will be importing 50-60 million tones of coal every year by the end of the eleventh five year plan. According to the scenarios developed as apart of the Integrated Energy Policy report (IEPR) by the planning commission, imports could increase to as high as 45% of the total coal requirement. This will make the country vulnerable to price shocks as well as increase the risk of political maneuvering by supplying countries.


15 l Page

Given this scenario, it is of paramount importance that the country develops all possible domestic energy sources. India cannot afford to ignore any source of energy just because those sources are currently expensive, since economic loss due to non – supply of electricity will be greater than the cost of selected sources of energy. Minimizing dependence on import of conventional fuel and provision of energy to all at affordable prices should be the main concerns for energy policy of India. Therefore, India must make every effort to harness indigenous renewable resources.

1.4 Role of Solar Power in Energy Security

While wind has been a success story in India and has great potential, wind is extremely site specific and therefore, not suitable or large scale distributed generation. Further the total wind potential (approx 50000 MW) in the country is much less as compared to the total solar energy potential (approx 600GW) .Further, this estimated potential is done at current targets for technology efficiency. If technology is improved, solar energy potential could be further increased significantly.

Solar energy systems do not require any fuel and therefore, operating costs are negligible. Over a life time cycle, the costs of the solar energy applications like large solar farms, roof top installations, telecom towers etc. can be lower than that of conventional energy products and especially compared to the more expensive and highly polluting diesel generators. The other advantages of solar energy systems are that they are modular in nature, have long life, are reliable, and require low maintenance effort. Hence this distributed source of energy is uniquely suitable for India.

1.5 Green City

The smart solution to the problem of unplanned growth of cities and towns would be to make affordable a new level of quality townships that would address environmental issues. Thus, the concept of the Green City was conceived.

Under this, renewable sources of energy are used, and other energy efficient techniques are adopted. Green cities make prudent use of available land, encourage energy-efficiency, resource efficiency and promote healthy buildings for users. Traffic clogged city centers are reclaimed for pedestrians, green spaces are preserved and expanded, recycling schemes are promoted, and environment friendly buildings are designed.

What our cities will look like in the future will depend on, how they are planned or, much more important, whether they are planned at all. The key point is that planning has a key role in ensuring sustainability.

Many of the problems associated with our cities exist because they have not been planned, or the planning has been ineffective or misdirected. Planning has seldom kept pace with the scale of urban growth and rapid urbanization it has also been


16 l Page

unresponsive to the needs of the poor. Forced evictions in some cities have been justified by the so called need for "proper planning".

1.6 Solar City Programme

Urbanization and economic development are leading to a rapid rise in energy demand in urban areas. Urban areas have emerged as one of the biggest sources of Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, with buildings alone contributing to around 40% of the total GHG emissions. As per latest UN report one million people are moving to urban areas each week. It is estimated that around two-thirds of the world population will be living in cities in 2050. This requires a tremendous shift in energy resources in urban areas. In recognition of this, various cities around the world are setting targets and introducing polices for promoting renewable energy and reducing GHG emissions.

Several Indian cities and towns are experiencing 15% growth in the peak electricity demand. The local governments and the electricity utilities are finding it difficult to cope with this rapid rise in demand and as a result most of the cities/towns are facing severe electricity shortages. There is a need to develop a framework that will encourage and assist cities in assessing their present energy consumption status, setting clear targets for and preparing action plans for generating energy through renewable energy sources and in conserving energy utilized in conducting urban services.

The programme on “Development of Solar Cities” would support/encourage Urban Local Bodies to prepare a Road Map to guide their cities in becoming ‘renewable energy cities’ or ‘solar cities’ or ‘eco/green cities’.

1.6.1 Goals and Objectives

The Goal of the program is to promote the use of Renewable Energy in Urban Areas by providing support to the Municipal Corporations for preparation and implementation of a Road Map to develop their cities as Solar Cities. The objectives of the programme are given below:

• To enable/empower Urban Local Governments to address energy challenges at City - level.

• To provide a framework and support to prepare a Master Plan including assessment of current energy situation, future demand and action plans

• To build capacity in the Urban Local Bodies and create awareness among all sections of civil society.

• To involve various stakeholders in the planning process

• To oversee the implementation of sustainable energy options through public - private partnerships.


17 l Page

2 Approach and Methodology

2.1 Introduction

‘A Solar City or Green city should create delight when entered, serenity and health when occupied and regret when departed’ – perhaps one of the most inspiring

definitions of a solar city. The appearance of a solar city will be similar to any other

city. However, the difference is in the approach, which revolves round a concern for

extending the life span of natural resources; provide human comfort, safety and

productivity.

As an added benefit, green and clean measures reduce operating costs, enhance cities

marketability and brand image, increase worker productivity and reduce potential

liability resulting from indoor air quality problems. Studies of workers in green cities

reported productivity gains of up to 16%, including reductions in absenteeism and

improved work quality. In other words, green/solar city has environmental, economic

and social elements that benefit all building stakeholders, including owners, occupants

and the general public.

2.2 Energy Scenario

Energy is one of the major inputs for the economic development of any country. In

the case of the developing countries, the energy sector assumes a critical importance

in view of the ever-increasing energy needs requiring huge investments to meet

them. Energy intensity (energy consumption per unit of GDP) indicates the

development stage of the country. India’s energy intensity is 3.7 times of Japan, 1.55

times of USA, 1.47 times of Asia and 1.5 times of World average. The following graph

shows the comparison of energy intensity among various countries.


18 l Page

The major commercial energy consuming sectors in the country are classified as

shown in the figure.

As seen from the figure, industry remains the biggest consumer of commercial energy

and its share in the overall consumption is 49%. The usage of energy resources in

industry leads to environmental damages by polluting the atmosphere. Few of

examples of air pollution are Sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrous oxide (NOX) and carbon

monoxide (CO) emissions from boilers and furnaces, Chloro-fluro carbons (CFC)

emissions from refrigerants use, etc.

2.2.1 Energy Security

The basic aim of energy security for a nation is to reduce its dependency on the

imported energy sources for its economic growth. India will continue to experience an

energy supply shortfall throughout the forecast period. This gap has widened since

1985, when the country became a net importer of coal. India has been unable to raise

its oil production substantially in the 1990s. Rising oil demand of close to 10 percent

Figure 2-1: Comparison of Energy Intensity

India

Japan

USA

Asia

World Average

Figure 2-2: Sector Wise Electricity Consumption Scenario

49%

5%10%

22%

14%

Industry Agriculture Residential Transport Others


19 l Page

per year has led to sizable oil import bills. In addition, the government subsidizes

refined oil product prices, thus compounding the overall monetary loss to the

government.

Some of the strategies that can be used to meet future challenges to their energy

security are

• Building stockpiles

• Diversification of energy supply sources

• Increased capacity of fuel switching

• Demand restraint,

• Development of renewable energy sources.

• Energy efficiency

• Sustainable development

Although all these options are feasible, their implementation will take time. Also, for

countries like India, reliance on stockpiles would tend to be slow because of resource

constraints.

The best possible options to attain energy security, is by simple means reducing the

demand of electricity by energy conservation/efficiency measures , and by shifting to

renewable sources .The entire concept of solar city is aimed at attaining energy

security by reducing the demand of conventional sources of energy through

renewable energy sources and energy efficiency/Conservation measures.

2.3 MNRE Scheme on Development of Solar Cities

Urbanization and economic development are leading to a rapid rise in energy demand

in urban areas. Urban areas have emerged as one of the biggest sources of Green

House Gas (GHG) emissions, with buildings alone contributing to around 40% of the

total GHG emissions. As per latest UN report one million people are moving to urban

areas each week. It is estimated that around two-thirds of the world population will

be living in cities in 2050. This requires a tremendous shift in energy resources in

urban areas. In recognition of this, various cities around the world are setting targets

and introducing polices for promoting renewable energy and reducing GHG emissions.

London has announced 20% Carbon emission reduction by 2010; New York and 200

other U.S. cities have set a similar target. Tokyo has announced 20% share of

renewable energy of its total energy consumption by 2020 and Australian government

has initiated a Solar Cities programme.

MNRE scheme for ‘Development of Solar cities’ has been initiated with a need to

develop a framework that will encourage and assist cities in assessing their present

energy consumption status, setting clear targets for and preparing action plans for

generating energy through renewable energy sources and in conserving energy

utilized in conducting urban services.


20 l Page

Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) has launched a program on

“Development of Solar Cities”. The program assists Urban Local Governments in:

• Preparation of a master plan for increasing energy efficiency and renewable energy supply in the city

• Setting-up institutional arrangements for the implementation of the master plan.

• Awareness generation and capacity building activities.

The program aims at minimum 10% reduction in projected demand of conventional

energy at the end of five years, which can be achieved through a combination of

energy efficiency measures and enhancing supply from renewable energy sources.

Out of this 5% will be from renewable energy sources

The programme on “Development of Solar Cities” would support/encourage Urban

Local Bodies to prepare a Road Map to guide their cities in becoming ‘renewable

energy cities’ or ‘solar cities’ or ‘eco/green cities’.

2.3.1 Background of the Study

To get optimum benefit to the Urban Local Bodies, MNRE recently announced Scheme

for Development of Solar Cities, with the aim to achieve minimum 10% reduction in

projected demand of conventional energy at the end of five years, through a

combination of energy efficiency measures and enhancing supply from renewable

energy sources.

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad intends to develop Aurangabad city

as solar city as per the guidelines laid by MNRE and develop a master plan with

detailed action plan (Road map) for various activities for the next five years during

11th plan period .

2.4 Master Plan for Solar City

Master plan for solar city is both a perspective and a vision for the future development

of a city as a renewable energy city or an eco green city minimizing the demand for

conventional energy at the end of five years. It presents the current stage of the

city’s existing energy demand and supply scenario. It sets out the directions of

change, to reduce the demand for conventional sources, assessment of various

renewable energy resources and identifying the thrust areas. It also suggests

alternative routes, strategies, and interventions for decreasing the demand for

conventional energy resources and to make renewable energy be able to reduce at

least 5% of the projected total demand of conventional energy. It provides a

framework and vision within which projects need to be identified and implemented. It

establishes a logical and consistent framework for evaluation of investment decisions.

Master plan for solar city for Aurangabad city is initiated by MNRE under the scheme

for development of solar cities, a scheme of MNRE.


21 l Page

The master plan is both a planning process and a product which promotes partnership

among the various stakeholders in a city- the city government, the private business

sector, civil society, academic, and national government agencies- to jointly analyze

growth issues, develop a vision for the future for reduction for demand for

conventional energy, formulate development strategies, design programmes,

prioritize projects, mobilize resources, implement, monitor and evaluate

implementation.

2.4.1 Objectives

The objective of development of Solar Cities is for:

• Preparation of a master plan for increasing energy efficiency and renewable energy supply in the city

• Setting-up institutional arrangements for the implementation of the master plan.

• Awareness generation and capacity building activities.

The program aims at minimum 10% reduction in projected demand of conventional

energy at the end of five years, which can be achieved through a combination of

energy efficiency measures and enhancing supply from renewable energy sources.

Out of this 5% will be from renewable energy sources.

2.4.2 Master Plan Process

o Preparing energy base-line for year 2010-11. Energy base-line for the city is a

detailed documentation of the existing energy demand and supply scenario for

the city. Among other things, it consists of sector-wise energy consumption

matrix and energy supply-mix for the base year.

The main activities in preparation of the energy base-line are:

o Sector wise (residential, commercial and institutional, industrial and municipal)

data collection on energy consumption (electricity, petroleum products, coal,

biomass, etc).

o Surveys for understanding energy use patterns & efficiency of use

Data collection from secondary sources (as described above) may not

provide complete information on energy consumption. Information on

aspects such as, energy consuming appliances, consumption patterns,

consumer preferences, efficiency of use, etc can be gathered through

sample surveys. Sample surveys may cover aspects such as:

Information on energy appliances/equipments used.

Energy performance indicators or efficiency of utilization

Reliability and cost of energy services/fuel supply

Consumption patterns and consumers preferences


22 l Page

Experience with use of renewable energy systems

Design and construction practices for different types of buildings having an impact on energy consumption

o Preparation of energy baseline report

Based on the collected secondary and primary data, energy baseline would be

prepared for each sector. As far as possible the secondary data would be

collected for at least 5 previous years, which helps in understanding the trends

and help in predict sector wise growth rates.

o Demand Forecasting for the first five year period till 2013 and second five year

period till 2018

This step involves predicting the energy demand for 5 year and 10 year

periods. To estimate the demand, growth in energy use in different sectors

needs will be established .These growth rates are established based on

immediate past trends and future growth plans based on the City Development

Plans, industry and business forecasts, planning commission documents etc.

o Sector wise strategies

This step involves carrying out techno-economic feasibility of different

renewable energy and energy efficiency options for each sector and making a

priority listing of the options.

o Renewable Energy

A renewable energy resources assessment will be conducted to identify the

potential renewable energy sources for the city. This would include assessment

of solar radiation, wind power density and availability, of biomass resources

and municipal/industrial wastes.

o Stakeholder consultation

The success of the Master Plan depends on the extent of people participation. As

it is very rightly said “Planning is an exercise ‘For’ the people, ‘Of’ the people

and ‘By’ the people.” Hence, people perception and views should be given an

important position in any development programme as whole exercise is done for

the common good of the people.

2.5 Study Approach

The master plan exercise will be carried out through consistent stakeholder

participation at various stages. Focus Group Discussion will be organised in all the

stakeholder meetings to familiarize them with the purpose, process, and expected

outcomes, and to build enthusiasm, understanding and commitment to the

development of solar city. This helps in arriving at a consensus between Municipal


23 l Page

Corporation and other stakeholders in confirming the identified sector strategies and

various projects identified. Stake holders will include elected representatives, local

research and academic institutions, resident welfare associations, industries and

corporate organizations, NGOs, SNA, etc. Stakeholder committee formed under

JNNURM scheme will be also consulted.

Preparation of a master plan is a multi-stage exercise, involving:

o In-depth analysis of the existing situation, covering the detailed documentation

of the existing energy demand and supply scenario for the city: The purpose of

this stage is to review and analyze the current status of the city with regard to

sector wise energy consumption and energy supply. This stage is meant for

understanding energy use patterns & efficiency of use, information on aspects

such as, energy consuming appliances , consumption patterns , consumer

preferences , efficiency of use , etc are gathered through sample surveys.

Based on the collected data, energy baseline is prepared for each sector.

o Demand forecasting for the first five year period till 2013 and next five year

period till 2018: Using the results of the first stage of analysis combined with

consultations with key stakeholders and civil society, demand for energy is

forecasted, by determining growth in energy use in different sectors. The

various growth plans of the city as envisaged from city development plans,

Industry and business forecasts by local chamber of commerce and industry

will be studied and correlated with the impact on energy use.

o Formulating sector wise strategies, based on the techno economic feasibility of

different renewable energy and energy efficiency options for each sector. Also

a renewable energy resource assessment is done to identify potential sources

in the city and various EE and DSM (Demand Side Management) measures are

also prioritized to reduce demand for energy in various sectors.

2.6 Study of Critical Factors

Following are certain key factors which consultants propose to study, which form the

basic pillars towards development of sustainable cities.

• Sustainable Sites

• Water Efficiency

• Energy & Atmosphere

• Materials & Resources

• Environmental Quality

The following are the few criteria out of the many which would be looked into.

Sustainable Sites

• Prevent loss of soil during construction by storm water runoff and/ or wind erosion, including protecting topsoil by stockpiling for reuse.


24 l Page

• Prevent sedimentation of storm sewer or receiving streams and/ or air pollution with dust and particulate matter.

• Limit disruption of natural water hydrology by reducing impervious cover, increasing on-site infiltration, and managing storm water runoff.

Thereby reducing the load on storm water drains and leading reduction in use of

pumps, eventually reduction in energy consumption.

Water Efficiency

• Limit or eliminate the use of potable water for landscape irrigation.

• Limit or eliminate the use of potable water for Air-conditioning make-up.

• Reduce the generation of wastewater and potable water demand, while increasing the local aquifer recharge.

• Maximize water efficiency within buildings to reduce the burden on municipal water supply and wastewater systems.

• Sewage water to industry grade water for industrial use.

Energy & Atmosphere

• Establish the minimum level of energy efficiency for the base building and systems.

• Achieve increasing levels of energy performance above the prerequisite standard to reduce environmental impacts associated with excessive energy use.

• Encourage and recognize increasing levels of self-supply through renewable technologies to reduce environmental impacts associated with fossil fuel energy use.

Materials & Resources

• Facilitate the reduction of waste generated by building occupants that is hauled to and disposed of in landfills.

• Reuse building materials and products in order to reduce demand for virgin materials and to reduce waste, thereby reducing impacts associated with the extraction and processing of virgin resources.

2.7 Proposed Methodology

The Consultant has rich experience in working on similar assignments on city

development plans and renewable energy in the past and hence the consultant has

laid thrust on two aspects while developing the methodology. One is the past

experience on similar kind of assignments and the other is related to the project

requirement. Looking into the intricacies of the project the consultant has developed a

project specific methodology, while on the basis of general approaches and

methodology, which Consultant had successfully adopted for projects of similar nature

in past, the general methodology, is developed. Description of the methodology

presented here below is a combined one.


25 l Page

2.7.1 Mobilization

Immediately after the signing of the contract and the orders to commence work, the

Consultant will mobilize the project team. Team comprising of architects cum urban

planners & designers, energy auditors and renewable energy specialists will study the

intricacies of the project and hold discussions with the Aurangabad Municipal

corporation, Aurangabad and concerned departments on the work plan that can be

adopted for various stakeholder meetings, primary and secondary data collection and

identification of various sector specific strategies. The Consultant will fine tune the

methodology for the assignment and will present the timeline for completion of each

of the milestones.

2.7.2 Project Instigation

This task involved several sub tasks like

1. Reviewing case studies on various documents related to Green Cities/eco cities

prepared nationally and internationally

Before embarking on the journey of developing solar city for Aurangabad, it is worthwhile to capture the “big picture”-that is; the master plan for various green /eco cities prepared nationally and internationally by various agencies in general to understand the new concepts and approach in developing solar cities.

2. Appraisal of Aurangabad’s stand at National and International level using

various sectoral parameters especially in terms of energy consumption and

supply matrix.

Aurangabad’s existing stand on energy consumption and supply in various sectors at national level and international level using various parameters could assist in evaluating “where it stands” and “where it should go”.

3. Meetings and consultations with stakeholders

“Planning is an exercise ‘For’ the people, ‘Of’ the people and ‘By’ the people.” Hence, people perception and views should be given an important position in any development programme as whole exercise is done for the common good of the people.

4. Appreciation of prevailing development policies

Development in various cities with regards to renewable energy and energy

efficiency would always be driven by the policies formulated by the central and

state government. Hence appraising the various prevailing policies especially

related to subsidies and clearances would be studied. Incentives like

preferential tariffs for solar, biomass etc of the central as well as the state


26 l Page

governments would also be studied. Consultant would assist in recommending

the same agencies about strategies selected for various sector and also for

prioritization of the projects.

2.7.3 Preparation of Energy Baseline for 2010

Task 01: Database Identi f ication and Anthology

Primary and secondary data forms the backbone of any kind of research works and

also helps in focusing the study towards the definite approach. Under this task, the

database required and the departments responsible for such kind of data would be

identified at urban level. A detailed checklist would be prepared of all the sectors,

along with identifying the probable departments for the collection of the data and

levels at which the data would be collected.

Secondary data would be collected in relation to different sectors identified like:

• Residential

• Commercial & institutional

• Industrial & Municipal

From various departments like

• Local Electricity board/State electricity regulatory commission for data on electricity.

• Oil marketing companies for data on LPG, natural gas.

• PDS for data on kerosene.

• Firewood /biomass sellers for estimation of biomass fuels used for cooking.

Stand of Aurangabad Internationally in terms of energy supply and

consumption


27 l Page

• BEE data on electricity consumption in commercial buildings.

• Local chamber of commerce and industries for data on distribution of different types of commercial establishments and typical energy consumption in them.

• PWD, Municipal Corporation etc for data on energy use in government buildings and its facilities

• State pollution control board for data on DG sets.

Apart from the secondary data, sample surveys would be conducted to cover aspects

such as energy consuming appliances, consumption patterns, consumer preferences;

efficiency of use etc by detailed survey of various household of various categories .A

questionnaire would be designed to extract the data regarding various energy

appliance used, consumption pattern, and experience with use of renewable energy.

Task 02: Preparation of energy basel ine report

Here, all the information collected from Secondary and primary sources are analyzed

to arrive at the energy baseline for each sector. In order to develop a better

understanding of the energy consumption and supply of different sectors, data is

collected for past five years which help in predicting sectoral growth rates. This gives

the existing status of different sector and subsequently helped in arriving to SWOT

analysis of all the sectors. The SWOT analysis helped us to arrive at the Problems

and key Issues for all the Sectors.


28 l Page

2.7.4 Demand Forecasting

The energy demand for each of the sectors is established. This is done by taking into

account the various projects that are going to come up in Aurangabad based on the

city developmental plans, based on electricity infrastructure like power plants,

transmission line etc, and based upon the industry setting shop in these two cities.

Based upon the past time series data and information on growth plans, growth rate in

different sectors are estimated.


29 l Page

2.7.5 Sector Wise Strategies & Renewable Energy Options

The various RE technologies and systems will be studied and the projects will be

identified based on the following template.

Techno – economic feasibility of different renewable energy projects and energy

efficiency options for each sector are carried out and a priority list is prepared. The

figure below depicts a template with few examples how the feasibility will be carried

out and project details will be depicted.

Out of the various options on which viability study is conducted are evaluated as per

the matrix shown below and then the projects are prioritized.

Project Evaluation Matrix

1.Key Success factor for the RE /EE Projects Weightage

a Availability of raw material (Solar Radiation, wind density, biomass/industrial/municipal waste)

50%

b Interest of private developers. 10%


30 l Page

c Sustainable Development 10%

d Cost Efficiency 10%

2 .Implementation Feasibility

a Impact within 1-2 years 3%

b Implementable within ULB capability 2%

c Availability of investment or strategic partnership 10%

3. Risk Minimization

a Low risk of failure in terms of technical parameters 2%

b Level of financial risk borne by ULB 3%

Total 100%

Based on the techno economic study of the projects and prioritizing of projects as

explained and shown above , stake holder consultation will be conducted which will

include elected representatives, local research and academic institutions, resident

welfare associations, industries and corporate organizations, NGOs etc to understand

need of the people of the city and based on the stakeholder comments and need the

projects best suited to the city will be selected from the set of desirable projects.

2.8 Strategic Vision

Stakeholder’s Consultations and Focus Group Discussions which will be held in

Aurangabad will result in identifying and formulating City Vision to be developed as a

solar city. The consultants propose a model strategic vision for Aurangabad as shown

below


31 l Page

Through the "Solar-City project" consultants aim to demonstrate innovative integrated

energy concepts in the supply and demand side successfully in Aurangabad. The large

number of demonstration activities, are based on both the demand i.e. demonstration

of ECO-buildings and rational use of energy, and the production side i.e.

demonstration of various renewable energy technologies. All demonstration projects

are defined in a "Whole Community Approach", which involve that all project

initiatives are considered as integrated components. The aim being to ensure that

optimal interaction and balancing of the demand and supply at all times. Also the

activities will be coordinated between the ULB and local community to exploit and

learn from experiences.


32 l Page

3 Success Stories

3.1 Introduction

A large proportion of the world’s population lives in cities, towns and urban regions, in

which three quarters of the overall energy consumption occurs. Urbanization and

economic development are leading to a rapid rise in energy demand in urban areas.

The urban areas are heavily dependent on fossil fuels for maintaining of essential

public services for powering homes, transport, infrastructure, industry and commerce

etc. It is generally recognized that a transformation of the present energy system is

required in order to secure the energy supply and to mitigate the risks of climate

change. The transformation can be made possible by a shift towards renewable

energy systems (RES) and a more national use of energy. One of the approaches to

achieve such a transformation might be to convert more number of cities to solar

cities.

Solar cities in a broader term include several initiatives, activities and technologies,

which includes renewable energy, energy efficiency, sustainable transport options,

architectural innovations etc. The term solar cities is defined by several initiatives

such as international Solar cities initiatives and European Solar cities initiatives also

include a “climate stabilization aspect’, whereby cities responsibly set per capita

targets for future green house gas emissions (GHG) at levels consistent with

stabilizing future levels of atmospheric carbon dioxide and other green house gases

and also includes introduction of green house gas emissions reduction over long term

time frame.

3.2 Institutions involved on Solar Cities

Several institutions working on solar cities are given below.

• International Solar cities initiatives (ISCI)

• European Solar cities initiatives (ESCI)

• Solar city Task force

• International Solar Energy Society (ISES), European Solar cities Projects

• European Green Cities Network


33 l Page

• Energie Cites Association

• Ministry of New and Renewable Energy

The following section discusses briefly about the initiatives and activities undertaken

by these institutions.

3.2.1 International Solar Cities initiatives (ISCI)

International Solar cities initiative is the group who had organized the first solar cities

congress in Daegu, Korea in 2004. The primary focus of ISCI is to set up target for

introduction of renewable energy and reduction of green house gas emissions on a

longer term.

3.2.2 European Solar Cities Initiatives

The aim of the initiative is to support the European energy and climate policy by

stimulating the interests of European “high performance” cities and surrounding

regions (prospective “Solar cities”), the European research community and the

European sustainable energy industry.

The initiative will mobilize a critical mass of participants to find efficient and rapid

ways of implementing Renewable Energy Sources (RES) and Rational Use of Energy

(RUE) in European cities through research, development, demonstration and

information dissemination activities and through stakeholder participation (citizen and

others). The goal is to speed up the transformation of the European cities into solar

cities.

A working definition of solar city is a city that aims at reducing the level of green

house gas emissions through a holistic strategy for the introduction of RES and RUE to

a climate stable and thus sustainable level in the year 2050.

The scientific and technical objectives are:

• To better understand the energy needs of cities for different energy qualities and for different European regions.

• To better understand the potential of different forms of RES for and for RUE in cities in different European regions.

• To identify or develop optimal strategies for rapid integration of RES and RUE in the energy systems of cities for different regions in Europe.

• To identify RES and RUE best suited for different categories of urban areas and different city surface uses.

• To optimize the performance of RES and RUE for city applications

• To find ways of improving the adoption of RES and RUE technology by small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs)

• To identify the different actors in a community and identify their needs, possibilities and limitations.


34 l Page

3.2.3 Solar city Task force

Solar city task force is an advisory service to assist towns, cities etc integrating

renewable energy technologies and energy conservation and efficiency measures in

order to reduce the green house gas emission. A general methodology has been

developed based on the experiences and best practices adopted by different

institutions internationally for providing such services.

3.2.4 European solar cities projects

The European Solar cities projects (EU Solar Cities) aims at promoting the wider and

larger scale use of renewable energy (RE) within the context of long term planning for

sustainable urban development. It is basically a study that addresses the planning

and application of technologies for utilizing RES and RUE in an urban context and their

relevance for reducing CO2 emissions.

Solar city is seen as a city that has made firm commitments in order to reduce green

house gas emission targets while incorporating renewable energy technologies.

Within the scope of this project several activities were conducted.

• The collection and assessment of information about different activities and

programmes of selected European cities and city networks, with a description

on their implementation and an assessment of their impact.

• The examination of these activities assisted in the development of two guide

books for city actors, namely:

• Good practice guide

• Guide on CO2 reduction potential in cities.

The results encompass a range of informative materials, with recommendations for

replication to city actors and local governments.

The good practice guide is useful for city actors that require ideas and information for

planning their own activities and strategies to implement clean energy sources and

promote the reduction of harmful emissions. A set of generic good practices have

been identified , which represent a good starting point for cities that require an

introduction to the concept of implementing RES and RUE strategies and activities.

The CO2 reduction potential assessment and issues impacting on CO2 balances, is a

comprehensive report that addresses reduction targets and baseline targets. This is

particularly useful for guiding cities interested in implementing a strategy, with basic

steps identified to assist this process.

It has to be noted that there are many different approaches that are, and can be,

used by cities, with different baselines and varied ways of presenting emissions

reduction results. Although scientists are not unanimous in agreeing to the best way


35 l Page

to measure emissions, or the most effective way to calculate emission reductions, the

project team has the view that a delay in implementing the strategies and activities

that will adequately reduce harmful emissions is in itself the most damaging

approach.

Under this study eight cities were identified .Cities were selected from Austria,

Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany and Italy. Sixty three city good practices from

seven cities and one housing association have been identified. Every city needs to

consider the results of its actions in terms of energy used and the effect it has on the

environment. Twenty Two city network good practices were also identified.

3.2.5 Energie – Cities Association

Energie – Cities was established as an association of European local authorities in

1990 in order to implement the following at the local level.

• Reducing energy consumption while reducing local emissions and effluents.

• Stimulate local growth by making use of locally available resources.

• Developing innovative town or city.

Energie –cities builds European projects for helping its members to develop local

sustainable energy policies.

3.3 Programme on Solar Cities

3.3.1 Australia National Solar Cities Program

Australia National Solar cities Program was launched in 2004 , providing 75 million

Australian dollars in funding over eight years for solar city related projects at least in

four Australian cities. The solar cities programme will run from 2004-05 to 2013-14

with the focus on programme design and site selection in the first year. The

programme aims to support at least four solar city projects in grid connected urban

city centers across Australia. Three cities have already been identified (i.e. Adelaide ,

Townsville , Black town).Solar cities will be implemented by the department of the

environment and heritage in an purpose of demonstrating that how solar power ,

smart meters , energy efficiency and new approaches to electricity pricing can

combine to provide a sustainable energy future in urban locations throughout

Australia.

3.3.2 Solar Cities Programme in India

India first initiative towards solar city was undertaken by Government of Gujarat

which decided to make its capital city Gandhinagar as a solar city. Ministry of New and

Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India recently announced a program for


36 l Page

development of solar cities. A total of 60 cities and towns are proposed to develop

solar city during the 11th five year plan period of MNRE.

3.4 Case studies

3.4.1 Solar city: Adelaide, Australia

It is the first solar city in Australia. The Adelaide green city program has formulated

within the contest of several other planning and strategic agendas. Adelaide city

council in 2004 adopted a three year strategic city management plan in order to make

the city as green city.

The primary goal in the Adelaide programme is

• Zero net greenhouse gas emission in building by 2012 and in transport by 2020

• Recognized internationally as a green city by 2010.

The green city programme is financed partly by new national government - a $ 75

million fund for solar cities, partly financed by South Australia state government and

partly by the city government. The green city project in Adelaide includes

incorporation of

• Solar Technology – Solar PV systems have been installed in major public building such as museum, Artgallery, parliament house, schools etc. Grid interactive system with smart electricity meter are being considered in the residential sector which can sell power back in to the grid at peak times.

• Energy Efficiency/Audit measures in commercial buildings – under the project, ten major commercial office buildings are considered for conducting the energy audit in each of the building. Each building is then assigned with an energy star rating of one to five. The objective of the audit is to increase the rating of each building by at least one star.

• Eco housing

• Energy Audit

3.4.2 Solar city, Barcelona, Spain

Solar city concept in Barcelona was started with the Barcelona solar thermal

ordinance which represents a major milestone in Urban Energy policy. The ordinance

is a part of energy improvement plan till the year 2010 for renewable energy and

energy efficiency. As per the ordinance, at least 60% of the domestic hot water

energy demand and 100% of the swimming pool heating of all new buildings above a

certain size has to be met through solar thermal collectors.

Before the ordinance , Barcelona had 1650 m2 of solar thermal collectors installed or

1.1 m2/1000 people and with the enactment of the ordinance by 2004 , it had

increased to 21500 m2 or 16.5 m2 / people .The city’s objective is to install 96,000

m2of solar hot water system by 2010.


37 l Page

Besides Barcelona, other cities in Spain such as Madrid, Burgos, Seville, Onil etc had

also adopted solar thermal ordinance. Although the current ordinance takes care of

solar hot water system only, it is expected that future revision might take place with

incorporation of other renewable energy applications as well.

3.4.3 Solar city, Linz, Austria

Its is an integrated solar village for 1300 households on the outskirts of Linz . The city

administration and 12 separate building contractors jointly developed the village

design. This solar village consists of 2-4 storey buildings with south facing facades,

passive solar heating while ensuring energy efficient constructions. It also includes

installation of solar PV systems for electricity generation. The total construction cost

of the project is 200 million euros.

3.4.4 Solar city, Cape Town, South Africa

A solar city initiative in Cape Town was started with its integrated Metropolitan

Environmental policy, which envisages several targets, vision statements etc.

The following are the four primary targets are set in order to realize the vision for

Cape Town in 2020:10% contribution from renewable energy sources by 2020

• 10% households have solar water heater by 2010

• 90% of households have CFL by 2010

• 5% reduction in local government electricity consumption by 2010.

It was found that transport sector contributes half of the total energy consumption of

the city and the most significant green house gas emissions from city and public

facilities were from landfill gas, street lights and city government buildings and

vehicles. Here initial projects have focused on landfill sites, city government buildings

and vehicles.

Pilot projects and full scale implementation is planned in various sectors such as

residential, commercial, industrial, transport etc.

3.4.5 Solar city, Daegu , Korea

Daegu solar city programme is based on its master plan to the year 2050 which has

systematically incorporated renewable energy into city development. In 2002, the

center for solar city Daegu was established by the city and Kyungpook National

University for research, planning, financial sourcing, linking local policy with national

policy etc.

Solar city Programme includes installation of the following

• Solar hot water system – About 3400 m2 have been installed since 2002 in public facilities like orphanages and nursing homes.


38 l Page

• Solar photovoltaic system – 635 KW of solar photo voltaic systems (PV) have been installed in schools, parks and other public buildings.

• About 550 out of the 1700 buses are already run through CNG and the target is to convert all buses to CNG fueled by 2008.

• Wind, small hydro and landfill gas projects are planned. A green village is planned along with a solar campus program to apply solar technologies to schools and universities.


39 l Page

4 Stakeholders Consultation

The success of the Solar City Master Plan depends on the extent of people

participation. As it is very rightly said “Planning is an exercise ‘For’ the people, ‘Of’ the people and ‘By’ the people.”; people perception and views should be given

an important position in any development programme as the whole exercise is done

for the common good of the people.

As per the guidelines, Consultants have organized its first inception workshop on

30th November 2011 with assistance from Aurangabad Municipal Corporation. There

by first stake holder consultation meeting was also conducted on 30th March 2012

after completing data collection. The aim of the workshop was to familiarize various

stakeholders the purpose, process and expected outcomes of the Master Plan.

Stakeholders included elected representatives, City Engineer, Municipal commissioner

and people from local departments like PWD, Electricity Department, Town and

country planning department, development Authority and NGO’s. The consultants

independently met up number of stakeholders including elected representatives, line

departments etc in order to get a feedback from them and get understanding of the

problem areas. City opinion surveys were also conducted among number of people.

4.1 Formation of Stakeholder Committee

A Solar City Cell comprising of the Municipal Council staff, Elected Representatives of

the Council, various line departments, NGOs, Press etc. was formed. The Solar City

Cell members will participate in the discussions at every stage during the course of

preparation of the City Development Plan. The Steering Group members of

Aurangabad Solar City Cell are as follows:

• Hon’ble Commissioner, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. M.D. Sonawane, City Engineer, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. Sikander Ali, BOT Chief, ‘Executive Engineer’ Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.


40 l Page

• Shri D.P. Kulkarni, Asst. Director Town Planning, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. S.D. Panzade, Executive Engineer, Water Supply, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. M.B. Quazi, Deputy Engineer, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. P.R. Bhansode, Deputy Electrical Engineer, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. Bankar R.S. Deputy Engineer, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. Mohamad Shaker, Deputy Engineer, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, Aurangabad.

• Shri. Hemant Patil, Maharashtra Energy Development Agency, Maharashtra.

4.1.1 Problems and suggestions highlighted by the stakeholders

The inception workshop was carried out on November 30 2011. In the inception

workshop various stakeholders were present and various suggestions were given by

the steering committee. The suggestions given by the elected representatives and

administrative staff and NGO/ Woman Groups/ SHGs and other participants are

encapsulated as under:

1. Various incentives such as subsidy/interest free loans etc should be given to public in order to implement RE/EE projects.

2. Free and efficient maintenance services must be provided for various RE installations

3. Proper awareness programmes must be conducted to make citizens aware of the RE technologies.

4. Biomethanisation plants based on slaughter house waste can be set up.

5. Some measure like Solar Water Heating Systems can be mandatory along with some incentives.

6. Awards can be constituted for various sectors like residential, commercial etc. for efficient use of RE/EE technologies.

On March 30 2012, another stakeholder meeting was conducted after collecting the

data of Aurangabad City. Various stakeholders were attended.

The Meeting was attended by the following members:

1. Mr. K. J. Sirsikar – C.E, MSEDCL 2. Capt. Piyush Sinha – CMIA 3. C A. Ravi N Musale – Chartered Accountant 4. Dr. Prakash P Munde – Field Officer, MPCB 5. Dr. Vandana Deodhar Kulkarni – Govt. Engg College, Aurangabad 6. Mr. Hemant Kapadiya – Urja Manch, Aurangabad 7. Mr. Pravin Santosh Rao Pawar – Architectural Consultant


41 l Page

8. Mrs. Vandana Jadhav – Renewable Energy Consultant 9. Mr. Vilas Dhalkari – Mahila Bal Sarvangin Vikas Sanstha 10. Mr. Harvinder Singh – GNI Infrastructure Pvt Ltd. 11. Mr. Pravin A Jadhav – President of Federation of Engineers Association of

Maharashtra 12. Mr. Sandeep Bhumkur – Renewable Energy Consultant

The following members from Aurangabad Municipal Corporation were present:

1. Mr. Syyed Sikander Ali – Executive Engineer, Chief B.O.T Cell 2. Mr. P.R. Bansode – Deputy Engineer (Electrical) 3. Mr. Muhammed Shakir – Deputy Engineer 4. Mr. Kishan Deshmukh – Sectional Engineer, AMC 5. Mr. Damodere – Junior Engineer, AMC 6. Mrs. Mohini Gaikwad – Electrical Supervisor 7. Mr. Joshi - Electrical Supervisor

The following Members from Darashaw & Co Pvt Ltd were present:

1. Mr. Anand Menon K , Associate Vice President – Consultancy Division 2. Mr. Francis Suresh Balan , Associate – Consultancy Division

The suggestions, problems and issues highlighted by the elected representatives and

administrative staff and other stakeholders are encapsulated as below:

The meeting started with welcome by Mr. Bansode, he welcomed all the participants

of the meeting on behalf of AMC. He also apprised the participants of the various

actions taken by AMC in implementing the solar city programme. He explained in brief

about the main objective of this programme and invited Mr. Sikander Ali to address

the participants.

Mr. Sikander Ali explained the solar city scheme in brief and expressed the

commitment of the municipal corporation in implementing the scheme successfully in

Aurangabad. He also said that, to start with AMC begin such efforts in Municipal

Corporation itself, to start with the corporation main buildings 1, 2 and 3 would be

powered by solar energy. He explained, a detailed survey has been done to analyze

the lighting and fan loads of all the three buildings and it comes to around 67 KW.

AMC pays on an average around Rs 1, 50,000 per month as electricity bills. He also

conveyed that for converting entire lighting and fan loads through solar, Municipal

Corporation will have to incur a huge capital cost, which may not be possible. Hence a

BOT model is proposed wherein a private solar roof top operator would be given the

rooftops in which the investor would install the solar roof top plants and sell the

power generated to MSEDCL or any other third party who are mandated to purchase

solar power by RPO (Renewable Energy purchase Obligation). He also said an

inception workshop was conducted on 9th November, 2011 in which entire scheme

details were explained and now consultants appointed by AMC will explain in detail the

scheme and data collected and invited Darashaw to give the presentation.


42 l Page

Mr. Anand Menon gave a detailed presentation and covered the following points

• The role of cities in combating climate change • Solar city scheme and funding available • Approach & Methodology of preparing the master plan • Tentative projects that can be implemented in each sector • Energy consumption profile of Aurangabad • Detailed study of corporation building • Successful case studies in renewable energy & Energy Efficiency

After the presentation the forum was open for discussions and suggestion from

various participants. The various suggestions and discussions were as follows:

Mr. Ravi Musale asked for clarification on role of stakeholder committee, for which it

was clarified by the consultants that it will be this committee who will spearhead the

solar city scheme in Aurangabad and they will be giving suggestions and continuously

monitoring the progress of implementation of this scheme in Aurangabad.

Capt. Piyush Sinha pointed out his concern of viability of the projects in case AMC has

to put in the money as their finances were already strained and pointed out the need

to structure the projects in such a way that it is viable and implementable.

Mr. Prakash P Munde stressed the need for involving the local industries and

manufacturers in implementing various projects and he also gave an example of how

biogas can be utilized in nearby industries. He also said that certain industries like

Maharashtra distilleries who are already using biogas , and as first step AMC should

utilize the biogas which is presently being blown away to be utilized by industries. He

also pointed out that 110 mld of sewage is being flown into Godavari river, so STP

project has to be taken on top priority and biogas can also be generated out of that.

Capt. Piyush Sinha indicated that models like Arti Biogas which was shown in

presentation, is the most simplistic way of implementing it in residential households.

It can be implemented in groups of residential households (say 20 flats) wherein each

household can contribute certain amount and then put up the plants and separate

pipeline can be laid for supplying biogas to these households. Such projects can be

taken on pilot basis so that these projects do not have much financial strain on AMC,

then AMC should actually give publicity to such projects so that more people become

aware of such projects.

Capt. Piyush Sinha also pointed out that proper awareness is required and he

suggested that all circulars and notices sent by AMC and associations like CA

associations, Doctors associations etc can have default space having some captions,

details about solar city; target city has taken in reducing fossil fuel consumption etc.

This can also be taken up by various social organizations like rotary club, lions club

etc.

Mr. Ravi Musale suggested that efforts can be initiated in a small way and it can be

popularized in Aurangabad through conducting seminars, exhibitions etc. He also gave


43 l Page

the idea of coming out with showcase RE/ EE projects in various sectors such as

residential, commercial etc so that people can see and replicate the same, Also to

come out with a capsule programme along with vendors etc so that we can convey

the concept that solar city programme of Aurangabad is getting implemented.

Capt. Piyush Sinha also suggested that a special short presentation be made to all

industry associations like CMIA, Paithan industries association, MASSIAH etc specially

concentrating on small industries with 300-500 employees on various aspects of

saving energy. He also said that as Aurangabad is developing a vision to reduce

energy consumption industries should definitely be a part of it.

Mr. Hemant Kapadia pointed out that majority of the people right from the farmers

are aware of energy efficiency, but the real problem lies in implementation. He

highlighted the example of various government offices where there complete misuse

of energy by switching on lights and fans when not in use, to this Capt Sinha

suggested that we can have stickers in all these offices , mayors bungalow ,

corporators offices etc which conveys message of energy conservation and to switch

off lights and fan when not in use.

Capt Sinha and Mr. Ravi Musale also suggested that small movies can be played and

Hoardings/posters can be displayed in prominent locations like Prozone mall, local

channels spreading message of energy conservation.

All participants suggested from next time onwards, invitations to all meetings of solar

city should be through e-mail and SMS.

Mr. Bansode informed to all stakeholders that AMC has already decided to open a

solar city office in AMC dedicated to all activities under solar city programme. He also

informed to all participants that all suggestions in the meeting will be taken into

consideration by AMC.

Meeting ended with Vote of Thanks


44 l Page

4.1.2 Visuals of first Stakeholders Meeting


45 l Page

Solar City Aurangabad – 2nd Stakeholder Committee

Minutes of the Meeting held on 22nd Feb 2013 at 4 PM

Venue: Dr Baba Saheb Ambedkar Research Centre, Amkhas Maidan,

Aurangabad


1. Dr. Vandana Deodhar Kulkarni – Govt. Engg College, Aurangabad 2. Mr. Ravi N Musale – Chartered Accountant 3. Mr. Vilas Dhalkari – Mahila Bal Sarvangin Vikas Sanstha 4. Mr. J.B Deshmukh – MSEDCL 5. Mr. T.S. Shah – MSEDCL 6. Mr. Pravin Santosh Rao Pawar – Architectural Consultant 7. Mr. Rhode – Maharashtra Energy Development Agency 8. Dr. A. Manju Jilla – MD-OBGYN 9. Mr. Vidyanand Dhaytadak 10. Mr. Chobey


8. Hon’ble Mayor 9. Mr. Syyed Sikander Ali – Executive Engineer, Chief B.O.T Cell 10. Mr. P.R. Bansode – Deputy Engineer 11. Mr. Kishan Deshmukh - Sectional Engineer, AMC 12. Mr. Damodere - Junior Engineer, AMC 13. Mrs. Mohini Gaekwad– Electrical Supervisor 14. Mr. Joshi– Electrical Supervisor


3. Mr. Anand Menon K, Associate Vice President – Consultancy Division 4. Mr. Francis Suresh Balan, Consultancy Division

The meeting started with welcome note given by Mrs. Mohini, she welcomed all the

participants to the meeting on behalf of AMC and conveyed the message that there

are six cities being selected in Maharashtra for Solar City Master plan preparation and

Aurangabad is one of them. She said under AMC the first inception workshop was

conducted on 11 November 2011 and first stakeholder committee meeting was

conducted on 30 March 2012 and it was very honorable moment to welcome the

stakeholders for second stakeholder committee meeting to finalize the master plan of

Aurangabad Solar City Master Plan. Then she invited Executive Engineer Mr. Sikander

Ali to honor and welcome the Mayor to the meeting. She requested Deputy Engineer

Mr. Bansode to welcome the gathering and to give introduction and status of Solar

City Program.


46 l Page

Mr Bansode welcomed all the respected stakeholders to the meeting and he revised

the first stakeholder committee meeting and till now what is the progress of the

Master plan preparation. He informed the stakeholders that the Draft master plan was

prepared and completed by Darashaw and Co, Mumbai and after including the

suggestions given by stakeholders during 2nd stakeholder committee meeting the

final master plan will be circulated to all stakeholders and will be submitted to AMC.

Then he requested Mr. Sikander Ali to welcome the Hon’ble Mayor and the respected

stakeholders.

Mr Sikander Ali welcomed the gathering and requested Mr. Anand Menon to explain

the basics of Aurangabad Solar City Master plan to Hon’ble Mayor and he also said to

quickly run through the last stakeholder meeting presentation.


• The role of cities in combating climate change • Solar city scheme and funding available • Approach & Methodology of preparing the master plan • Tentative projects that can be implemented in each sector • Energy consumption profile of Aurangabad • Detailed study of corporation building • Successful case studies in renewable energy & Energy Efficiency • Content of Aurangabad Solar City Master Plan • Trainings, Awareness Programs and Capacity buildings options. • Possible Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Strategies/Project in different

sectors in Aurangabad City with Payback period. • Energy Efficiency initiatives by AMC in the City. • Proposed Projects in the Aurangabad City. • Budget Allocation by AMC and Central Financial Assistance available from

Central Govt. • Action Plan to be taken by AMC.



Mr. Rhode and Mrs. Manju Jilla commented for the points given for replacement of

Diesel with Rooftop Solar PV that Area is not available for setting up the plant and

they asked the question that is there any policy available for implementing such

rooftop solar PV replacing Diesel and what is the tariff difference between the

competitive bidding of Solar PV power plant which Mahagenco has implemented

recently.

Mr. Anand Menon replied that in Mahagenco case the buyer of the power is DISCOM

and it comes with competitive bidding, which ever developer quotes less they will sign

the PPA with DISCOM but in Aurangabad case total Roof area available for Solar PV

implementation is around 1.5 MW where the AMC can float a tender for selection of

private Solar power developer for investing in PPP mode and the power generated can

be sold to AMC buildings and hospitals.


47 l Page

Dr. Manju Jilla, suggested that the other private building rooftop also can be

considered for Solar PV installation so that area available is large and the generated

power can be supplied to hospital through inverter storage. She also said that DG can

supply power to even high capacity equipments like autoclaves and Ultra violet

laminar flow chambers when there are power cuts and it can operate lifts also but in

solar it is restricted only during day time. Mr. Anand Menon answered that it is

advisable to connect only light and fan loads to Solar for replacing diesel and similarly

they can get the power by signing PPA with the private developers who might be

interested in installing the power plant in the available Govt. and Private buildings.

Dr Manju Jilla, told that her hospital is getting around INR 1 lakh electricity bill can Dr.

Manju Jilla, suggested awareness is the main thing lacking for RE and EE

implementation. So Solar city flag can be prepared and circulated among the

Hospitals, colleges and Schools. Pamplets distribution about solar city and its benefits

can also create awareness among people.

Mr. Muscale and Dr Manju Jilla asked for a 3 to 4 Kg/day waste generating hospitals

can biogas plant will be feasible. It was answered that the wastes of different

hospitals can be compiled and decentralized Biogas plant can be designed and

implemented. And if this is success then it can be replicated to more and more

hospitals in and around Aurangabad.

Mr. Dhalkari asked whether Carbon finance is considered for payback calculation. Mr

Anand Menon answered that since carbon market is very down, the carbon finance is

not considered for calculation.

End of Presentation

Mr. Bansode expressed his thanks to Darashaw and other stakeholders and insisted

every stakeholder should get the chance to speak to give their views about the whole

presentation and how we have to have to go forward.

Mr. Rhode suggested that the consideration of 15% usage of kerosene lamps among

below poverty line in Aurangabad city might be so optimistic because almost

everywhere the kerosene lamps are demolished now and they use lamps for lighting.

So replacing of Solar Lantern replacing kerosene lamps cannot be considered and

solar lanterns are not successful either because it has no payback. Mr Anand Menon

answered that TERI has shown the successful case study in this case.


48 l Page

4.1.3 Visuals of second Stakeholders Meeting

Mr. Muscale expressed his view that the target of achievements for next five years is

too high and until the steps are taken aggressively the achievement of the target is

going to be very difficult. Every stakeholder should understand their responsibilities

and should work hard in achieving the target by implementing the suggestions.

Dr. Manju Jilla told that in Aurangabad there is lot of malls available and lot more are

coming in future and energy consumed by them are very huge which leaves with

increase in Energy demand of Aurangabad City. In the same way in Nursing homes

and hospitals energy consumption is increasing too much. If Darashaw can conduct a

study and if some alternative energy is suggested for this then it would really make

huge change. Even if initial investment is high it can be tried in one Mall/Hospital and

this can be replicated in all other hospitals.

Mr. Rhode said to circulate the reports to everybody and take the suggestions and

please incorporate it and submit the final Master plan.

Mr. Dhalkari suggested that if the solar city is to be successful the solar city concept

should reach each and every person in the city for which awareness needs to be done

properly. So that the success of solar city can be reaped. Also he gave an example of

a women association which uses to work for rural initiatives. They were success

because they created a separate platform for awareness and capacity building. It is


49 l Page

suggested to Darashaw team to work on Awareness campaigns and capacity building

initiatives.

End of Discussion

Mr. Bansode suggested adding the point in the solar city master plan. He closed the

meeting by giving a vote of thanks note.

Solar City Aurangabad – 3rd Stakeholder Committee

Minutes of the Meeting held on 19th March 2013 at 12 PM


Aurangabad


1. Mr. Pravin Santosh Rao Pawar – Architectural Consultant 2. Mr. Santhosh R - Mahila Bal Sarvangin Vikas Sanstha 3. Mr. Ravi N Musale – Chartered Accountant 4. Capt. Piyush Sinha – Uniworld Logistics Pvt. Ltd. 5. Mr. J.B Deshmukh – MSEDCL 6. Mr. T.S. Shah – MSEDCL 7. Mr. V.D Jadhav – Archeology Survey of India, Aurangabad. 8. Mr. Chobey-Urja Manch 9. Mr. N B Kulkarni – Marathwada Electrical Contractor Association 10. Mr. Vilas Dhalkari – Mahila Bal Sarvangin Vikas Sanstha 11. Dr. Vandana Deodhar Kulkarni – Govt. Engg College, Aurangabad 12. Dr. A. Manju Jilla – MD-OBGYN 13. Mr. Hement Kapadia – Akhil Bhartiya Grahak Panchayat


1. Hon’ble Commissioner Dr. Harshdeep Shriram Kamble 2. Mr. Syyed Sikander Ali – Executive Engineer, Chief B.O.T Cell 3. Mr. P.R. Bansode – Deputy Engineer 4. Mr. Kishan Deshmukh - Sectional Engineer, AMC 5. Mr. Damodere - Junior Engineer, AMC 6. Mrs. Mohini Gaekwad– Electrical Supervisor 7. Mr. Joshi– Electrical Supervisor




participants to the meeting on behalf of AMC for third Stakeholder meeting. Then she

invited Executive Engineer Mr. Sikander Ali to honor and welcome the Hon.

Commissioner to the meeting. She requested Mr. Sikander to welcome the gathering

and to give introduction and status of Solar City Program. Mr. Sikander welcomed

Hon. Commissioner, AMC officials and Stakeholders and he requested Mr. Anand

Menon K to start the presentation to explain from the starting to Commissioner.


50 l Page


• The role of cities in combating climate change • Solar city scheme and funding available • Approach & Methodology of preparing the master plan • Tentative projects that can be implemented in each sector • Energy consumption profile of Aurangabad • Detailed study of corporation building • Successful case studies in renewable energy & Energy Efficiency • Content of Aurangabad Solar City Master Plan • Trainings, Awareness Programs and Capacity buildings options. • Possible Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Strategies/Project in different

sectors in Aurangabad City with Payback period. • Energy Efficiency initiatives by AMC in the City. • Proposed Projects in the Aurangabad City. • Budget Allocation by AMC and Central Financial Assistance available from

Central Govt. • Action Plan to be taken by AMC.



Mr. V.D Jadhav expressed the interest that Archeology Survey of India (ASI) can think

of implementing Solar PV in the Archeology Buildings for lightings and electricity

supply purposes for which ASI can allocate fund for implementation of those projects.

He had requested for approximate Technical and financial details of the projects which

can be used to propose before the management.

Mr. N B Kulkarni was saying that the utilization of Solar City Cell needs to be

optimized. Also he said that under solar city the focus should be given to Water

Supply, Street lighting, Solar water heater (SWH), Rain water Harvesting (RWH) etc.

The RWH and SWH needs to be made mandatory in the city for that AMC must take

steps in order to achieve it. All the stakeholders must come together and should put

efforts in implementing at least 10 MW in Solar and Wind Energy generation. The

Stakeholder meetings should be conducted very often to know about the updates in

effective implementation of the projects proposed in Solar City Master Plan.

Hon. Commissioner responded to that even after this stakeholder meeting many

meetings can be conducted in near future. This RWH and SWH installation in

Residence can be made compulsory for which AMC will talk to Construction Companies

to incorporate this in their design. One more thing he notified that some of the

corporations has already implemented concession of 1% in the property tax who ever

implemented SHW or rooftop Solar PV. The same initiative will be taken by AMC also.


51 l Page

4.1.4 Visuals of third Stakeholders Meeting

Mr. Harwinder Singh expressed his interest that if AMC is ready to give land his hotel

association is ready to implement at least 2 MW Solar power plant in Aurangabad.

Hon. Commissioner replied that since it consumes at least 12 acres land, right now we

might not be able to provide land but in near future we will surely consider this as one

of the major project to be implemented in Aurangabad.

Capt. Piyush Sinha said that whatever we discuss in the stakeholder meeting should

be implemented in letter and spirit otherwise it will be just room discussion and

nothing we can see as outcome of the project. Darashaw had made an excellent

presentation and explained various project and its implementation strategies but it

should be taken serious for implementing the projects and nothing is rocket science.

The Govt. Officials and Decision Makers should really take a call in atleast

implementing pilot projects in small scale like our household and then it should be

showcased as model and surely others will also start implementing. For example as a

house holder if it is getting a concession of 1 or 2 % in the property tax because of

implementing SWH in the house then that will surely create awareness and it will

Driving force to other people to implement the same. Because huge message passes

to all people.

Hon. Commissioner informed that slashing 1% in property tax is not a big thing which

we can think of. Also he said that giving some kind of financial incentive would


52 l Page

encourage many people. Before 31st of May please give the proposal and he will get it

done. Mr. Sikander Ali assured that AMC will try level best to implement the project

because in the stakeholder there are different group of people coming representing

Industries, Hotels, Hospitals, DISCOM etc.

Mr. Chobey told that in Building layout the open space which is allocated for AMC can

be utilized by solar streetlights or any RE projects by discussing with Builders

Association. Hon. Commissioner denied in the past they had bad experience when

they approached to utilize those spaces. Because of some misuse it cannot be used

for right now but the suggestion is good which can be considered little later. Capt.

Sinha told that in that case AMC has to act as a CEO of the company in order to

implement the projects mandatorily. Also he was saying that the heritage buildings

which are not utilized properly can be used for implementing solar power plants. Hon.

Commissioner said that even the gaps between the divider can be utilized for

installing solar Power Plants.

Capt. Sinha was enquiring whether AC load can be replaced with Solar to power it but

Mr. Kulkarni was replying that it will be little difficult as it requires huge Amps

requires to start the same.

Mr. Ravi was saying in Abad there are many Parking areas which can be utilized for

implementing Solar PV. Mr. Kulkarni was saying that High court building can be used

for the same. Hon. Commissioner this can be thought of. Dr. Percy Jilla was saying

that Mountain and Hilly terrains and Archeological Buildings can be utilized for

implementing Solar PV. Mr Sikander Ali replied that from ASI the permission needs to

be taken which is tedious.

Dr. Deodhar Kulkarni expressed her interest that Govt. College Engg Students and ITI

students can be trained as technicians of handling the solar PV power plant which will

be installed. Hon. Commissioner welcomed and appreciated the thought. Capt Sinha

was saying that AMC should take the lead for successful implementation of projects

because if the lead is given to individual then the result might not come as expected.

Dr. Deodhar Kulkarni was saying that we can take the matter and present in the

Institution of Engineers so that they can also effectively participate in the

implementation.

Dr. Percy Jilla told that she can arrange for a meeting with all major hospitals of

Aurangabad where we can present our hospital case studies and they will surely

implement the project if it is cost effective but initially we can implement in Jilla

hospital which can be replicated in the same way to other hospitals. Hon.

Commissioner was saying the initially the awareness program needs to be launched

as early as possible after the approval of Solar City Master Plan. Then meetings with

Architects, Builders, Doctors, and Industry Officials etc for which one conference

needs to be conducted which will bring very bring awareness programs for various

groups of people. Capt Sinha was saying that under Municipal Corporation there are


53 l Page

number of schools and the Solar City logo contest should be conducted in those only

which will spread very big messages through out the Aurangabad.

Mr. Dhalkari expressed that the stakeholders should involve NGOs and Self Help

Groups because they have real ground experience working with for the improvement

of people. Capt. Sinha was proposing that we should design a website for Aurangabad

Solar City and we need to update all projects of Aurangabad and the links can be sent

to many Associations like our Industry Associations. The point is it will take the

message to huge group of people which will surely be a first step of Success of Solar

City. Implementing Solar Parks in Aurangabad will surely create very big awareness

like for example in Parks and gardens where we can display some solar equipments

where people will come and see the place and installed equipments which will take the

message to many people. In Summer Vacation we can conduct the competition

among the school students and AMC can give certificate to Students who win the

competition.

Mr. Hement Kapadia expressed his views on implementation of solar project by

AMC for its existing building and later on for other govt. buildings. He also brought

to the notice of all Hon'ble members, present in the meeting, that the major

defaulters of payment of electricity bills are Municipalities & govt. sector. MSEDCL is

putting these facts every time before MERC at the time of tariff revision. Hence,

initially, AMC itself is required to under take projects of using solar electricity for its

own offices. As he is working in the field of electricity and being stake holder

committee member, he is ready to supervise the installation and later on its

operations.

Solar City Aurangabad – 4th Stakeholder Committee

Minutes of the Meeting held on 06th May 2013 at 1 PM


Aurangabad


1. Hon’ble Commissioner Dr. Harshdeep Shriram Kamble 2. Mr. Syyed Sikander Ali – Executive Engineer, Chief B.O.T Cell 3. Mr. P.R. Bansode – Deputy Engineer 4. Mr. Kishan Deshmukh - Sectional Engineer, AMC 5. Mr. Damodere - Junior Engineer, AMC 6. Mrs. Mohini Gaekwad– Electrical Supervisor 7. Mr. Joshi– Electrical Supervisor




54 l Page


participants to the meeting on behalf of AMC for the fourth stakeholder meeting. Then

she invited Executive Engineer Mr. Sikander Ali to honor and welcome the Hon.

Commissioner to the meeting. She requested Mr. Sikander to welcome the gathering

and to give status of Solar City Program. Mr. Sikander welcomed Hon. Commissioner,

AMC officials and Stakeholders and he requested Hon.Commisioner to address the

audience, Hon. Commissioner welcomed all participants and requested the

participants to give suggestions regarding what they expect from AMC towards

enhancing the implementation of solar projects. He also said that the rebate in the

property tax

After the speech the forum was open for discussions and suggestion from various

participants. The various suggestions and discussions were as follows:

Many members including representatives of builders association Mr.Goel,

representative from Sudarshan water heaters etc pointed out AMC should roll out

incentives in form of reduction in property tax to the tune of 5% so that more people

will be encouraged to go for the same.

Many traders pointed out that they be given exemption/reduction in LBT for all

renewable energy related equipments.

Mr Shaikh from Dreams Creations stated that there are lots of advertisement

hoardings in Aurangabad City managed by them and at present they pay a tariff of

Rs. 22-23 per unit and they would be interested in using solar powered hoardings and

if solar powered hoardings are provided to them they are willing to pay the tariff upto

Rs. 15 – 17 per unit to AMC.

Capt. Piyush Sinha said that as a part of awareness following can be implemented

• Stickers with proper logo designed , which should be first stuck at the back of official vehicles of mayor, commissioner and other officials and all other vehicles coming to Aurangabad should be provided with that stickers so that message for Aurangabad being a solar city spreads far and wide.

• AMC can provide a hoarding (solar powered) depicting the savings they have already achieved, so that it becomes an inspiration for the citizens.

• In the website of AMC also savings achieved till date as a part of solar city scheme can be mentioned so that all citizens are aware about the steps taken by AMC.

Mr. Ravi pointed out that possibility of online generators can be explored for flats and

other buildings that are coming up, he also said that cost of 3 kva online generator

was about 25 lakhs , so it can be explored for bigger buildings. Also he added that

schools should be motivated to use of solar water pumps in order to meet the water

demand of the school toilets.

Mr. Shyam Dande and Anil from Apar Urja pointed out the need for


55 l Page

• Conducting competitions among school and college students to increase the awareness for conserving energy

• Timing of switching on and off the streetlights should be optimized properly so that substatntial amount of energy can be saved.

• Some rating system or star rating can be given to houses to install energy efficient appliances and solar systems , based on energy conserved they can be given 3, 4, 5 star rating etc and the same can be displayed outside their houses.

• There should proper publicity through online media like facebook, twitter etc and young generation can be captured and also through media channels like radio mirchi etc.

• Mobile towers who use diesel gensets should be told mandatorily to shift to solar and also petrol pumps in the city also be told to harness solar power for their operations.

Mr. Ravi pointed out that there has to be proper institutional finances mechanism for

arranging finances and subsidy disbursement should be faster.

Mr. Ahire from Reylon Solar said that solar water pumps should be also considered

especially in residential sector as they can help in saving substantial amount of

energy and nowadays solar water pumps upto 5 HP are being given subsidy by MNRE

also. Mr. Vilas Dhalkari pointed out that ward level awareness programmes need to

be conducted for proper awreness among citizens.

Mr. Hemant Kapadia pointed out that solar hoardings may be provided by AMC and if

advertisers are willing to pay Rs.23 per unit, money recovered from that can be used

for financing other solar projects like in AMC building. Mr. Dhaithade pointed out that

many builders oppose to using open and common terraces for putting up solar water

heating systems, such case water lifting through solar energy must be made

mandatory. Mr. Choubey pointed out that option of windmills for school colleges and

such similar buildings may be explored.

Representatives from builders association pointed out that instead of making solar

water heating systems mandatory, net metering concept can be considered in which

certain percentage of the total energy can be generated from renewable energy and

same can be set off from the electricity bills. All other stakeholders gave suggestions

like implementation of reverse metering, net metering systems in the city.

Hon Commissioner said that:

• He will formulate some kind of incentives either in property tax, development charges etc for installation of solar water heating systems.

• Explore the possibility of converting lights of Siddharth garden into solar lights. • Will explore the possibility of LED street lights already installed in seven hills

road to be powered by solar • Roof top solar project in AMC main building will be done in three Phases • Will work out the structure for solar advertisement hoardings. • The five hills fly over can be replaced with Solar LED street lighting.


56 l Page

4.1.5 Photographs of the 4th Stakeholder Meeting


57 l Page


58 l Page

5 Energy Baseline of Aurangabad

5.1 Introduction

Energy baseline is essentially the amount of energy that would be consumed annually

without implementation of energy conservation measures. This will be calculated

based on the historical Metered Data, Engineering Calculations, sub metering of

buildings or energy consuming systems, building load simulation models, statistical

regression analysis, or some combination of these methods. Baseline study is

essential to study the energy conservation measures in a city based on the profile of

energy consumption under Business as Usual scenario (BAU). This chapter focuses on

the present energy consumption in residential, commercial and industrial sector along

with overall energy consumption scenario in Aurangabad.

Figure 5-1: District Map of Aurangabad


59 l Page

Aurangabad is located in N 19° 53' 47" – E 75° 23' 54". The city is surrounded by hills

on all directions.

5.2 City Profile

Aurangabad is a city in the Aurangabad district of Maharashtra, India. Aurangabad

(meaning "Built by the Throne") is named after the Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb. The

city is a tourist hub, surrounded with many historical monuments, including the

Ajanta Caves and Ellora Caves, which are UNESCO World Heritage Sites, as well as

Bibi Ka Maqbara. The administrative headquarters of the Aurangabad Division or

Marathwada region, Aurangabad is said to be a City of Gates and the strong presence

of these can be felt as one drives through the city. Recently, Aurangabad has been

declared as Tourism Capital of Maharashtra. It is also one of the fastest growing cities

in the world.

Climate Classification: Aurangabad features a semiarid climate

Temperature: Annual temperatures in Aurangabad range from 9 to 40 °C, with the

most comfortable time to visit in the winter – October to February. The highest

maximum temperature ever recorded was 46 °C (114 °F) on 25 May 1905. The

lowest recorded temperature was 2 °C (36 °F) on 2 February 1911. In the cold

season, the district is sometimes affected by cold waves in association with the

eastward passage of western disturbances across north India, when the minimum

temperature may drop down to about 2 °C to 4 °C (35.6 °F to 39.2 °F).

Rainfall: Most of the rainfall occurs in the monsoon season from June to September.

Average annual rainfall is 725 mm.

5.2.1 Connectivity

Aurangabad city is a head quarter of district and Marathwada region and is situated at

the bank of the river Kham, a tributary of Godavari. City is situated at the latitude of

19053’50" north and longitude of 75022’46" east. Aurangabad sits in a strategic

position on the Deccan Plateau. The city is surrounded by hills of the Vindhya Ranges

and the River Kham passes through it.

5.2.2 Road Connectivity

Aurangabad is well connected by roads with various major cities of Maharashtra and

other states. National Highway 211 from Dhule to Solapur passes through the city.

Aurangabad has road connectivity to Jalna, Pune, Ahmednagar, Nagpur, Beed,

Mumbai and the route is currently being upgraded into four lane road of National

Highway standard. A new Nagpur–Aurangabad–Mumbai express highway is also being

developed.


60 l Page

Local Transport

The Maharashtra State Road Transport Corporation (MSRTC) and numerous other

private bus operators provide bus service connecting the city to all parts of the state.

(MSRTC) also operates an intra-city bus service called 'Aurangabad City Bus' which

connects different parts of the city together along with connecting the city to its

nearby suburbs.

5.2.3 Rail Connectivity

Aurangabad is a station located on the Secunderabad-Manmad section of the Nanded

Division of South Central Railway zone of the Indian Railways. Aurangabad has rail

connectivity with Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad. It is also connected to Nanded, Parli,

Nagpur, Nizamabad, Nasik, Pune, Kurnool, Renigunta, Erode, Madurai, Bhopal,

Gwalior. But there is still a demand for direct rail connectivity to other major cities of

India. The Aurangabad Jan Shatabdi Express is the fastest train connecting it with

Mumbai

5.2.4 Air Connectivity

Aurangabad Airport is an airport serving the city and has connecting flights to

Hyderabad, Delhi, Udaipur, Mumbai, Jaipur, Pune, Nagpur. Recently flights were made

available to the people travelling to the Hajj pilgrimage.

5.2.5 Demography

Aurangabad is now a million plus city with a population of 11, 89,376 according to the

latest 2011 census.

Aurangabad was Asia’s one of the fastest growing city during the decade of 80s and

90s due to development of industrial area. The population of Aurangabad as per the

2001 census is 8, 73,311 persons the same for the year 1991 was 4, 87,025 persons,

thus there was a growth of 3, 86,286 persons. The population of the city has grown

rapidly from 1961 to 1981. The growth rate was highest in 1981 at 89%. This could

be due to the industrial development at Waluj which attract lot of people for

employment. It was in 1982 when Aurangabad was converted from an ‘A’ Class

Municipal Council to a Municipal Corporation The growth rate decreased from 1981 to

1991 and has again increased in the last decade.

5.2.6 Population Projections in Aurangabad The Population of the Aurangabad City was projected using following proven methods.


61 l Page

1. Arithmetical Increase method

5.2.7 Local administration

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation (AMC) is the local civil body. It is divided into six

zones. The Municipal Council was established in 1936, the Municipal Council area was

about 54.5 km2. It was elevated to the status of Municipal Corporation from 8

December 1982, and simultaneously including eighteen peripheral villages, making

total area under its jurisdiction to 138.5 km2 extended its limits.

The city is divided in 99 electoral wards called as Prabhag, and each ward is

represented by a Corporator elected by the people from each ward. There are two

Committees, General Body and Standing Committee headed by the Mayor and the

Chairman respectively. AMC is responsible for providing basic amenities like drinking

water, drainage facility, road, street lights, healthcare facilities, primary schools, etc.

AMC collects its revenue from the urban taxes which are imposed on citizens. The

administration is headed by the Municipal Commissioner; an I.A.S. Officer, assisted by

the other officers of different departments.

5.2.8 Tourist Attractions

Bibi Ka Maqbara: Situated about 3 km (2 mi). from the city is Bibi Ka Maqbara, the

burial place of Aurangzeb's wife, Rabia-ud-Durrani. It is an imitation of the Taj at Agra

and due to its similar design, it is popularly known as the Mini Taj of the Deccan. The

Maqbara stands in the middle of a spacious and formally planned Mughal garden with

axial ponds, fountains, water channels, broad pathways and pavilions. Behind the

mausoleum is located a small archaeological museum.

Census Year Population Increment

1961 87579

1971 150483 62904

1981 284807 134324

1991 487025 202218

2001 873311 386286 Total 785732 Average 196433

Year Projected Population 2010 1050101 0.9 2015 1148317 1.4 2020 1246534 1.9 2025 1344750 2.4 2030 1442967 2.9 2035 1541183 3.4 2040 1639400 3.9


62 l Page

Panchakki (water mill): Is a 17th century water mill situated at a distance of 1 km

from the city. An intriguing water mill, the Panchakki is famous for its underground

water channel, which traverses more than 8 km. to its source away in the mountains.

The channel culminates in a mesmerising 'artificial' waterfall that powers the mill. The

beauty of the mosque housed in the inner enclosure is enhanced by a series of

'dancing' water fountains.

Gates in Aurangabad: One of the things that

makes Aurangabad stand out from the several

other medieval cities in India are its 52 'gates' each

of which have a local history or had individuals

linked with them. Not many people are aware of

the fact that Aurangabad is also known as the 'City

of Gates'.

Aurangabad Caves: Situated at a distance of 5 km (3 mi), nestled amidst the hills

are 12 Buddhist caves probably dating back to 3 A.D. Of particular interest are the

Tantric influences evident in the iconography and architectural designs of the caves.

One is also treated to a panoramic view of the city as well as the imposing Maqbara

from this point.

Quila-E-Ark: In 1692, Aurangzeb ordered a palace to be built and named it as the

Killa Arrak. The space enclosed by the Killa Arrak or citadel covered nearly the whole

ground between the Mecca and Delhi gates of the city. It had four or five gateways

and a nagarkhana for the musicians. The walls were battle-mented and loop-holed

and had semi-circular towers at the angles, on which guns were once mounted. The

inner portion was occupied by recesses similar to those in the city walls. To the right

of the entrance was a high terrace extending the whole length of the ground enclosed.

Kali Masjid, Jumma Masjid: Among the mosques, the Jumma masjid and the Kali

masjid built by Malik Ambar, and the Shah Ganj mosque are the most conspicuous.

Malik Ambar is said to have built seven mosques which go by the general name of Kali

masjid. The Kali masjid is in Juna Bazar area and was erected in 1600 A. D. It is a

six-pillared stone-building standing on a high plinth. The Jumma masjid of Malik

Ambar is near the Killa Arrak. It has fifty polygonal pillars arranged in five rows, and

connected by a system of arches, which divide the building into twenty-seven equal

compartments, each covered by a domical vault of simple but elegant design. There

are nine pointed arches in front. Of these, five were erected by Malik Ambar in 1612

A. D. and the remaining four were added by Aurangzeb.

Shahganj Masjid: Occupying the great market square of Aurangabad is the large

Shah Ganj mosque, one of the finest edifices of its class to be found in any put of

India. It was built in about 1720 A.D. Khafi Khan, the author of Muntakhabu-1-Lubab,

referring to Sayyad Husain Khan’s viceroyalty of the Deccan (1714–1719) says "the

reservoir at Shah Ganj was begun by Sayyad Husain Ali, and although Aazu-d Daula

Iraz Khan enlarged and made higher the buildings and mosques still Sayyad Husain


63 l Page

Ali was the originator of that extensive reservoir, which in summer, when water is

scarce relieves the sufferings of the inhabitants".

Chowk Masjid: In 1655 was built the Chauk Masjid by Shayista Khan, the maternal

uncle of Aurangzeb. Its front has five pointed arches, and is two arches in depth.

These are connected with one another by eight pillars and corresponding pilasters,

and support five domes. The central dome, with a metallic spire is lofty, while the

others are concealed in the roof. The corners are decorated with minarets.

Salim Ali Lake & Bird Sanctuary: Salim Ali

Sarovar (lake) popularly known as Salim Ali

Talab is located near Delhi Gate, opposite

Himayat Bagh, Aurangabad. It is located in the

northern part of the city. During the Mughal

period it was known as Khiziri Talab. It has been

renamed after the great ornithologist and naturalist Salim Ali. It also has a bird

Sanctuary and a garden maintained by the Aurangabad Municipal Corporation.

5.2.9 Economy

There is evidence to believe that Aurangabad was developed as a trading hub four

centuries ago. Aurangabad is the one the fastest developing cities in Asia. It tops the

chart among the developing cities. It lies on a major trade route that used to connect

north-west India's sea and land ports to the Deccan region. Recently Aurangabad was

in news for placing single largest order for Mercedes Benz cars in a single transaction

in India — 150 Mercedes Benz cars worth Rs 65 crore which gives an indication of

significant presence of high income group in Aurangabad

The city was a major silk and cotton textile production centre. A fine blend of silk with

locally grown cotton was developed as Himroo textile. Paithani silk saris are also

made in Aurangabad. With the opening of the Hyderabad-Godavari Valley Railways in

the year 1900 several ginning factories were started. After 1960, Maharashtra

Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) began acquiring land and setting up

industrial estates. Aurangabad is now classic example of efforts of state government

towards balanced industrialisation of state.

Major Industrial areas of Aurangabad are Chikhalthana MIDC, Shendra MIDC and

Waluj MIDC. A new industrial belt namely Shendra - Bidkin Industrial Park is being

developed under DMIC. The Maharashtra Centre for Entrepreneurship Development's

main office is in Aurangabad. Many renowned Indian and MNCs have established

themselves in the Industrial Estates of Aurangabad.

Aurangabad also has 5 star hotels like ITC Welcomgroup's The Rama International,

The Ajanta Ambassador, The Taj Residency, The Lemontree (formerly The President

Park), Vits (formerly Hotel Vedant), The Aures(Pride Biznotel)and the Aurangabad

Gymkhana


64 l Page

Recently Aurangabad became the third city in Maharashtra (after Pune & Nashik ) to

host an auto cluster namely Marathwada Auto Cluster(MAC). Electrical goods major

Siemens has set up a plant for manufacturing of superior quality bogies for

locomotives, electric multiple units and metro coaches at Shendra MIDC Aurangabad.

5.2.10 Electricity Consumption Scenario

Aurangabad comes under the area of Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited. The major energy consuming categories are industrial, residential, commercial/ institutional (offices and shops), municipal services, and transport. In the energy baseline study, all the above sectors except transportation have been considered. Within the selected sectors i.e. residential commercial and municipal services, the major energy sources are electricity, LPG and Kerosene. The petroleum products are mainly used in transportation sector followed by industries.

Table 5-1: Total Electricity Consumption (MU)

Sector 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

Domestic 151.27 184.26 210.69 241.05 269.80

Commercial 49.59 61.17 74.91 101.03 121.50

Industrial 631.89 636.60 635.83 742.12 889.25

Municipal 33.05 33.40 34.99 34.05 29.21

Hoarding & Advt.

0.06 0.19 0.13 0.11 0.11

Total 865.86 915.61 956.55 1118.37 1309.87

The Electricity consumption pattern of Aurangabad city is shown in the below figure.

Figure 5-2: Sector Wise annual Electricity Consumption(2010-11)(MU)

Electricity Consumption (2010-11)

0

200

400

600

800

1000

Elec

tric

al E

nerg

y C

onsu

mpt

ion

(MU

)

2010-11 269.8 121.5 889.25 29.21 0.11

Domestic Commercial Industrial Municipal Hoarding & Advt.

Source: MSEDCL

Figure 5-3: Sector Electricity use pattern of Aurangabad (MU)


65 l Page

As shown in figure below the annual electricity consumption of the city is growing.

5.2.11 Consumption Scenario of Petroleum Products The transport, industrial and domestic sectors are the major consumers of petroleum products (viz. petrol, diesel, LPG etc). LPG and kerosene are utilizable mainly in domestic and commercial sectors; while other products are mainly consumed by industries and vehicles. The table below presents the year wise consumption of various petroleum products in the city. There are three major suppliers in the Aurangabad City they are HPCL, BPCL and IOCL.

Source: MSEDCL

Figure 5-4: Annual Electricity Consumption in Aurangabad (MU)

Electricity Consumption of past five years

865.86 915.61 956.551118.37

1309.87

0200400600800

100012001400

2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

MU

Source: MSEDCL


66 l Page

Figure 5-5: Petrol Consumption

Petrol Consumption (KL)

31291 3440441118 42932 43625

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

KL


Table 5-2: Petrol and Diesel Consumption

2006-07 2007-08 Petrol Pumps Petrol

(MS) Diesel (HSD)

Petrol (MS)

Diesel (HSD)

HPCL 11096 8187 12200 13483 BPCL 9986 7368 10980 12135 IOCL 10208 7532 11224 12404 Total for Aurangabad City (KL) 31291 23087 34404 38022

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 Petrol (MS)

Diesel (HSD)

Petrol (MS)

Diesel (HSD)

Petrol (MS)

Diesel (HSD)

14581 17143 15224 15713 15470 14427

13123 15429 13702 14142 13923 12984

13415 15772 14006 14456 14232 13273

41118 48343 42932 44311 43625 40684

Source: Oil Companies and DSO.


67 l Page

Figure 5-6: Diesel Consumption

Diesel Consumption (KL)

23087

3802248343 44311 40684

0100002000030000400005000060000

2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

KL

Diesel Consumption (KL)

It has been noticed that consumption of petrol and high speed diesel is consistently increasing due to increasing the vehicular population of the city;

5.2.12 Residential Aurangabad is the One of the Tourism city in our country and has also higher industrial concentration. Hence it might be assumed that maximum of the households are in medium and high income levels. The residential houses of the Aurangabad city are almost fully electrified. As there are 1, 94, 978 number of households in the city;

a. Electricity The electricity consumption in residential sector of Aurangabad is rapidly increasing gas shown in figure below the total electricity consumption in residential sector was reported as 241.05 MU in 2009-10; while it was 157 MU in 2006-07.

Figure 5-7: Electricity Consumption in Residential Sector (MU)


68 l Page

The load distribution pattern in residential sector of Aurangabad has been assumed similar to a corporation; which shows energy consumption pattern in domestic application. The breakup of the electric consumption in the residential sector is presented in figure below; which shows that lighting fan and Cooling consumed more than 54 percent of electricity.

b. LPG and Kerosene LPG is being used in most of the houses of the city for domestic/cooking application in the city. The table below shows the LPG and Kerosene consumption of the city from 2006-07 to 2010-11.

Table 5-3: Petrol and Diesel Consumption

Year LPG (Kg) Kerosene (Lit) 2006-07 8896300 3759000

2007-08 9364616 3956880

2008-09 9915235 4189536

2009-10 10403602 4395888

2010-11 11074750 4679472

Figure 5-8: Electricity Consumption Pattern in Residential Sector

Source: Primary Survey


69 l Page

5.2.13 Commercial The commercial sector comprises around 9% percent of the houses of Aurangabad.

The total number of commercial consumers in 2010-11 was 23724; while there were

only 21220 in 2006-07. Within five years nearly 2000 consumers got increased which

reveals us that on an average every year 400 commercial consumers were increased.

The figure below presents the growth of commercial consumers in Aurangabad from

2005 to 2010.

Figure 5-9: LPG Consumption of Aurangabad City

Source: Gas Agencies in Aurangabad

Figure 5-10: Kerosene Consumption of Aurangabad City

Source: Gas Agencies in Aurangabad

Figure 5-11: Electricity Consumption of Commercial Consumers in


70 l Page

5.2.14 Municipal Services 1. Street lighting

A detail survey on street lighting of Aurangabad city has been carried out during the detail data collection. In the study, it was found that the following types of lights were used for street lighting in Aurangabad.

The study estimated numbers of each type of light, approximate annual hours of operation and the power consumption for each type of lighting. The electricity consumption for street lighting at 100 % operating load is estimated to be 5.4 MU. However, according to Street Lighting Department of Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, the annual consumption of electricity for street lighting is 3.2 MU at operating load of 60%. This difference may be due to the fact that some of the streetlights not in working condition and some of the lighting points are not metered.

The following type of lamps and fixtures are being used in street lighting in Aurangabad.

Table 5-4: Street light Details of Aurangabad

Year Total Nos

Tube light Fitting 40W in Nos 6630

Sodium Vapour fittings in Nos (70 W) 5730

CFL 2 x 24 W in Nos 2500

CFL 4 x 24 W in Nos 9500 Metal halide 150 W in Nos 10350 Metal halide 250 W in Nos 2910 Metal halide 400 W in Nos 476

MH Fitting in Nos (96 W) 1200

Total 39296

All Street lights are maintained by Corporation only.

Aurangabad

Source: MSEDCL


71 l Page

2. Water pumping

The water pumping to the city is under the control of Aurangabad Municipal Corporation. The raw water from Tube-well is treated at the water softening plant. The treated water further supplied to the city. At the various wards booster pumps are installed which helps in distribution of water at suitable pressure to the individual wards across the Aurangabad. Details of Motors are as follows.

Table 5-5: Water Pumping Details of Aurangabad

Pump House

Motor HP

Pump in Working

Standby Pump

Total Pumps

Commissioning Year

Rated Flow (m3/ hr)

Rated Head meter

Jaykwadi (old)

400 3 3 6 2003/2005 723 110/ 92

Dhorkin Booster

350 3 3 6 1984/2005 626 105

70 1 1 2003 125 100 Pharola (Old)

475 3 3 6 1975/85/05 638 135

75 1 1 2 2006 252 42 Recycling 30 1 1 2 2006 252 15 30 1 1 2006 - - Nakshtrawadi

350 3 3 6 1984/2004/05 709 82.5

Kranti Chowk

180 1 1 2 1978 399 66

Jaykwadi (New)

490 4 2 6 1991/2005 1050 91

450 1 1 2 2003/2006 833 97 Pharola (New)

670 4 2 6 1991 961 137.5

670 1 1 2 2006 961 142 350 1 1 2005 378 141

Table 5-6: Pumping Machinery Details of Pump house

Pump House

Machinery Detail (HP)

Pump in Working

Stand by Pump

Total Pump

Commissioning Year

Rated Head (m/ hr)

Rated Flow head (m)

N-5 CIDCO Motor/Pump (VT) 60 Hp

1 1 2 2006 350 32

120 1 1 2 2006 700 32 300 1 1 2 1992/ 1984 733 54 N-7 CIDCO 120 1 1 2 2000 500 40.19 Jincy 120 1 1 2 2004 648 28 Jublipark 75 1 1 2 1984 250 30 Shahaganj 100 2 1 3 2008 479 33 Delhiget 60 1 1 2 1985 Krant Chowk 25 1 1 1984 30 1 1 1984 45 1 1 1984 31.66 18.5 50 1 1 1984 31.66 18.5 Harsul Filter 37 1 1 2 2003 150 40 Pundliknager 50 2 1 3 2006 Shivajinagar 25 1 1 2 1994 7.5 1 1 2003



72 l Page

5.2.15 Industrial The city was a major silk and cotton textile production centre. A fine blend of silk with locally grown cotton was developed as Himroo textile. Much of the silk Industry has vanished over time, but some manufacturers have managed to keep the tradition alive. Paithani silk saris are also made in Aurangabad. The name of this cloth is derived from Paithan town.

In 1889 a cotton-spinning and weaving mill was erected in Aurangabad city, which employed 700 people. With the opening of the Hyderabad-Godavari Valley Railways in the year 1900 several ginning factories were started. In the Jalna alone there were 9 cotton-ginning factories and 5 cotton-presses, besides two ginning factories at Aurangabad and Kannad, and one oil-press at Aurangabad. The total number of people employed in the cotton-presses and ginning factories in the year 1901 was 1,016.

Until 1960, Aurangabad languished as a city, remaining as industrially backward. In 1960, the region of Marathwada was merged with Maharashtra. This was the time when the industrial development of the Marathwada region began, propelled through designated backward area benefits. And it was only when the Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) began acquiring land and setting up industrial estates that it began to grow. Aurangabad is now classic example of efforts of state government towards balanced industrialization of state.

Table 5-7: List of SME Industries in Aurangabad

Source: MSEDCL


73 l Page

Table 5-8: List of Large Industries in Aurangabad

The industrial sector of Aurangabad city uses electricity as well as Petroleum products as fuel. Maximum petroleum products are used by industrial and transportation sectors. As per the Electricity wing of Aurangabad Administration the electricity consumption for industry including the large as well as small industries is close to 31 percent of total electricity consumption.


74 l Page

Figure 5-14: Electricity Consumption in Industrial Sector

5.2.16 GHG emissions Aurangabad falls under the area of MSEDCL. The average specific emission factor for grid has been reported as 0.85 t CO2/MWh as per Central Electricity Authority.

The GHG emission has been estimated based on the total electricity consumption, and Petrol, diesel consumption of the city up to 2011. The emission factor (EF) as 0.85

Figure 5-13: Pattern of Industrial Sector

Pattern of Industries (2009-10)

30%

7%29%

11%

23%

Engineering Food Products & BeveragesMfg. of Machinery & Equipments Mfg. of Rubber & PlasticMfg. of Pharma / Chemical

Source: District Industries Centre


75 l Page

tCO2/ MWh for electricity generation; while the emission factors for Petrol is 0.737 Kg of CO2/ litre, for diesel 0.832 Kg CO2/litre.

The GHG emission based on Electricity and from fuel in Aurangabad city from 2006 to 2011 has been presented below.

Figure 5-16: GHG emissions from Fuel

GHG Emission from Fuel (2006 to 2010)

104522.88

142849.69177138.83 171327.84 164499.96

0.00

50000.00

100000.00

150000.00

200000.00

2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11Tota

l GHG

Em

issi

on tC

O2

Total GHG Emission from Fuel tCO2

Figure 5-15: GHG emissions based Electricity

GHG Emission from Electricity

735929.46 778673.72 813808.59952216.57

0.00

200000.00

400000.00

600000.00

800000.00

1000000.00

2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10

GHG

Em

issi

on tC

O2

GHG Emission tCO2


76 l Page

6 Energy Forecasting and Target Setting

Energy planning is essentially a process of developing long range policies to help

guide the future of a local, national, regional or even the global energy system. It is

the most important step towards ensuring sustainable energy supply. A solar city

should encompass all the measures to use the natural resources available and also

reduce the energy demand. This is possible only through intelligent planning and

diligent implementation.

The chapter looks into the energy conservation measures necessary to reduce energy

demand and assess the renewable energy resources available through which energy

could be generated to reduce dependence on fossil fuels which will also pave a path to

meticulous planning.

The energy planning of Aurangabad city has been developed based on the following

parameters.

• Energy Demand Forecast up to 2018

• Renewable Energy Resource Availability

• Energy Efficiency options for energy savings and demand reduction.

6.1 Energy Demand Forecast up to 2018

The energy demand forecast of Aurangabad has been carried out using time series

data of last 5 recent years. Statistically the projections are assumed to have the best

reliability if the correlation coefficient (R2) comes more than 0.95. In the present

projections the correlation coefficient has obtained always more than 0.95. In the

present projections the coefficient of correlation is more than 0.95 up to 1.0; which

shows better confidence level of the projections. All projections have been made up to

2018.


77 l Page

6.1.1 Total Electricity Consumption

On the basis of time series data of last five years the total electricity demand has

been projected over the period till 2018. The total electricity consumption has been

reported to be 1118.37 MU in 2009-10. It has been estimated that the total electricity

consumption of the city will increase up to 1701 MU in 2018-19.

6.1.2 Electricity Consumption in Residential Sector

The time series forecasting has been made on basis of the data of electricity

consumption in residential sector from 2005-06 to 2010-11. It is estimated that the

total electricity consumption in residential sector will increase up to 481 MU in 2015-

16 The figure below presents the projection of electricity demand in residential sector

up to 2018.

Figure 6-1: Annual Electricity Consumption in MU

865.86915.61956.55

1118.371069.001176.97

1240.651307.77

1378.521453.10

1531.711614.58

1701.93

0.00

200.00

400.00

600.00

800.00

1000.00

1200.00

1400.00

1600.00

1800.00

2006‐07

2007‐08

2008‐09

2009‐10

2010‐11

2011‐12

2012‐13

2013‐14

2014‐15

2015‐16

2016‐17

2017‐18

2018‐19


78 l Page

6.1.3 Petrol

The time series forecasting has been made on the basis of the data of total petrol

Consumption. The figure below presents the projection of Petrol consumption up to

2018.

6.1.4 Diesel

Figure 6-2: Electricity Consumption in the residential sector upto 2018 (MU)

151.27184.26210.69241.05269.80311.79360.32416.39481.20

556.09642.64

742.65858.23

0.00

200.00

400.00

600.00

800.00

1000.00

2006‐07

2007‐08

2008‐09

2009‐10

2010‐11

2011‐12

2012‐13

2013‐14

2014‐15

2015‐16

2016‐17

2017‐18

2018‐19

Electricity Consumption in Residential Sector (MU)

Figure 6-3: Total Petrol Consumption


31291 3440441118 42932 43625 46636 49853 53293 56971 60901 65104 69596

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

2017-18

KL


79 l Page

A linear increasing trend of the diesel consumption pattern in Aurangabad city has

been observed from last five year data.

6.1.5 Commercial Consumers

The total number of commercial consumers in 2005-2006 was 114049.On the basis of

time series data based projection the number of commercial consumer is expected to

increase to 214349 by 2014 and 293785 by 2018.

6.1.6 Target Setting

The scenario of fossil fuel consumption in Aurangabad till 2017-18 is as follows.

Figure 6-4: Diesel consumption and projection up to 2018

Total Diesel Consumption

23087

3802248343 44311 40684 44378 48408 52803 57598 62828

6853274755

01000020000300004000050000600007000080000

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

2017-18

KL

Figure 6-5: Total number of commercial consumers

No of Commercial Consumer

21220 22012 22689 23095 23724 25878 28228 30791 33587 36636 3996343592

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

2017-18

Num

ber


80 l Page

Year 2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

2017-18

2018-19

2019-20

2020-21

2021-22

Electricity Consumption (MU) 1378 1453.1 1531.7 1614.5 1701.9 1873.8 1975.2 2082.0 Petrol (MU) 613.0 655.37 700.59 748.93 800.61 855.85 914.90 978.03 Diesel (MU) 655.2 714.73 779.63 850.42 927.64 1011.8 1103.7 1203.9 Kerosene (MU) 45.96 45.70 45.43 45.17 47.04 46.77 46.50 46.23 LPG (MU) 138.4 137.59 136.80 136.00 135.21 134.43 133.65 132.87 Total 2831 3006.4 3194 3395.1 3612.4 3922 4174.0 4443.1

2010-11 Baseline Year, 2016-17-Target Year

From the above table it can be seen that the total fossil fuel consumption in 2010-11

is 2371 MU and the projected fossil fuel consumption in 2016-17 is 3194 MU.

The solar city programme envisages a 10% reduction in conventional energy demand

through a combination of various renewable energy and energy efficiency options

spread across residential, commercial, industrial and municipal sectors.

The target for reduction under solar city programme has been taken as 319.4 MU

(10% of the total fossil fuel consumption of 2016-17) over a period of five years.

The various Renewable energy and energy efficiency options through which this can

be achieved are explained in detail in subsequent chapters.

Table 6-1 : Projected Million KWh consumption of Electricity, Petrol and Diesel.

Year 2006-

07 2007-

08 2008-

09 2009-

10 2010-

11 2011-

12 2012-

13 2013-

14 Electricity Consumption (MU) 865.86 915.61 956.55 1118.3 1069.0 1176.9 1240.6 1307.7 Petrol (MU) 336.72 370.23 442.48 461.99 469.46 501.85 536.48 573.50 Diesel (MU) 248.45 409.16 520.23 504.08 462.82 504.85 550.69 600.69 Kerosene (MU) 37.79 39.78 42.12 44.19 47.04 46.77 46.50 46.23 LPG (MU) 113.79 119.78 126.82 133.07 141.65 140.83 140.02 139.20

Total 1602 1854 2088 2261 2189 2371 2514 2667


81 l Page

7 Renewable Energy Strategies

This chapter explains in detail the availability of various renewable energy resources

in Aurangabad and best possible renewable energy options for various sectors and

their techno economics.

7.1 Solar Energy

Aurangabad is located in the sunny belt of the country which is having an average

daily solar radiation of 5.30 kWh/m2/day, which is various from 4.17 kWh/m2/day for

the month of August to 6.59 kWh/m2/day for the month of May. The latitude and

longitude for Aurangabad is 19˚53’N and 75˚19’E respectively. The annual solar

radiation for the city as per the NASA data is about 5.30 kWh/m2/day. Daily and

monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad is provided in Table.


Aurangabad


82 l Page

Table 7-1 : Daily and monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad

Daily Monthly

Month

Global Solar Radiation (kwh/ m2)

Diffuse Solar Radiation (kwh/ m2)

Direct Normal Radiation (kwh/ m2)




January 5.02 1.07 7.29 155.62 33.17 225.99

February 5.64 1.3 7.24 157.92 36.4 202.72

March 6.36 1.57 7.30 197.16 48.67 226.3

April 6.57 1.93 6.70 197.1 57.9 201

May 6.59 2.13 6.36 204.29 66.03 197.16

June 5.2 2.43 3.97 156 72.9 119.1

July 4.45 2.43 2.88 137.95 75.33 89.28

August 4.17 2.33 2.63 129.27 72.23 81.53

September 4.84 2.11 4.05 145.2 63.3 121.5

October 5.16 1.64 5.68 159.96 50.84 176.08

November 4.93 1.23 6.63 147.9 36.9 198.9

December 4.66 1.07 6.84 144.46 33.17 212.04

Source: NASA Surface Meteorology and Solar Energy

The various strategies for renewable energy for residential sector are as follows:-

7.1.1 Solar Water Heating Systems

It is a well known fact that the solar energy can be used for water heating. Solar water heater is a commercialized technology in India. A 100 litres capacity SWH can replace an electric geyser for residential use and saves 1500 units of electricity annually. The use of 1000 SWHs of 100 litres capacity each can contribute to a peak load saving of 1 MW.A SWH of 100 litres capacity can prevent emission of 1.5 tones carbon dioxide per year.

Central Govt. has already initiated the rebate for Solar water heater domestic users which is good initiative to bring more renewable energy usage in domestic sector. Many states including Delhi, Haryana etc have taken initiatives and made use of solar water heating systems in industries, hospitals, hotels, motels, large canteens, and commercial buildings mandatory.

It has been assumed that residents of Aurangabad use electricity/fossil fuels for water heating. As Aurangabad is located in Semi Arid zone, it requires water heating and only for four months in winters (from November to February). As the city is developed


83 l Page

under the master plan hence solar water heating systems can be made mandatory in residential and commercial sectors.

It has been noticed from energy use pattern in residential sector and based on the survey done among the various categories of households that approximately 90% households use fossil fuel for water heating, in order to reduce the consumption of fossil fuel for water heating a target has been kept so as to shift at 60% of the households to solar water heating systems in next five years. The techno economics are as follows

Promotional Schemes for development of SWHS

• Financial Assistance through interest rate / capital subsidy

In mid-nineties, Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, predecessor of Ministry of New and Renewable Energy or MNRE established programme for promotion of solar

Table 7-2 : Techno Economics of Solar Water Heating Systems Single Household Value Units

Average size of domestic SWH 100

LPD

Collector Area 2

Sqmt

Total energy saved per year 1500

KWh

Indicative Cost of Installation 20000

`

MNRE Subsidy 6000

`

Cost of Energy Savings 5505

`

Emission Reduction per year 1.5

Tonnes

Payback Period 3

Years

Target for Entire City

Total No of Households 194978

Nos Residential Household using fossil fuel for water heating

90% %

Target to replace electric geyser by SWH in 5 years 60%

%

Average size of domestic SWH 100

LPD

Number of SWH to be installed in 5 year plan 105288

Nos

Total collector area in sqm 210576.24

Sqmt

Total energy saved per year 157.93

MU

Indicative cost of installation 21057.624

`Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy at Rs 1100 per sq Mtr 6317.29

`Lakhs

Cost of Energy Savings 5796.11

`Lakhs

Payback Period 3

years

Emission Reduction per year 157932.18 Tones Co2


84 l Page

water heating systems. Since then MNRE has been refining promotional schemes for SWHS. As a part of its scheme, MNRE provides soft loans to the users under the interest subsidy scheme through a network of financial institutions, public/private sector banks, scheduled co-operative banks, RBI approved non-banking financing companies. Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) operates as a Nodal Agency for the scheme. Interest subsidy is provided to the consumers through various financial intermediaries so that effective interest rate works out to2% for domestic users, 3% for institutional users and 5% for industrial/commercial users.

In addition, capital subsidy is available to builders & developers/ development authorities/housing boards/ cooperatives/ Group Housing Societies for providing solar water heating systems in new buildings and housing/ commercial/institutional complexes. The Capital Subsidy is operated by MNRE through State Nodal Agencies.

• Building bye-laws amendment to mandate SWHS installation

In a separate initiative, a model regulation / building bye-law for mandatory installation of SWHS in new buildings was circulated by the Ministry of Urban Development to all States and Union Territories with a request for onward circulation to all local bodies for incorporation in their building bye-laws. Necessary orders have been issued in 19 States and 41 Municipal Corporations/Municipalities have so far amended their building bye-laws. A few municipal corporations such as Thane, Amravati, Nagpur and Durgapur are providing 6-10% rebate in the property tax for users of solar water heaters.

• Utility rebates for SWHS installations

Rebate in Utility bills is a simple way of providing incentive for installation of SWHS. Utilities are being encouraged to provide rebates in electricity tariff to SWHS users. The Utilities in Haryana, Rajasthan, West Bengal, Assam, Haryana, Uttarakhand and Karnataka are already providing monthly rebates in electricity tariff for domestic systems.

• Standardisation of Solar Collectors

BIS standards have been established for flat plate solar collectors along with appropriate test facilities. ETC based systems are also being promoted, though the tubes used in them are being imported at present. There are 63 BIS approved manufacturers of SWHS of flat plate collectors and 71 MNRE approved suppliers of evacuated tube collector based systems. They are eligible to supply solar water heating systems under the interest subsidy scheme. The list of approved manufacturers has been provided in the annexure

• Inclusion of Solar Energy in ECBC

The Energy Conservation Act 2001 authorises the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) to prescribe guidelines for Energy Conservation Buildings Code (ECBC). BEE has developed ECBC, which sets minimum energy efficiency standard for design and construction. ECBC is expected to impact and promote market development of various


85 l Page

energy efficient products such as solar water heaters. SWHS are included among the building components covered under ECBC. SWHS are required to meet at least 20% of the design capacity for water heating.

7.1.2 Solar Cookers

Solar cookers can be used in households to cook items such as rice, lentils, prepare simple cakes etc. It takes 1 to 2 hours to cook these items. The extensive use of solar cookers can lead to substantial reduction in monthly electricity bills. The basic cost of box type solar cooker ranges from Rs 4500 – 6000. A single cooker can cater to the needs of 4-5 people and replace 3-4 LPG cylinders per year. MNRE provides subsidy to the extent of 30% of the cost limited to RS 1500 per cooker. The survey conducted among the various categories of households shows that 30% of the total households have facility to install solar cookers. A target of 40% of these households has been kept to install solar cookers in the next five years. The following are the techno economics.

7.1.3 Solar lanterns to replace kerosene lamps

A solar lantern consists of three main components – the solar PV panel, the storage battery, and the lamp. A single charge can operate the lamp upto 4-5 hours.

The cost of solar lantern ranges from Rs 1500 – Rs 3000. The survey among various residential households Aurangabad showed that around 20% of

Table 7-3 : Techno Economics of Solar Cookers

Solar Cookers for Residential Use Value Units

Total residential households 194978 Nos Households having facility to install Solar Cooker 30% %

Target for introducing solar cooker in 5 years 40% %

Number of solar cookers to be introduced in 5 years 23397 nos

Average savings of LPG domestic cylinder per year (14 Kg) 4 nos Total LPG saved per year 1310252 Kg Total energy saved per year 16.76 MU Indicative cost of installation 1169.87 `Lakhs MNRE subsidy for solar cooker 350.96 `Lakhs Cost of energy savings 615.06 `Lakhs Payback period 1.5 years Emission Reduction per year 4022 Tones CO2


86 l Page

the households use kerosene lamps, a target of 15% of these households have been kept to replace it with solar lanterns. The following are the techno economics.

7.1.4 Solar Home Lighting Systems

A solar home lighting system can provide 3-4 hours of light during power cut period. A solar home lighting system with 74 Wp solar module can replace 3-4 kerosene lamps thereby can save 10-15 litres of kerosene per month. The cost of a solar home lighting

Table 7-4 : Techno Economics of Solar Lanterns Solar Lanterns to Replace Kerosene Lamps Single Household

Value Units

Capacity of solar lantern 10

Wp

Number of lights per solar lantern 1

nos Number of kerosene lamps replaced by solar lantern

1 nos

Consumption of kerosene per household/month 3

litre

Cost of kerosene per litre in market 20

`

Cost of kerosene per year per household 720

` Indicative cost of installing a solar lantern

3000 `

MNRE subsidy 900

` Payback period when replacing kerosene lamp

2.1 year

Target for Entire city

Total residential households in the city 194978

nos Residential households using kerosene lamps

15% nos

Target to replace kerosene lamps in 5 years 75%

nos Number of solar lanterns to be installed in 5 years

21935 nos

Total Kerosene lamp replaced 21935

nos


`Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 197.42

`Lakhs

Kerosene Saved 789.66

KL

Equivalent energy savings 7.94

MU

Cost of Kerosene Savings 157.93

`Lakhs

Payback Period 2

Years

Emission reduction per year 1895.19

Tones CO2


87 l Page

system varies from Rs 8000 – Rs 20000 depending upon capacity.

MNRE provides a subsidy of R s 8000 for a 74 Wp system. The household survey shows that approximately 20% of the households use kerosene lamps, keeping a target of 30% of these households to be installed with solar home lighting systems, following are the techno economics:-

7.1.5 Solar PV for Home Invertors

They can be used to charge batteries of home invertors for supplementing the grid electricity. They consist of a solar panel module and a charge control system. A 250 Wp system costs approximately Rs 30000.The household survey indicates that 40% of the households use invertors during load shedding period , keeping a target of 30% of these households for installing solar PV for invertors , following are the techno economics:-

Table 7-5 : Techno Economics of Solar Home lighting Systems Solar Home Systems

Single Residential Household Value Units

Capacity of residential Solar Home System 74 Wp

Number of lights per Solar home system 4 nos

Number of kerosene lamps replaced 4 nos Consumption of kerosene per household per month 13 Litres

Cost of kerosene per litre in market 20 ` Cost of kerosene saved per year per household 3120 `

Indicative cost of installing a SHS 11000 `

MNRE subsidy 3300 ` Payback period while replacing kerosene lamps 2.5 years Target for Entire City

Total Residential household 194978 nos Residential household using kerosene lamps 20% % Target to replace kerosene lamp in 5 years 30% % Number of SHS to be installed in 5 years plan 11699 nos

Total kerosene lamps replaced 46795 nos

Indicative cost of installation 1286.85 `Lakhs

Kerosene Saved 1824.99 KL

Equivalent energy savings in MU 18.35 MU

Cost of kerosene savings 365.00 `Lakhs

MNRE subsidy 386.06 `Lakhs

Payback period 2.5 years

Emission reduction per year 4379.99 Tones CO2


88 l Page

7.1.6 .. Solar PV for replacement of DG/ Kerosene generator sets

During load shedding hours approximately around 15% of the households in Aurangabad use DG/Kerosene generator sets. A target of 60% of these households has been kept to replace it with solar power packs. A 1000 Wp solar power pack has been considered which costs about Rs 2 Lakhs. The following are the techno economics:-

Table 7-7 : Techno Economics of Solar PV for replacement of DG/Kerosene generator sets

Solar PV for replacement of DG/Kerosene generator sets Value Units

Cost of solar PV system 1 KWp

Indicative cost of solar power pack 1.7 `Lakhs

Total residential households 194978 nos

Residential households use generators during load shedding

15% %

Target to introduce solar power packs in 5 years 60% %

Number of solar power packs to be introduced in 5 years 17548 nos

Total PV capacity installed 20831 KWp

Energy generated by PV arrays per year 38.02 MU

Typical generator used 5-10 KW

Average fuel consumption per day for 4-6 hours of load shedding

6 litres

Table 7-6 : Techno Economics of Solar PV for home invertors Solar PV for Home Invertors

Value Units

Capacity of solar PV system for Home Inverter 250

Wp Indicative cost of incorporating Solar PV to home inverter

30000 `

Total Residential Household 194978

nos Residential Household using invertor during load shedding 40%

% Target to introduce solarcharger for invertors in 5 years

30% %

Number of solar invertors to be installed in 5 years plan 23397

Nos

Total PV capacity installed 5849

KWp

Energy generated by PV 10.68

MU

Cost of energy saved 391.77

`Lakhs


`Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 2105.76

`Lakhs

Emission Reduction per year 8647

Tones CO2


89 l Page

Amount of diesel saving for the entire city 38430 KL

Cost of Diesel saved 19215.1 `Lakhs

Indicative cost of installation 35413 `Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 10624 `Lakhs

Payback period 2 years

Emission reduction per year for replacement of diesel 88389.4 Tones CO2

7.1.7 .. Summary of renewable energy strategies in Residential sector

Renewable Energy Strategy - Residential

Target Unit

Target Capacity

Investment (lakhs)

MNRE Subsidy (lakhs)

User Contribution (Lakhs)

Energy Saved per year (MU)

Emission Reduction (Tonnes)

Installation of solar water heaters (100 LPD) Nos

105288 21057.62 6317.29 14740.34 157.93 157932.18

Use of Solar Cookers Nos

23397 1169.87 350.96 818.91 16.76 4022

Use of Solar Lanterns Nos

21935 658.05 197.42 460.64 7.94 1895.19

Use of solar home lighting systems (74Wp) Nos

11699 1286.85 386.06 900.80 18.35 4379.99

Use of Solar home inverter(250 Wp) Nos

23397 7019.208 2105.76 4913.45 10.68 8647

Use of PV for replacing DG sets Nos

17548 35413.38 10624 24789.37 38.02 88389.4

Total 105288 21057.62 6317.29 14740.34 157.93 157932.18

The well planned implementation of all the strategies mentioned will lead to the

use/shift of 284.49 MU to renewable energy and reducing the 273621.71 tonnes of

carbon dioxide emissions. The detailed action plan along with the year wise targets of

implementation is explained in detail in Chapter 10.

7.2 Commercial sector-Solar PV, Solar Water Heating and Biogas Plant

Solar PV: Aurangabad is located in the sunny belt of the country which is having an average daily solar radiation of 5.30 kWh/m2/day, which is various from 4.17 kWh/m2/day for the month of August to 6.59 kWh/m2/day for the month of May. The latitude and longitude for Aurangabad is 19˚53’N and 75˚19’E respectively. The annual solar radiation for the city as per the NASA data is about 5.30 kWh/m2/day.

It’s observed that commercial and municipal sectors cover substantial area in the city out of total area. Roof top solar PV based grid connected system may well be quite feasible in the city. It has been observed that the commercial buildings, government buildings etc have adequate amount of roof area which are not being used. The off-


90 l Page

grid solar PV systems of 100-500 KW are technically feasible in commercial buildings while 25-50 kW capacity systems might be feasible in residential sector.

MNRE has recently announced the rooftop solar PV policy. The scheme on Demonstration and promotion of solar photovoltaic devices /systems in urban areas & industry focuses on roof top SPV systems. The roof top solar PV systems can be implemented in buildings which come under Aurangabad Municipal Corporation.

Commissioners Office, Zone offices, all heritage buildings, DC office, Guest Houses, Hospitals, Sports Complexes can be take on pilot basis and can be taken on priority to demonstrate success of such projects to public and same could be replicated elsewhere. In large commercial establishments like hotels, shopping complexes, theatres, hospitals etc and institutions like schools, colleges and universities, roof top solar from 100 to 250 KW capacities might be recommended.

In order to evaluate the performance of grid connected roof top solar PV in Aurangabad, a simulation program has been developed using the RET screen software. The capacities of the SPV systems have been chosen from 25 kW to 500kw.

The total potential that has been identified in various buildings under various sectors is as follows.

7.2.1 .. Schools

The following table gives the data on number of schools under commercial sector in Aurangabad district

A preliminary study has been done in order to evaluate the potential of roof top solar systems in these schools. The following assumptions have been made in terms of number of lights and fan in order to calculate the connected load of each school. The following tables shows assumption for calculation of connected load

Table 7-8 : Data on Schools in Aurangabad (Rooftop Solar PV in Schools)

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km

Within 3-5 Km Total

Units

No of Primary School 15 10 8 3 36 nos No of Middle School nos No of High School 12 6 3 2 23 nos Alternate Education Center 8 4 2 1 15 nos


91 l Page

The following are the techno economics of implementing Roof top solar PV in school.

Table 7-9 : Assumption for Calculation of Connected Load in schools Basic Assumptions- Primary Schools

Wattage Nos Total No of lights 15 10 150 No of fans 70 6 420 Coolers 0 0 0 Total 570

Basic Assumptions - High Schools Wattage Nos Total No of lights 15 18 270 No of Fans 70 10 700 Coolers 250 3 750 Total 1720

Basic Assumptions - Alternate Education Centre Wattage Nos Total No of lights 15 16 240 No of Fans 70 8 560 Coolers 250 0 0 Total 800

Table 7-10 : Techno economics of Roof top Solar in schools Rooftop Solar PV in Schools

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km

Within 3-5 Km Total Units

No of Primary School 15 10 8 3 36 nos No of Middle School nos No of High School 12 6 3 2 23 nos Alternate Education Center 8 4 2 1 15 nos Total connected load of Schools

35.59 19.22 11.32 5.95 72.08 KW

Tentative Potential for Roof Top in Schools 72.08 KW Total Indicative Cost of Installation

60.50 32.674 19.244 10.115 122.54 `Lakhs

Total Energy Generated

0.06 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.13 MU

MNRE Subsidy

18.15

09 9.8022 5.7732 3.0345 36.76 ` Lakhs

Cost of Energy Saved

2.38 1.29 0.76 0.40 4.83 ` Lakhs

Emission Reduction per year

52.61 28.41 16.73 8.80 106.55 tonnes CO2


92 l Page

From the above table it can be seen that the total potential for solar roof tops is of the order 72.08 KW. The action plan for year wise implementation target is given in detail in chapter 10.

7.2.2 .. Healthcare facilities

The following are the details of the various health care buildings in commercial sector in Aurangabad City

A preliminary study has been done in order to evaluate the potential of roof top solar systems in these health care facilities. The following assumptions have been made in terms of number of lights and fan in order to calculate the connected load of each school. The following two tables shows assumption and connected load

Table 7-12 : Assumptions for Calculation of connected load

The techno economics of installing roof top solar for all heath care buildings is as follows

Rooftop Solar in Healthcare Facilities

Main City

Within 1

Km

Within 1-

3 Km

Within 3-5

Km Total Units

No of Nursing

Homes 55 44 30 22 151nos

No of Health Care

Centres 21 13 10 12 56nos

Total Connected 979.47 775.33 531.1 399.6 2685.5KW

Table 7-11 : Data on various heath care buildings in Aurangabad ( Rooftop Solar in Healthcare Facilities)

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


No of Nursing Homes 55 44 30 22 151 nos No of Health Care Centres 21 13 10 12 56 nos

Basic Assumptions - Nursing Homes Wattage Nos Total

Total No of Interior lights 15 36 540 Total No of Exterior lights 70 30 2100 Total no of fans 70 17 1190 Total no of coolers 250 5 1250 Air-conditioning 1500 5 7500 Water pumps 950 2 1900 Refrigerator 500 5 2500 Total 16980


93 l Page

load of Heath Care

Facilities

Tentative Potential

for Roof Top in

Health Care

Facilities 2685.5 KW

Total Indicative

Cost of Installation 1665.10 1318.06 902.87 679.32 4565.35` Lakhs

Total Energy

Generated 1.79 1.41 0.97 0.73 4.90MU

MNRE Subsidy 499.5297 395.4183 270.861 203.796 1369.61` Lakhs

Cost of energy

saved 65.60 51.93 35.57 26.76 179.87` Lakhs

Emission Reduction

per year 1447.90 1146.13 785.10 590.71 3969.84

tonnes

CO2

From the above table it can be seen that the total potential for solar roof tops is of the order 2685.5 KW in health care facilities.

Case Study: Seth Nandlal Dhooth Hospital

Table 7-13 : Hospital Details

Name of the Hospital Seth Nandlal Dhoot Hospital No of Beds 250 nos Roof area available 1400 sqm Premise area 3000 sqm Connected Load 150 KW Avg power failure 4 hours/day Avg Elec. Bill per annum 40 Lakhs Backup Power DG 300 KW Avg Diesel Consumption 120 lts/day

Table 7-14 : Energy Details of Hospital

Energy Demand Nos Watt KW Energy Consumption/yr Acs 100 3600 360 1971000 Ceiling Fans 200 60 12 65700 Table Fans 15 60 0.9 4927.5 Refrigirator 25 250 6.25 34218.75 TVs 20 100 2 10950 Autoclaves 2 8800 17.6 96360 Invertors 3 8000 24 131400 Computers 10 150 1.5 8212.5


94 l Page

Incandesant 25 60 1.5 8212.5 Incandesant 30 100 3 16425 CFLs 20 20 0.4 2190 Printers 5 100 0.5 2737.5 Total 429.65 2352333.75 Table 7-15 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects in Seth Nandlal Hospital Recommended RE Systems Solar water heating system 5000 LPD

Appx. Area required for Installation 150 sqm

Cost of the system 5 Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 1.5 Lakhs

Savings per year 70000 KWh

Annual Cost of Savings 3.50 Lakhs

Emission redustion per year 69.30 tonnes

Rooftop PV system for Diesel Abatement 75

KWp

Appx Area required 80

sqm

Capital Cost 127.5

Lakhs

Battery Backup 38.25

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 0.11

Lakhs

Annual Power Generation 80%

MU

DG replaced 34375

Amount of Diesel Saved 16.5

Lits

Cost Savings 1.2

Lakhs

Annual O&M Cost of DG Set 5.04

Lakhs

Payback 75

yrs

7.2.3 .. Banks

The following are the details regarding various buildings related to bank facilities under commercial sector.

Table 7-16 : Data on various bank buildings in Aurangabad

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km

Within 3-5 Km

Total

Units

No of Cooperative and Rural Banks 7 5 3 4 19 nos No of Commercial Banks 32 25 22 9 88 nos


95 l Page

A preliminary study has been done in order to evaluate the potential of roof top solar systems in these bank facilities. The following assumptions have been made in terms of number of lights and fan in order to calculate the connected load of each Bank. The following table shows assumption for calculation of connected load

The techno economics for implementing roof top solar for all bank buildings under commercial sector is as follows

Table 7-17 : Assumptions for Calculation of connected load for bank buildings

Basic Assumptions - Coop & Rural Banks Wattage Nos Total

Total No of Interior lights 15 20 300 Total No of Exterior lights 70 10 700 Total no of fans 70 15 1050 Total no of coolers 250 2 500 Air-conditioning 1500 1 1500 Water pumps 950 1 950 Refrigerator 500 1 500 Total 5500

Table 7-18 : Techno Economics of roof top solar in bank buildings Rooftop Solar in Banks

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


No of Cooperative and Rural Banks 7 5 3 4 19 nos No of Commercial Banks 32 25 22 9 88 nos Total Connected Load for Banks 350.66 271.38 231.11 109.80 962.94 KW Tentative Potential for Roof Top in Banks 962.94 KW Total Indicative Cost of Installation

596.12 461.34 392.89 186.65 1637.00 ` Lakhs


0.64 0.50 0.42 0.20 1.76 MU

MNRE Subsidy

178.8366 138.40125 117.8661 55.99545 491.10 ` Lakhs

Cost of energy saved

23.49 18.18 15.48 7.35 64.50 ` Lakhs


518.36 401.16 341.64 162.30 1423.47 tonnes CO2


96 l Page

From the above table it can be seen that the total potential for solar roof tops in bank buildings is of the order 962.94 KW.

7.2.4 .. Hotels

In Aurangabad 5 Star Hotels are located in main locations close to Chikalthana

Airport. Some of the Hotels are Lemon tree, Welcome Group and Taj Group etc. For

calculation purpose it is assumed that 5 numbers of 5 Star Hotels are considered and

the Calculations are as follows.

Table 7-19 : 5 Star Hotel Details

RE in 5 * Hotels No of Rooms 85 nos Total Premise Area 13700 sqm Built up area 4900 sqm Connected Load 1560 KW Avg Load Shedding per month 20 hrs Avg Electricity bills per month 12 lakhs Monthly LPG Consumption 250 Kg Standby Operated DG set 500 KW Power supplied from DG set per year 84000 KWh Diesel Consumption per hour 95 lits Diesel Consumption per year 22800 lits

Table 7-20 : 5 Star Hotel Energy Consumption Details

Electrical Energy Demand: Fixed Load Chiller Plant 180 KW Lobby Lighting and Power 5 KW Kitchen 120 KW Health Club 85 KW Restaurant 30 KW Laundry 20 KW External Lighting 123 KW Swimming pool filtration 42 KW STP 15 KW Kitchen Exhaust 10 KW Laundry Exhaust 3 KW Guest Corridor Lighting 41 KW Elevators 6 KW Total 680 KW Daily Avg Consumption 204 KWh Annual Avg Consumption 61200 KWh

Table 7-21 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects

Recommended RE system

Solar water heating system 5000

LPD


97 l Page

Appx. Area required for Installation 150

sqm

Cost of the system 5

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 1.5

Lakhs

Energy Savings per day avg 70000

KWh

Savings per year 3.50

KWh

Annual Cost of Savings 69.30

Lakhs

Emission redustion per year 5000

tonnes

Rooftop PV System for Diesel abatement 80

KWp

Appx area required 800

sqm

Capital Cost 136

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 40.8

Lakhs

Apps annual energy generation 120000

KWh

Fraction of DG power 80%

Diesel Savings per yr 32571

lits

Cost Savings of Diesel per yr 15.63

Lakh

O&M of DG Set 3.13

Lakh

Emission reduction 100.06

MTCO2

In Aurangabad 3 Star Hotels are located in huge numbers than 5 star hotels in

locations like Chikalthana, Jalna Road and Usmanpura etc. Some of the Hotels are

Amarpreet, Ellora, Admiral Suite, The Manor etc. For calculation purpose it is assumed

that 25 numbers of 3 Star Hotels are considered and the Calculations are as follows.

Table 7-22 : 3 Star Hotel details and Energy Consumption Details

Case study for 3 star hotels No of Rooms 30 nos Room area available 250 sqm Common area 100 sqm Avg Load Shedding 3 hours/day Monthly LPG Consumption for cooking 180 Kg Standby DG Set 150 KW Diesel Consumption per day 80 lits Electrical Energy Demand:Fixed Load Chiller Plant 100 KW Lobby Lighting and Power 3 KW Kitchen 100 KW


98 l Page

Health Club 70 KW Restaurant 30 KW Laundry 20 KW External Lighting 110 KW Swimming pool filtration 35 KW STP 10 KW Kitchen Exhaust 10 KW Laundry Exhaust 3 KW Guest Corridor Lighting 30 KW Elevators 5 KW Total 526 KW Daily Avg Consumption 157.8 KWh Annual Avg Consumption 47340 KWh Table 7-23 : Proposed Renewable Energy Projects in 3 Star Hotels

Recommended RE system

Solar water heating system 3000

LPD

Appx. Area required for Installation 90

sqm

Cost of the system 4.5

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 1.35

Lakhs

Energy Savings per day avg 42000

KWh

Savings per year 2.1

KWh

Annual Cost of Savings 2.1

Lakhs

Payback 41.58

Year

Emission redustion per year 3000

tonnes

Rooftop PV System for Diesel abatement 50

KWp

Appx area required 500

sqm

Capital Cost 85

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 25.5

Lakhs

Apps annual energy generation 75000

KWh

Fraction of DG power 80%

Diesel Savings per yr 20357

lits

Cost Savings of Diesel per yr 9.77

Lakh

O&M of DG Set 1.95

Lakh

Payback 5.07

Year

Emission reduction 62.54

MTCO2 Biogas System


99 l Page

Organic Waste from Kitchen and Other Services per day 50

Kg

Biogas plant recommended 5

cum

Capital Cost 0.7

Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 0.21

Lakhs

User's Investment 0.385

Lakhs

LPG saved per year 700

Kg

Cost Savings 0.25

Lakhs

Payback 1.54

Year


7.3 Summary of Renewable Energy Strategies in Commercial Sector

Table 7-24 : Summary of RE strategies in Commercial Sector

Renewable Energy Strategy - Commercial Target Unit

Target Capacity

Investment ( `lakhs)

MNRE Subsidy ( `lakhs)

User Contribution

( `Lakhs)

Energy Saved

per year (MU)

Emission Reduction (Tonnes

CO2) Rooftop Solar PV in Schools KW 72.08 122.54 36.76 85.78 0.13 106.55 Rooftop Solar in Healthcare Facilities KW 2685.50 4565.35 1369.61 3195.75 4.90 3969.84 Rooftop Solar in Banks KW 852.94 1450.00 435.00 1015.00 1.56 1260.86 Solar PV Power Plant MW 2.00 1600.00 18.15 1581.85 3.65 2956.50 Energy From 5* Hotels (5 Nos) LPD 25000.00 25.00 7.50 17.50 0.35 346.50 Energy From 5* Hotels (5 Nos) KW 400.00 680.00 204.00 476.00 0.60 500.30 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) LPD 75000.00 112.50 33.75 78.75 1.05 1039.50 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) KW 1250.00 2125.00 637.50 1487.50 1.88 1563.43 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) cum 125.00 17.50 5.25 12.25 0.07 0.60 Renewable Energy in Seth Nandlal Dhoot Hospital LPD 5000.00 5.00 1.50 3.50 0.07 69.30 Renewable Energy in Seth Nandlal Dhoot Hospital KW 75.00 127.50 38.25 89.25 0.17 29.56

Total 10830.38 2787.27 8043.12 14.43 11842.94


101 l Page

7.4 Municipal Sector

7.4.1 .. Rooftop PV in Government Buildings

The following are the details of the various government buildings under municipal sector in Aurangabad City

A preliminary study has been done in order to evaluate the potential of roof top solar systems in these government buildings. The following assumptions have been made in terms of number of lights and fan in order to calculate the connected load of each government Buildings. The following table shows assumption to calculate connected load.

Table 7-25 : Data on various government buildings in Aurangabad

Building Category

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


AMC Offices 15 13 9 5 42 nos

Sports Complex 4 2 1 1 8 nos

Schools 4 3 3 2 12 nos Heritage

Buildings 20 9 5 34 nos Other

Government Buildings 4 2 6 nos

Table 7-26 : Techno economics of roof top solar in government buildings

Rooftop Solar PV in Government Buildings Building Category

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


AMC Offices, Commissioner office 15 13 9 5 42 nos

Sports Complex 4 2 1 1 8 nos Schools, Collector Offices 4 3 3 2 12 nos Heritage Buildings, MHADA Bldgs, Cantonment Bldg. 20 9 5 34 nos Other Government Buildings 4 2 6 nos Total connected 689.23 218.575 304.615 170.38

1382.80 KW


102 l Page

From the above table it can be seen that the total potential for solar roof tops in government buildings in municipal sector is of the order 1382 KW.

7.4.2 .. Market Facilities

The following are the details regarding various buildings related to market facilities in municipal sector in Aurangabad city.

A preliminary study has been done in order to evaluate the potential of roof top solar systems in these market facilities.

The techno economics for implementing roof top solar for all market facilities in municipal sector is as follows

load of Government Buildings Tentative Potential for Roof Top in Govt Buildings 1382.80 KW Total Indicative Cost of Installation

1171.69 371.5775 517.8455 289.646 2350.76 Lakhs


1.26 0.40 0.56 0.31 2.52 MU

MNRE Subsidy

351.5073 111.47325 155.35365 86.8938 705.23 Lakhs


62.89 19.94 27.80 15.55 126.18 Lakhs


1018.85 323.11 450.30 251.86 2044.12 tonnes CO2

Table 7-27 : Data on various markets in Aurangabad

Market Categories

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


Cooperative Mandis 5 2 1 1 9 nos Agriculture Cooperative Society 0 0 0 0 0 nos Cooperative Markets 3 0 0 0 3 nos


103 l Page

From the above table it can be seen that the total potential for solar roof tops is of the order of 70.20 KW.

Table 7-28 : Techno economics of roof top solar in Market facilities

Rooftop Solar PV in Markets

Market Categories

Main City

Within 1 Km

Within 1-3 Km


Cooperative Mandis 5 2 1 1 9 nos

Agriculture Cooperative Society 0 0 0 0 0 nos

Cooperative Markets 3 0 0 0 3 nos Total connected load of Markets 49.4 10.4 5.2 5.2 70.20 KW Tentative Potential for Rooftop in Markets 70.20 KW Total Indicative Cost of Installation

83.98 17.68 8.84 8.84 119.34 ` Lakhs


0.09 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.13 MU

MNRE Subsidy

25.19 5.30 2.65 2.65 35.80 ` Lakhs


4.51 0.95 0.47 0.47 6.41 ` Lakhs


73.03 15.37 7.69 7.69 103.77 tonnes CO2


104 l Page

7.4.3 .. MNRE Subsidy Scheme on Roof top Solar

30% of the bench mark cost is provided as the subsidy.

7.5 Grid connected solar PV power plants

As cost of land is very expensive in Aurangabad city therefore it may not be possible to get a separate piece of land in the city.

The potential areas have been identified in the action plan. The landfill area of 10 acres has been identified as a potential location in the city where a solar based power plant of 1 MW may be installed.

7.5.1 .. Pre feasibility of Solar Power Plants in Aurangabad

1. Solar radiation over Aurangabad

Aurangabad is located in the sunny belt of the country which is having an average

daily solar radiation of 5.30 kWh/m2/day, which is various from 4.17 kWh/m2/day for

the month of August to 6.59 kWh/m2/day for the month of May. The latitude and

longitude for Aurangabad is 19˚53’N and 75˚19’E respectively. The annual solar

radiation for the city as per the NASA data is about 5.30 kWh/m2/day. According to

AMC there are areas available to install solar power plants which come under the

control of AMC. They are 1. Naregaon Trenching Ground (5.75 Acre), 2. Pizadevi


105 l Page

(5.1 Acre), 3. Padegaon (6 Acre), and 4. Kanchanwadi (6.5 Acre). Daily and

monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad is provided in Table.


Aurangabad

Table 7-29 : Daily and monthly variation of solar radiation over Aurangabad

Daily Monthly

Month







January 5.02 1.07 7.29 155.62 33.17 225.99

February 5.64 1.3 7.24 157.92 36.4 202.72

March 6.36 1.57 7.30 197.16 48.67 226.3

April 6.57 1.93 6.70 197.1 57.9 201

May 6.59 2.13 6.36 204.29 66.03 197.16

June 5.2 2.43 3.97 156 72.9 119.1

July 4.45 2.43 2.88 137.95 75.33 89.28

August 4.17 2.33 2.63 129.27 72.23 81.53

September 4.84 2.11 4.05 145.2 63.3 121.5

October 5.16 1.64 5.68 159.96 50.84 176.08

November 4.93 1.23 6.63 147.9 36.9 198.9

December 4.66 1.07 6.84 144.46 33.17 212.04


2. Climate of the city


106 l Page

Aurangabad is situated in the composite climate zone of India; hence summers are

very hot and winters are mild. The annual average ambient temperature is obtained

as 20.1 – 32.1˚C. Figure 2 presents the variation of ambient temperature and relative

humidity throughout the year.

Figure 7-3: Variation of annual average ambient temperature and relative

humidity over Aurangabad


1.1. Solar PV Technologies

Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) technology is primarily a solid state semiconductor based technology, which converts a fraction of the incident solar radiation (photons) in to direct electricity. PV the system can deliver electric energy to a specific appliance and/or to the electric grid. Photovoltaic systems are flexible and modular; hence the technology can be implemented on virtually any scale size, connected to the electricity network or used as a stand alone or off grid systems, easily complementing other energy sources. PV offers several advantages viz. (i) hybrid with other energy sources; both conventional and renewable, (ii) off grid or grid connected systems (iii) flexibility towards implementation and (iv) environmental advantages.

There are several ways of classifying the solar cell depending upon the type of absorbing material used, manufacturing technique / process adopted, type of junction formed. Solar cell technologies may be broadly classified as:

• Wafer based crystalline silicon solar cell technology it consists of single crystal silicon (c-Si) solar cell and multi crystal silicon (mc-Si) solar cell.

• Thin film solar cell technology, which includes, Copper Indium Diselenide (CIS) Copper Indium Gallium Diselenide (CIGS), Cadmium Telluride (CdTe), Amorphous silicon (a-Si) etc. and,

• Emerging technologies such as thin film silicon, Dye Sensitized Solar Cells (DSSC), polymer organic solar cells, etc have come up in recent times.


107 l Page

The highest efficiency achieved by the available c-Si Solar modules is much higher as compared to thin film solar cells/modules. As far as the commercially attained efficiencies for different cell technologies are concerned, the efficiency of crystalline silicon solar modules is in the range of 13-16% where as the thin film solar cells are in the range of 6-9%.

1.2. Solar PV Vs Solar Thermal

Concentrating the sunlight by optical devices like lenses or mirrors reduces the area of expensive solar cells or modules, and, moreover, increases their efficiency. Photo Voltaic (PV) probably has a faster cost reduction curve than Concentrated Solar Technology (CST); within the next five years PV will become cheaper. In case of concentrating solar thermal parabolic troughs (CST) projects, it can offer both better peak capacity characteristics, with 6-8 hour thermal storage, as well as smoother short-term fluctuations. Though solar PV has high initial cost, it has low maintenance and economical to run once installed. Solar thermal technology however, is cheaper per KW than solar PV, but to maintain its concentrating dishes/lenses is a bit difficult.

The main reasons for the development are the following:

• PV production and application has grown into a size where larger systems are desirable.

• Solar cells made of III-V semiconductor compounds offer the option of very efficient systems with efficiencies of 35 % and in the future maybe of 40 % or larger.

One of the main disadvantages of Concentrating Photovoltaic’s (CPV), is necessity to track the Sun’s orbit by moving the system accordingly. This not only increases the operation and maintenance costs but also could reduce the availability.

However, the aggregate production of CPV is yet to exceed 100 MW. So the field of operational knowledge of these kinds of systems is far limited in comparison to other technologies mentioned.

1.3. Crystalline Technologies:

Historically, Crystalline Silicon (c-Si) was chosen as the first choice for solar cells, since this material formed the foundation for all advances in semiconductor technology. The technology led to development of stable solar cells with up to 20%. Two types of crystalline silicon are used in the industry. The first is Monocrystalline Si, produced by growing high purity, single crystal Si rods and slicing them into thin wafers. The second is Multicrystalline Si, made by sawing a cast block of silicon first into bars and then wafers. Major trend in PV industry is toward multicrystalline technology.

In both mono and Multicrystalline Si, a semiconductor junction is formed by diffusing phosphorus (an n-type dopant) into the top surface of an already boron doped (p-type) Si wafer. Screen-printed contacts are formed on the top and bottom of the cell,


108 l Page

with the top contact pattern specially designed to allow maximum light to enter the Si material and minimize electrical (resistive) losses in the cell.

Most efficient Solar cells are produced using Monocrystalline silicon with laser grooved, buried grid contacts for maximum light absorption and current collection.

Advantages:

o Highest efficiency levels (up to 20%)

o Commercially most viable among PV technologies

o Sustained dominance in PV industry for over 25 years

o Higher current / lower voltage features enable easier system design

o Performance guarantee for c-Si Modules is generally in excess of 25 years

Disadvantages:

o In c-Si technology consumption of material (Silicon) is far more than what is actually needed for converting light into electricity

o High dependence on Polysilicon availability and pricing

o Melting point of Silicon being high (14150C) power consumption is high in Polysilicon production and Wafer fab processes

1.4. Thin Film Technologies:

In Thin Film Solar Cell / Module technology very thin layers a chosen semiconductor material (ranging from nanometer level to several micrometers in thickness) are deposited on to either coated glass or stainless steel or a polymer. Amorphous Silicon thin film Solar Cell is the earliest device developed in this area. Other types of thin film Cells that followed are Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) and Copper Indium Gallium Diselenide (CIGS) Solar Cells. New developments in this field include ‘Micromorph’ Cells (a combination of amorphous and microcrystalline silicon materials) that has yielded higher efficiencies and has better stability features. The thin film semiconductor layers are deposited. The semiconductor junctions are formed in a different way, either as a p-i-n device structure in amorphous silicon, or as a hetero-junction. A transparent conducting oxide layer (such as tin oxide) forms the front electrical contact of the cell, and a metal layer forms the rear contact.

1.5. Advantages

Thin Film a-Si modules generate more electricity as temperature increases in comparison to crystalline modules (Thin Film modules generate more electricity per unit of installed capacity than crystalline silicon modules due to 40 times higher light absorption)

1.6. Scope for Solar PV Installation


109 l Page

Grid connect ground mounted systems

It is identified that an unutilized landfill area of about 10 acre is available with Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, about some years back which was used for the dumping and now the landfill is fully compressed. The suitable power evacuation possibilities can be found out during detailed project report stage.

As per the available space 1 MW of Solar PV Power Plant can be installed using crystalline technology. The solar insolation level at horizontal surface is 5.1 kWh /m2 /day. The total number of units which can be generated from the plant in a year is 16.34 lakh kWh. The techno economics of installing a 1MW Solar PV power plant is as follows

7.6 Solar Street Lights along station road

Solar street lights use SPV panels to convert sunlight to electrical energy that is stored in a battery box. A basic solar powered streetlight consists of an SPV module, a battery, and a lamp with charge controller and a lamp post. The cost of solar street lighting system is approximately Rs 20,000. MNRE provides subsidy at the rate of Rs 9600 per streetlight.

A target has been kept of installing 1000 nos of solar streetlights along the station road .This could be financed by giving advertising rights to various MNCs who will in turn install the lights with no financial implications on Aurangabad Municipal corporation.

The following are the techno economics of installing solar street lights.

Table 7-30 : Techno economics of Solar PV power plant Value Units

Capacity of Solar PV power plant 1 MW

Indicative cost of installation 10 ` Crore

Total Energy Generated 1.83 MU

Cost of energy saved 66.98 ` Lakhs

Emission Reduction per year 1478.25 tones CO2

Table 7-31 : Techno economics of Solar street lights Value Units

Target no of street lights along road 1000 nos Capacity of one solar PV Module 74 Wp Indicative cost of one street light 20000 `


110 l Page

7.7 Solar Traffic Lights

Solar traffic lights can solve the problem of failure of conventional traffic lights due to frequent break down in power supply. Solar powered traffic lights employ energy efficient LED which consume very nominal energy and thus could be installed at reasonable cost. A target has been kept to make 60 nos traffic lights solar powered.

The cost of a solar traffic light is approximately Rs 25000. MNRE gives subsidy up to 50% of the cost of the system or Rs 2.5 Lakhs whichever is less. The following are the techno economics of installing solar traffic lights.

7.8 Solar Hoardings

Large advertisement hoardings in cities employ 4-12 lamps and consume a vast amount of energy. A solar hoarding uses SPV to convert sunlight to electricity required to illuminate the hoarding. A target has been kept to convert 100 nos hoarding into solar hoardings. The approximate cost of solar hoardings start form Rs 1 lakh onwards. MNRE gives subsidy to the extent of 50% of the cost or Rs 15000 per 100 WP whichever is less. The following are the

Total PV capacity installed 74 KW Energy Generated by PV 0.14 MU Cost of energy saved 4.96 ` Lakhs Indicative cost of installation 200 ` Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 60 ` Lakhs Emission Reduction per year 109.39 tonnes CO2

Table 7-32 : Techno economics of Solar traffic lights Value Units

Target no of traffic lights 100 nos

Capacity of one solar PV Module ( 2*74Wp) 148 Wp

Indicative cost of one traffic light 285000 INR

Total PV capacity installed 14.8 KW

Energy Generated by PV 0.03 MU

Cost of energy saved 0.99 Lakhs

Indicative cost of installation 285 Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 85.5 Lakhs

Emission Reduction per year 21.88 tonnes CO2


111 l Page

techno economics for installing solar hoardings.

Apart from these the following options could also be considered

Use of solar blinkers on roads might be an effective approach towards highlighting the solar city concept within the city and energy saving.

Solar powered, LED display boards could be set up at the strategic locations in the city. These boards would not display the fact that Aurangabad as solar city but also display pollution levels, temperature updates, and messages useful to general public.

Provision of solar powered lights and fountains in the prominent public gardens and parks in the city could be made thereby spreading the solar city message.

7.9 Energy from Sewerage Treatment Plants

Treatment of waste water is very vital for heath of the citizens of the city. Generating biogas and thereby electricity, and ability to sell carbon credits can be important sources of income that help in recovering the cost of construction. The approximate cost of biomethanation projects from sewerage treatment plant is Rs 10 Crore per MW, for which MNRE is providing subsidy to the tune of Rs 3 Crore per MW under the scheme of energy from urban & industrial waste. In Aurangabad, master plan is ready for implementation of sewerage treatment plant. The table below shows the tentative potential for power generation from STP and the techno economics:-

Table 7-33 : Techno economics of Solar hoardings-RE for Advertisement Hoardings

Value Units

Target no of Advt Hoardings 500 nos

Capacity of one solar PV Module 300 Wp

Indicative cost of one hoarding 225000 INR

Total PV capacity installed 150 KW

Energy Generated by PV 1.37 MU

Cost of energy saved 50.23 ` Lakhs

Indicative cost of installation 1125 ` Lakhs

MNRE Subsidy 337.5 ` Lakhs

Emission Reduction per year 1108.69 tonnes CO2


112 l Page

7.10 Energy from Slaughter house Waste processing

Aurangabad has slaughter houses out of which Shahbazaar slaughter house waste

processing is taken for case study. The Shahbazaar slaughter house is daily cutting

around 2000 Kg of cattle. Out of which around 500 Kg waste is generated daily. The

calculation is as follows.

Sr. No Particulars Unit Value

1 Waste Processing Kg/day 500.00 2 Capital Cost Rs. Lakh/Annum 6.00 3 O & M Cost Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.60

Potential Returns 4 Biogas Generation (0.06m3/Kg of Waste) m3/day 30.00

5 Equivalent Power Generation (2KWh/m3) KWh/day 60.00

6 Cost of Power Rs 4.5/KWh, 320 Days of Operation Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.86

7 Quantity of Manure Kg/day 68.00

8 Cost of Manure @Rs 3/Kg Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.65

9 Savings after O & M Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.92

10 Payback period Months 78.53

11 Payback period Years 6.50

Table 7-34 : Techno economics of energy from STP (Energy potential from Sewerage treatment plant)

Energy potential from Sewerage treatment plant Value Units

Total projected Population in 2010 1050101 nos

Total Water Requirement @ 135 lpcd 141.76 MLD Total waste water Treated 11.5 MLD Total biodegradable waste available for biomethanation 72 TPD Digester efficiency 65% % Biogas yield 0.8 cum/kg Total biogas yield per day 37440 cum Biogas consumption Cu mtr/hour/engine for @ 1MW 521 cum Tentative capacity of biomethanation plant 3 MW PLF 80% % Auxiliary consumption 10% % Total energy generated 20983647 Kwh Electricity exported to grid 18.89 MU Cost of Installation 3000 ` lakhs MNRE Subsidy 600 lakhs Emission Reduction per year 15297.08 tonnes CO2

Table 7-35 : Techno economics of Slaughter house Waste to Energy


7.11 Summary of Renewable Energy Strategies in Municipal Sector

Table 7-36 : Summary of RE strategies in Municipal Sector

Renewable Energy Strategy - Municipal Target Unit

Target Capacity


MNRE Subsidy ( `lakhs)

User Contribution

( `Lakhs)

Energy Saved

per year (MU)


Rooftop Solar PV in Government Buildings KW 1382.80 2350.76 705.23 1645.53 2.52 2044.12

Rooftop Solar PV in Markets KW 70.20 119.34 35.80 83.54 0.13 103.77Solar Street Lights along Road Nos 1000 200.00 60.00 140.00 0.14 109.39Solar Traffic Lights Nos 100 285.00 85.50 199.50 0.03 21.88RE systems for Advertisement Hoardings Nos 500 1125.00 337.50 787.50 1.37 1108.69

Energy potential from Sewerage treatment plant MW 3 3000.00 600.00 2400.00 18.89 15297.08

Energy from WasteProcessing cum 30 6.60 1.98 4.62 0.03 27.52Total 7086.70 1826.01 5260.69 23.10 18712.45

The well planned implementation of all the strategies mentioned will lead to the use/shift of 23.10 MU to renewable energy and reducing

the 18712 tones of carbon dioxide emissions. The detailed action plan along with the year wise targets of implementation is explained in

detail in Chapter 13.


114 l Page

7.12 Wind Energy

The potential of wind energy in Aurangabad city has been studied and the results are

as follows. The monthly wind velocity is tabulated below.

Table 7-37 : Wind Velocity in Aurangabad City

Month Wind Velocity (m/s) Jan 1.83 Feb 2.09 Mar 2.32 Apr 2.65 May 3.58 Jun 4.06 Jul 3.82 Aug 3.47 Sep 2.32 Oct 1.77 Nov 1.73 Dec 1.76

Source: NREL

Wind speed in Aurangabad City (m/s)

1.832.09

2.322.65

3.584.06

3.823.47

2.32

1.77 1.731.76

00.5

11.5

22.5

33.5

44.5

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun J

ul A

ug S

ep O

ct N

ov D

ec

m/s

Figure 7-4: Wind Speed graph of Aurangabad

The annual average wind velocity of the Aurangabad city is 2.62 m/s. As per MNRE

scheme wide letter no 23/1/2012-SWES, the annual average wind speed required for

installing wind aero generators is 4.17 m/s. So there is no feasibility to install Wind

Aero generators in the Aurangabad City.


115 l Page

8 Energy Eff iciency Strategies

8.1 Residential Sector

The residential sector of Aurangabad is the Second major consumer of electricity after Industrial sector. The current electricity consumption of the residential sector in 2010-11 is 270 MU which constitutes 21 % of the total electricity consumption. The share of the residential sector in the total connected load and consumption is growing. Reduction in demand would help in conservation of energy.

Energy saving measures: The major energy saving measures in residential sector is as follows.

• Replacement of incandescent lamps with CFL

• Replacing the conventional T-12 (40 Watt) copper ballast tube lights with the energy efficient T-5 (28 watt) electronic ballast tube lights. The saving would be around 42% per tube light.

• Replacing the conventional ceiling fans which consumes (70-80watt) with energy efficient fans (which consumes 50 watt). The savings will be 37% per fans.

• Replacing the existing unitary air conditioners with the BEE star labeled air conditioners.

The overall electricity savings can be achieved by implementing all the above measures would be approximately 20% of the total consumption in residential sector of the city. The details of each strategy have been explained below:-


116 l Page

8.1.1 .. Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL

The household survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 80% of the households use incandescent lamps. A target has been kept to replace it with CFL in at least 80% of these households in the next five years. AMC / Discom can avail Bachat Lamp Yojana Scheme of BEE for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

8.1.2 .. Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with energy efficient ceiling fan

The household survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 90% of the households use conventional ceiling fans.

A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient ceiling fans in at least 30% of these households in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Table 8-1 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL

Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent Value Units

Total Residential Households 194978 nos Households using Incandescent Bulbs 80% % Target to replace Incandescent Bulbs with CFL 80% % Number of Incandescent bulbs to be replaced per households 2 nos Total number of Incandescent bulb to be replaced 249572 nos

Indicative cost of installation 299.49 ` Lakhs

Energy saved by replacing 60W bulb with 15W CFL 24.60 MU

Cost of electricity savings 902.65 ` Lakhs

Payback period 0.4 years Emission Reduction per year 19676.2 tonnes


117 l Page

8.1.3 .. Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rates AC

The household survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 40% of the households use conventional air-conditioners.

A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient AC in atleast 30% of these households in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or

Table 8-2 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans

Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans

Value Units Total residential households 194978 nos Household using conventional fans 95% % Target to replace conventional fan by energy efficient fans 30% % Number of conventional fan to be replaced per household 2 nos Total number of conventional fans to be replaced 111137 nos

Indicative cost of installation 1667.06 ` Lakhs

Energy saved by replacing conventional fans by EE fans 6.49 MU

Cost of electricity savings 238.20 ` Lakhs

Payback period 7 years Emission reduction per year 23819.87 tonnes


118 l Page

availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

8.1.4 .. Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators

The household survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 70% of the households use conventional refrigerators.

Table 8-3 : Replacement of conventional AC with star rated AC

Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs Value Units

Total Residential Households 194978 nos Households using conventional ACs 40% % Target to replace Conventional ACs by EE star rated Acs 30% % Number of Conventional Acs to be replaced per household 1 nos Total number of conventional ACs to be replaced 23397.36 nos Indicative cost of installation 3510 ` lakhs

Energy saved by replacing conventional Acs by EE star rated Acs 6.14 MU Cost of electricity savings 225.40 ` lakhs Payback period 15 years Emission Reduction per year 4913.4456 tonnes


119 l Page

Table 8-4 : Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators

Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators Value Units

Total Residential Households 194978 nos Households using conventional refrigerator 70% % Target to replace conventional refrigerators by EE star rated refrigerators 45% % Number of conventional refrigerators to be replaced per household 1 Nos Total number of conventional refrigerators to be replaced 61418 Nos Indicative cost of installation 10133.98 Lakhs Energy saved by replacing conventional refrigerators by EE star rated refrigerators 29.11 MU Cost of electricity savings 1068.42 Lakhs Payback period 9.5 years Emission reduction per year 23289.73 tonnes

A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient refrigerators in at least 45% of these households in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

8.1.5 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Residential sector

Table 8-5 : Summary of EE strategies in Residential sectors

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Residential

Target Unit

Target Capacity

Investment (lakhs)



Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent nos 249572 902.65 24.60 19676.2 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans nos 111137 1667.06 6.49 23819.87 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs nos 23397.36 3510 6.14 4913.4456 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators nos 61418 10133.98 29.11 23289.73

Total 16213.30 66.34 71699.29


120 l Page

The well planned implementation of all the strategies mentioned will lead to the savings of 67 MU and reducing the 71699 tones of carbon dioxide emissions. The detailed action plan along with the year wise targets of implementation is explained in detail in Chapter 13.

8.2 Commercial Sector

As per the electricity department, commercial sector is in third place and consumes 121.5 MU, which is about 9% of the total electricity consumption of Aurangabad. The energy efficiency in commercial sector plays a very important role in managing city’s electrical energy demand. Energy systems in commercial sector mainly include lighting and space cooling systems (fans, air conditioners etc). Many studies indicate that not much attention has been paid towards energy efficiency in the design of these energy systems. Due to such energy systems therefore there is wastage of energy in commercial buildings due to poor efficiency, poor operating practices. Lack of appropriate controls adds to the energy wastage. Hence there exists a significant potential to improve energy efficiency in existing commercial buildings and subsequent reduction of commercial sector electrical energy demand at city level.

Energy saving measures: According to ECBC 2007 the major energy saving measures in residential sector can be as follows:

• Optimizing building envelope as per ECBC standard.

• Replacing the conventional T-12 (40 watt) copper ballast tube lights with the energy efficient T-5 (28 watt) electronic ballast tube lights. It will give a saving of 42% per tube light.

• Replacing or optimizing the existing HVAC system as per ECBC standard and BEE star ratings.

• Replacing the existing unitary air conditioners with the BEE label air conditioners.

The overall saving which can be achieved by implementing all these measures would be 20% of the total consumption. If the energy efficient devices, as mentioned above are used in commercial sector, the total consumption would reduce. Full 100% replacement of these devices would be difficult due to resource constraints. However this could be attempted through and Energy Services Company (ESCO) mode where, the ESCO would make the investment for energy conservation measures and recovers the investment through energy savings. The ESCO route can be tried in the office complex initially for ease of implementation. Further in addition to ESCO mode the use of energy efficient devices should be promoted through Public Private Partnership. An example of this is the Buy one get one programme for CFL which was implemented by Delhi Transco and also the Bachat Lamp Yojana being implemented by BEE.


121 l Page

In addition to above measures there is a possibility of energy saving in air-conditioning units. These are mainly behavioral practices than the technical interventions. The details of various strategies are explained below.


The commercial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of commercial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 75% of the consumers use incandescent lamps. A target has been kept to replace it with CFL in at least 70% of these consumer premises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can avail Bachat Lamp Yojana Scheme of BEE for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

8.2.2 .. Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights by T5 tube lights The commercial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of commercial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 75% of the commercial consumers use T12/T8 tube lights.

A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient ceiling fans in at least 60% of these commercial consumer enterprises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk in association or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Table 8-6 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL among commercial consumers Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent

Value Units Total Commercial Consumers 23724 nos Consumers using Incandescent Bulbs 75% % Target to replace Incandescent Bulbs with CFL 75% % Number of Incandescent bulbs to be replaced per consumer 2 nos Total number of Incandescent bulb to be replaced 26690 nos Indicative cost of installation 32.03 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing 60W bulb with 15W CFL 2.63 MU Cost of electricity savings 96.53 `Lakhs Payback period 0.4 years Emission Reduction per year 2104.2 tonnes

Table 8-7 : Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights with T5 tube lights Value Units

Total Commercial Consumers 23724 nos Consumers using T8/T12 tube lights 75% % Target to replace T8/T12 by T5 tube lights 60% % No of tube lights to be replaced per consumer 2 nos Total number of T8/T12 tube lights to be replaced 21352 nos Indicative cost of installation 106.76 `Lakhs


122 l Page


The commercial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of commercial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 80% of the commercial consumers use conventional ceiling fans. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient ceiling fans in at least 70% of these commercial consumer enterprises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.


The commercial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 50% of the consumers use conventional air conditioners. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient AC in at least 65% of these commercial consumer premises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Energy saved by replacing T8/T12 (with magnetic ballast) with T5 ( with electronic ballast) 1.03 MU Cost of electricity savings 37.75 `Lakhs Pay back period 2 years Emission Reduction per year 3775.40 tonnes

Table 8-8 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans among commercial consumers

Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans

Value Units Total Commercial Consumers 23724 nos Consumers using conventional fans 80% % Target to replace conventional fan by energy efficient fans 70% % Number of conventional fan to be replaced per consumer 2 nos Total number of conventional fans to be replaced 26571 nos Indicative cost of installation 398.56 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing conventional fans by EE fans 1.55 MU Cost of electricity savings 56.95 `Lakhs Payback period 7 years Emission reduction per year 5694.88 tonnes


123 l Page

8.2.5 .. Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators

The commercial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 40% of the commercial consumers use conventional refrigerators. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient refrigerators in at least 50% of these commercial consumer premises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Table 8-9 : Replacement of conventional AC with star rated AC


Total Commercial Consumers 23724 nos Consumers using conventional ACs 50% % Target to replace Conventional ACs by EE star rated Acs 65% % Number of Conventional Acs to be replaced per consumer 1 nos Total number of conventional ACs to be replaced 7710.3 nos Indicative cost of installation 1157 `lakhs

Energy saved by replacing conventional Acs by EE star rated Acs 2.02 MU Cost of electricity savings 74.28 `lakhs Payback period 15 years Emission Reduction per year 1619.163 tonnes

Table 8-10 : Replacement of conventional refrigerators with star rated refrigerators

Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators Value Units

Total Commercial Consumers 23724 nos Consumers using conventional refrigerator 40% % Target to replace conventional refrigerators by EE star rated refrigerators 50% % Number of conventional refrigerators to be replaced per consumer 1 Nos Total number of conventional refrigerators to be replaced 4745 Nos Indicative cost of installation 782.89 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing conventional refrigerators by EE star rated refrigerators 2.25 MU Cost of electricity savings 82.54 `Lakhs Payback period 9.5 years Emission reduction per year 1799.23 tonnes


124 l Page

8.2.6 .. Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Commercial Sector

The well planned implementation of all the strategies mentioned will lead to the savings of 9.48 MU and reducing the 14992 tones of carbon dioxide emissions. The detailed action plan along with the year wise targets of implementation is explained in detail in Chapter 13.

8.3 Industrial Sector

As per the electricity department, industrial sector is in the first place and consumes 889 MU, which is about 69% of the total electricity consumption of Aurangabad. The energy efficiency in industrial sector plays a very important role in managing city’s electrical energy demand. Energy systems in industrial sector mainly include lighting and space cooling systems (fans, air conditioners etc) and various processes in various industries. Engineering industries are more in numbers followed by rubber industries.

Table 8-11 : Summary of EE strategies in Commercial Sectors

Energy Efficiency Strategy -

Commercial Target Unit

Target Capacity




Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent nos 26690 96.53 2.63 2104.2 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans nos 26571 398.56 1.55 5694.88 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs nos 7710.3 1157 2.02 1619.163 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators nos 4745 782.89 2.25 1799.23 Replacement of T12/T8 tube light by T5 tube light nos 21352 106.76 1.03 3775.40

Total 2541.29 9.48 14992.88


125 l Page

Table 8-12: List of SME Industries in Aurangabad

Table 8-13: List of Large Industries in Aurangabad

The various strategies are explained in detail below:-


The industrial consumer’s survey conducted among the various categories of industrial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 80% of the consumers use incandescent lamps. A target has been kept to replace it with CFL in at least 80% of these consumer premises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can avail Bachat Lamp Yojana Scheme of BEE in association with district industrial centre / local industry association for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.


126 l Page

8.3.2 .. Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights by T5 tube lights The industrial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of industrial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 80% of the commercial consumers use T12/T8 tube lights. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient ceiling fans in at least 70% of these industrial consumer enterprises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk in association with district industry centre or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Table 8-14 : Replacement of Incandescent lamp with CFL among industrial consumers

Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent Value Units

Total Industrial Consumers 1800 nos Consumers using Incandescent Bulbs 80% % Target to replace Incandescent Bulbs with CFL 80% % Number of Incandescent bulbs to be replaced per consumer 6 nos Total number of Incandescent bulb to be replaced 6912 nos Indicative cost of installation 8.29 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing 60W bulb with 15W CFL 0.68 MU Cost of electricity savings 25.00 `Lakhs Payback period 0.4 years Emission Reduction per year 544.9 tonnes

Table 8-15 : Replacement of T12/T8 tube lights with T5 tube lights among industrial consumers

Replacement of T12/T8 tube light by T5 tube light Value Units

Total Industrial Consumers 1800 nos Consumers using T8/T12 tube lights 80% % Target to replace T8/T12 by T5 tube lights 80% % No of tube lights to be replaced per consumer 6 nos Total number of T8/T12 tube lights to be replaced 6912 nos Indicative cost of installation 34.56 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing T8/T12 (with magnetic ballast) with T5 ( with electronic ballast) 0.44 MU Cost of electricity savings 16.30 Lakhs Pay back period 2 years Emission Reduction per year 1629.58 tonnes


127 l Page


The industrial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of commercial consumers in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 85% of the industrial consumers use conventional ceiling fans. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient ceiling fans in at least 60% of these industrial consumer enterprises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk in association with district industrial centre or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below. Table 8-16 : Replacement of conventional fans with EE fans among industrial

consumers Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans

Value Units Total Industrial Consumers 1800 nos Consumers using conventional fans 85% % Target to replace conventional fan by energy efficient fans 60% %

Number of conventional fan to be replaced per industrial consumer 6 nos Total number of conventional fans to be replaced 5508 nos Indicative cost of installation 82.62 `Lakhs Energy saved by replacing conventional fans by EE fans 0.32 MU Cost of electricity savings 11.81 `Lakhs Payback period 7 years Emission reduction per year 1180.52 tonnes


The industrial consumer survey conducted among the various categories of households in Aurangabad indicates that approximately around 50% of the consumers use conventional air conditioners. A target has been kept to replace it with energy efficient AC in at least 70% of these commercial consumer premises in the next five years. AMC/Discom can consider purchasing in bulk in association with district industrial centre or availing benefits of carbon credits for the implementation of this strategy. The techno economics of this replacement is shown below.

Table 8-17 : Replacement of conventional air conditioners with star rated AC among industrial consumers


Total Industrial Consumers 1800 nos

Consumers using conventional ACs 50% % Target to replace Conventional ACs by EE star rated Acs 70% %

Number of Conventional Acs to be replaced per industrial consumer 3 nos Total number of conventional ACs to be replaced 1890.00 nos Indicative cost of installation 284 `lakhs


128 l Page

8.3.5 .. Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Industrial Sector

Table 8-18: Summary of EE strategies in Industrial Sectors

Summary of EE Strategy for Industrial Sector

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Industrial

Target Unit

Target Capacity

Investment (lakhs)



Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent nos 6912 25.00 0.68 544.9 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans nos 5508 82.62 0.32 1180.52 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs nos 1890 284 0.50 396.9 Replacement of T12/T8 tube light by T5 tube light nos 6912 34.56 0.44 1629.58

Total 425.68 1.94 3751.94

Energy saved by replacing conventional Acs by EE star rated Acs 0.50 MU Cost of electricity savings 18.21 `lakhs Payback period 15 years Emission Reduction per year 396.90 tonnes


129 l Page

9 Energy Eff iciency Projects in Municipal Sector

9.1 Introduction

Municipalities are spending large amount of their revenue on purchasing energy for

providing local public services such as street lighting and water supply. Through cost-

effective actions, energy and monetary savings of at least 25 percent can be achieved

in water systems alone.

Municipal energy efficiency saves scarce commodities and stretches tight budgets,

giving citizens improved access to electricity, water, heat and air conditioning. Energy

efficiency in municipal water supply systems can save water and energy while

reducing costs and improved services at the same time. For those bearing the

financial responsibility for local public services, efficiency in the provision of energy

and water is one of the few cost-effective options available for meeting growing

demands for vital services such as electricity, water and wastewater treatment. The

budgets for these services often lack funds to invest in improvements, and public

entities are looking for ways to finance energy efficiency projects. Among many

possible options, performance contracting offers a mechanism for municipalities and

public utilities to finance efficiency improvement projects without upfront investment.

Performance contracting became popular because the goods and services associated

with the project are paid from the savings accrued from it, which allows municipalities

to finance the improvements. Performance contracts are inherently flexible and can

be structured to best fit the needs of the involved parties. Performance contracts

often involve an Energy Service Company

(ESCO) but sometimes the services can be provided by engineering firms, such as

water engineering companies in case of efficiency project involving water supply.

However, ESCO participation in the project is beneficial because such companies have

managerial, technical and turn-key project implementation skills that often are lacking

at the municipalities, combined with the ability to structure project financing. Based


130 l Page

on the municipalities’ needs, the ESCOs can finance EE implementation and collect

their dues from shared or guaranteed savings accruing from the EE project.

9.2 Guidelines for procuring Services & Equipment for Municipal Energy Efficiency Projects

The procurement process will be much more robust if the Aurangabad Municipal

Corporation establishes an energy management cell entrusted with the responsibility

for procuring energy efficient equipment, selecting service providers to implement

efficiency projects, and stipulating the energy efficiency parameters and technical

capabilities required to carry out efficiency projects. The staff for the cell, not all of

which need to be dedicated full time to it, should consist of a cross section from

various municipal departments such as engineering, project design, finance, and

maintenance. Based on the initial data gathered on energy usage and once AMC have

decided on the project financing mechanism, it should prepare and put out the EOI

and RFP accordingly. If AMC is funding the project by procuring private financing, the

AMC could have a contract with an ESCO on a turnkey basis for carrying out an IGEA

and implementing EE measures. If AMC is keen on utilizing the ESCO mechanism to

finance the EE project, then AMC should start out by procuring the services of an

ESCO to do an IGEA, reach an agreement on the end-user payment mechanism, and

draft the contract agreements accordingly.

While evaluating the bids, more weight should be given to the technical and financial

capabilities and past experience than the size of the financial quote. AMC should also

focus on sustainable investments that will pay for themselves, which is best done in a

two-step evaluation process to allow the final selection to be based on total costs over

the life of the project. It is suggested that the AMC may consider adopting two step

bid process management system wherein the technical bids should be evaluated

based on specified energy efficiency criteria listed in the template in order to short list

firms, and then the least cost financial bid option for the selected technology may be

evaluated. If technical changes are desired based on the technical evaluation, the

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can ask the firms short listed to submit revised

financial bid.

Equipment should be selected based on the least cost option over the working life of

the equipment available to AMC, after the technical evaluation. In order to perform

such analysis, AMC needs to estimate all costs associated with the project, including

fuel costs, operations and maintenance and any financing costs, based on Net Present

Value (NPV). The NPV expresses the estimated stream of costs over a set length of

time in current rupee, for example by discounting equipment with different lifetimes

for inflation. The equipment with the lowest net present value is the least cost option

to the municipality, at the same time providing the required efficiency.

The main documents that AMC will have to prepare during the performance

contracting process are as follows:


131 l Page

• Request for Expressions of Interest

• Request for Proposal

• Investment Grade Audit Contract

• Energy Performance Contract

Annexure 2 contains model templates of all the above mentioned which can be easily

adjusted to the needs of specific projects of AMC. While requesting bids for

procurement of energy or water efficient equipment, AMC should specify the

necessary efficiency parameters of the equipment.

9.3 Detailed Audit of Individual systems to create list of potential projects

The major energy loads in AMC are typically the water pumping systems, street

lighting, sewage treatment and handling, and electricity distribution. Municipal

buildings such as offices, hospitals, schools also contribute to the high municipal

energy bills. Therefore, the following systems are those most commonly addressed by

a municipal energy efficiency audit:

• Street lighting

• Water Pumping

• Sewage pumping

• Electrical distribution

• Municipal Buildings

9.3.1 System mapping

In all cases, visit the systems and sketch the area map of each. If the network

diagrams for these systems are available, revalidate them.

Water supply and distribution, sewage treatment and handling

Map the system in the following manner, including the distribution networks, pump

design details, and suction discharge pipe lines:

• Layout the systems including the intake arrangements, clarifiers, and filters, indicating their sizes, capacities, connected loads, etc.

• Layout the pumping stations including the location of the pumps, their design details, suction and discharge pipe sizes, and routing

• Sketch the water distribution system indicating pipe lines, pipe line sizes, branching points, approximate lengths, bends, and valves up to the overhead tank or to the main end user points, in case of direct pumping

• Identify the points where pressure measurements and flow measurements are to be done


132 l Page

Street lighting and electrical distribution system

Mapping consists of electrical distribution single line diagram of the distribution

networks and the lighting details. If the diagram is not available from the

municipality, map the system as follows:

• Layout the transformers indicating their sizes, capacities, connected loads, etc.

• Sketch the distribution system indicating the type of lamps, approximate distance between two poles, type of poles, conductor material and size

• Identify the points where electrical parameters measurements and power measurements are to be done

• Prepare data sheets to capture operational details of the lighting systems

Floor mapping in municipal buildings

If the floor map of the building is not available, map the energy consuming system as

follows:

• Sketch the floor in terms of rooms and corridors along with the electrical fittings such as lights, fans, air conditioning units, fan coil units, air handling units, computer systems, hot water systems, etc indicating the details of the fittings

• Lay out the pumping station indicating the location of the pumps including their design details, suction and discharge pipe sizes and routing

• Sketch of the chiller system indicating the design details of the chillers, chilled water pumps, pipe lines, pipe line sizes, branching points, approximate lengths, bends, valves, etc up to the main end user points

• Identify the points where thermal (pressure and flow) and electrical measurements are to be performed

• Layout the cooling tower system including pumps, fans, cooling water distribution network, etc.

• Map other systems like the boiler and hot water generators if present

9.4 Energy Efficiency Strategies in Municipal Sector

9.4.1 EE measures in street lighting

Street lighting is one of the major sources of energy consumption in municipal sector. A comprehensive survey of street lighting systems has been conducted and meetings with officials responsible for designing, installation and operation and maintenance were held. The specifications of types of lamps being used in various roads in the city are as following


133 l Page

Table 9-1 : Street Light details of Aurangabad

Year Total Nos

Tube light Fitting 40W in Nos 6630

Sodium Vapour fittings in Nos (70 W) 5730

CFL 2 x 24 W in Nos 2500

CFL 4 x 24 W in Nos 9500 Metal halide 150 W in Nos 10350 Metal halide 250 W in Nos 2910 Metal halide 400 W in Nos 476

MH Fitting in Nos (96 W) 1200

Total 39296

Based on the energy audit of street lighting and the data collected from the AMC it has been observed that the street lighting system currently used in Aurangabad uses the fixtures with conventional ballasts. There is a good potential of reducing the consumption by installing multi tab ballast with astronomical timer switch. The following are the strategies envisaged:-

Replacement of High Mast Tower lights of 400W with LED lights of 125 W

High mast tower lights of 400W are used for street

lighting which can be replaced with more energy

efficient LEDs. A 100% target to replace the high mast

tower lights has been set. The following table depicts

the techno economics of the strategy.

Table 9-2 : Replacement of High Mast Tower with LED Lights

Replacement of High Mast Tower lights of 400W with LED lights of 125 W Sr. No.

Type of Fixture Calculation Unit

HPSV 400 W LED 125 W

[A] [B]

1 Working Hours/Day -

Hrs/Day/Fixture 11 11

2 Power Consumption -

KW/Day/Fixture 4.8 1.5

3 Annual Power Consumption [2] x 365

KW/Annum/Fixture 1752 547.5

4 Power Saving [A]-[B] KW/Annum/Fi

xture 0 1204.5

5 Total Nos of Fixtures Nos 476 476

6 Total Power Saving [4] x [5] KW/Annum 0 573342

7 Monetary Saving 3.67x [6] `/Annum 0 2104165.14

8 Life of Lamp - Years 2.2 12


134 l Page

Replacement of High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 250W with LED lights of 70 W

High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 250 W are used for street lighting which can be

replaced with more energy efficient LEDs. A 100% target to replace the high mast

tower lights has been set. The following table depicts the techno economics of the

strategy.

9 Cost of Lamp - `/lamp 100 -

10 Replacement Cost

[5] x [9] x 12/ [8] `/12 Yrs

259636.3636

11 Cost of Fixture - `/Fixture 4500 21000

5 Total Cost of Fixtures [5] x [11] ` 2142000 9996000

13 Maintenance Cost - % 10 0.5

14

Total Maintenance Cost

[12] x [13]/ 100 `/12 Yrs 214200 49980

15 Maintenance Cost [14]/12 `/Yr 17850 4165

16

Salvage Value of HPSV Fixture @ 50% [12A] x 0.5 ` - 1071000

17 Net Investment

[10] + [12] – [16] `

2401636.364 8929165

18 Net Saving [7] - [15] `/Annum - 2100000.14

19 Payback Period 12 x [17]/ [18] Month - 51.02

20

Emission Reduction per year tonnes 464.41

Table 9-3 : Replacement of HPSV lamps (250 W) with LED Lights


Sr. No

Type of Fixture Calculation Unit

HPSV 250 W

LED 70 W

[A] [B]

1 Working Hours/Day -

Hrs/Day/Fixture 11 11

2 Power Consumption -

KW/Day/Fixture 3 0.77



4 Power Saving [A]-[B] KW/Annum/Fi

xture 0 813.95


6 Total Power Saving [4] x [5] KW/Annum 0

9255425.45

7 Monetary Saving 3.67x [6] `/Annum 0

33967411.4

8 Life of Lamp - Years 2.2 12


135 l Page


High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 70 W are used for street lighting which can be

replaced with more energy efficient LEDs. A 100% target to replace the high mast

tower lights has been set. The following table depicts the techno economics of the

strategy.

9 Cost of Lamp - `/lamp 0 -

10 Replacement Cost

[5] x [9] x 12/ [8] `/12 Yrs 0

11 Cost of Fixture - `/Fixture 2800 19000

5 Total Cost of Fixtures [5] x [11] ` 31838800

216049000

13 Maintenance Cost - % 10 0.5

14

Total Maintenance Cost

[12] x [13]/ 100 `/12 Yrs 3183880 1080245

15 Maintenance Cost [14]/12 `/Yr

265323.3333

90020.41667

16

Salvage Value of HPSV Fixture @ 50% [12A] x 0.5 ` - 0

17 Net Investment [10] + [12] – [16] ` 31838800

216139020.4

18 Net Saving [7] - [15] `/Annum - 33877390

.98 19 Payback Period 12 x [17]/ [18] Month - 76.56

20

Emission Reduction per year tonnes 7496.89

Table 9-4 : Replacement of HPSV lamps (70W) with LED lights


Sr. No. Type of Fixture Calculation Unit

HPSV 70 W

LED 28 W

[A] [B]

1 Working Hours/Day - Hrs/Day/Fixtur

e 11 11

2 Power Consumption - KW/Day/Fixtur

e 0.84 0.336


KW/Annum/Fixture 306.6 122.64

4 Power Saving [A]-[B], [A]-[C]



6 Total Power Saving [4] x [5] KW/Annum 0 229398.

12

7 Monetary Saving 3.67x [6] `/Annum 0 841891.

10 8 Life of Lamp - Years 2.2 12.00 9 Cost of Lamp - `/lamp 550 -


136 l Page

Sensors for Automatic on/off of street lights

Automatic street lights ensure that energy is not wasted by lights turned on during

day time. Aurangabad predominantly follows manual switching of street lights which

results in labour costs, energy wastage and poor efficiency. The best solution is to

install automatic sensors.

During the audit it has been observed that the operating load remains same

throughout the night. Keeping this in mind it is suggested to install the multi tab

ballast which varies the load of the lamp according to the traffic load during the night.

Multitab ballast comes with a facility of setting the time for which the lamp will run up

to its full facility. So during the evening operating hours the timer is set for the full

loading of the lamp and during midnight onwards it will be set for 50% loading of the

lamp. Astronomical timer switch will help in reducing the wastage of lighting

consumption as due to seasonal variation the operating hours of street lighting does

change. So the switch doesn’t allow street light to get on before the dusk and after

the dawn.

9.4.2 EE measures in water pumping

Water pumping is another energy consuming activity in the municipal sector.

According to the BEE estimates approximately 25% of energy savings can be achieved

from initiatives in water pumping systems alone.

Improvement of Design Efficiency in Pumping System

A detailed study has to be conducted to assess the volume of water to be pumped and

height at which the pumps need to be located. The proper designing of the pumping

system using the fluid flow analysis softwares can bring out energy savings in running

10 Replacement Cost [5] x [9] x 12/ [8] `/12 Yrs 3741000

11 Cost of Fixture - `/Fixture 2500 6500.00

5 Total Cost of Fixtures [5] x [11] ` 3117500 810550

0.00 13 Maintenance Cost - % 10 0.50

14 Total Maintenance Cost [12] x [13]/ 100 `/12 Yrs 311750

40527.50

15 Maintenance Cost [14]/12 `/Yr 25979.16

667 3377.29

16 Salvage Value of HPSV Fixture @ 50% [12A] x 0.5 ` -

1558750.00

17 Net Investment [10] + [12] – [16] ` 6858500

6550127.29

18 Net Saving [7] - [15] `/Annum - 838513.

81

19 Payback Period 12 x [17]/ [18] Month - 93.74

20 Emission Reduction per year tonnes 185.81


137 l Page

and maintenance of water pump systems to the tune of 20%. The techno economics

for this initiative is as shown below.

Installation of variable speed drivers

Major energy loss is caused due to the improper dimension and adjustments, by

properly adjusting the pump speed using variable speed drivers these losses can be

reduced. It is expected to achieve around 5% energy savings by installing variable

speed drivers in water pumping systems. The techno economics of this initiative is as

shown below.

Table 9-5 : Improvement of Design Efficiency in Pumping System

Value Units Annual Energy consumption 41.28 MU Annual Energy Cost 1514.98 Lakhs Tentative Energy Savings 20% % Total Annual Savings 8.256 MU Annual Monetary Savings 302.9952 Lakhs Emission Reduction 6687.36 tonnes

Table 9-6 : Installation of variable speed drivers

Variable Speed Drivers in HT pumping System Value Units

Annual Energy consumption 41.28 MU Annual Energy Cost 1514.98 Lakhs Tentative Energy Savings 5% % Total Annual Savings 2.06 MU Annual Monetary Savings 75.75 Lakhs Emission Reduction 1671.84 tonnes Improvement of Design Efficiency in Borewells Annual Energy consumption 16.95 MU Annual Energy Cost 622.07 Lakhs Tentative Energy Savings 20% % Total Annual Savings 3.39 MU Annual Monetary Savings 124.413 Lakhs Emission Reduction 2745.9 tonnes


138 l Page

9.4.3 Summary of energy efficiency strategies in Municipal sector

The well planned implementation of all the strategies mentioned will lead to the

savings of 23.77 MU and reducing the 8147 tones of carbon dioxide emissions. The

detailed action plan along with the year wise targets of implementation is explained in

detail in Chapter 13.

Table 9-7 : Summary of EE strategies in Municipal Sector

Summary of EE Strategy for Municipal Sector

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Municipal

Target Unit

Target Capacity




Replacement of High Mast Tower lights of 400W with LED lights of 125 W nos 476 89.29 0.57 464.41 Replacement of High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 250W with LED lights of 70 W nos 11371 338.77 9.26 7496.89 Replacement of High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 70W with LED lights of 28 W nos 1247 65.50 0.23 185.81 Improvement of Design Efficiency in HT Pumping System nos 7 8.26 6687.36 Variable Speed Drivers in HT pumping System nos 7 2.06 1671.84 Improvement of Design Efficiency in Borewells nos 1006 3.39 2745.90

Total 493.57 23.77 8147.11


139 l Page

10 Energy Eff iciency in Buildings

10.1 Introduction

Residential, public and commercial buildings consume a large amount of energy

mostly for lighting, appliances, space heating and water heating. In order to improve

energy efficiency and conserve energy through the concept of solar city existing

buildings and new buildings must evolve to incorporate energy efficiency and energy

conservation measures.

To encourage the best practices in Aurangabad, this chapter considers how energy

efficiency is incorporated into building codes. Strategies to achieve energy efficient

buildings according to international practice will be explained here for the main

components of a building in order to achieve energy efficiency and conservation in the

developing solar city of Aurangabad. Information on technologies and energy saving

methods outlined in this chapter aim to assist Aurangabad Municipal Corporation,

Aurangabad in going beyond basic energy efficient strategies and to provide more the

tools for innovative design for new and retrofit buildings.

As Aurangabad lies in the arid zone, any energy efficient building system must be

designed according to this climate. This should also be a major consideration when

looking at various practices that are suitable to follow.

This chapter will explain in detail the various green and sustainable initiatives that can

be incorporated during the construction and operation of any new construction

planned in city of Aurangabad.

10.2 Building Energy Efficiency – Existing policy Framework

In India there exist the National Building codes 2005 (NBC 2005) and the new Energy

conservation of buildings codes 2006 (ECBC 2006). The national building codes only

consider regulations in building construction primarily for the purposes of regulating


140 l Page

administration , health and safety , materials and construction requirements and

building and plumbing services whereas the ECBC 2006 consider energy conservation

and energy efficiency in buildings to provide minimum requirement for the energy

efficient design and construction of buildings. The NBC 2005 refers to a wide variety

of building type and ownership whereas ECBC 2005 only refers to commercial

buildings and some building complexes.

The ECBC 2006 mainly considers administration and enforcement, the building

envelope, HVAC, service hot water and pumping, lighting and electric power to

encourage conservation of energy. These are considered during construction of new

buildings and while doing additions to existing buildings.

At present the Energy Conservation Act 2001 empowers the state governments to

adjust the codes according to local conditions. This encourages inconsistency in

building practices across to country and can lead to huge deviations from the existing

codes. There are currently state designated agencies for implementation of this code

for example in Aurangabad NEDA is the state designated agency for the

implementation of the Energy Conservation Act 2001 and hence ECBC 2006 is

applicable. The regulating authority is different for each state and is responsible for

enforcing the adapted building codes for that state. Experts check the plans for new

buildings or changes to existing buildings and permit the builder to carry out

construction if the design meets the code requirements. They are rejected and sent

for alteration if they do not meet the requirements. After the building is built it must

again be certified as complete by the state designated agency before it is used.

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency is working on certifying Energy Auditing Agencies in

order to evaluate buildings energy use, which will enable better regulation of energy

conservation in buildings. In order to encourage green rating practices of buildings,

IGBC has come up with LEED rating.

Points are given for different criterion at the site planning, building planning and

construction, and the building operation and maintenance stages of the building life

cycle.

10.3 Sustainable Construction /Green Buildings

Under Solar city Scheme Training and Awareness Programs related to Green Building

can be designed. Darashaw has GRIHA Accredited Professionals to Conduct required

Training in Green Building.

The entire constructions for all the new and existing construction can follow the Green

Building standards. Green Building is the practice of increasing the efficiency while

ensuring healthy indoor environment for the buildings by minimizing their use of

power, water, and materials, thus reducing building impact on the environment and

on the limited resources of the planet, through better site selection, design,


141 l Page

construction, operation, maintenance, and dismantling - the complete building life

cycle.

The related concepts of sustainable development and sustainability are integral to

green building. Effective green building can lead to

• Reduced operating costs by increasing productivity and using less energy and water,

• Improved public and occupant health due to improved indoor air quality, and

• Reduced environmental impact by, for example, lessening storm water runoff and the heat island effect.

10.3.1 Salient Features of Green Building

Green Building has the following advantages:

o Minimum Air Conditioning Load: Each ton of refrigeration (TR) caters to more than 300 sq ft (Normal buildings in India require 150-200 sq ft / TR) of air conditioned area, despite higher fresh air intake. This is achieved through specially selected double glazing for each orientation, and by ensuring that all external walls and exposed roofs are well insulated, thus minimizing the air conditioning load.

o Lighting Power Density: Energy efficient general lighting power density is less than 10 W / sq mt (Normal is 20 W/sq mt), as per LEED requirements.

o Power Consumption: Annual power consumption for Green Office building is generally less than 250 KWH / sq mtr for normal 12 hours / day operation. Annual power consumption in normal buildings is 400 KWH / sq mtr.).

o Excellent Indoor Air Quality: Fresh air requirement is 3% higher than ASHRAE 62.1 - 2004, to improve the indoor air quality (IAQ). Therefore personnel working indoor are always subject to generous quantity of treated fresh air, which keeps them fresh and energetic even after extended working hours, thereby improving productivity. Fresh air is generally supplied on-demand basis monitored thru CO2 level in return air.

o Treated Fresh Air: Treated fresh air is provided with heat recovery wheel (HRW) to minimize the air conditioning load by reducing the ambient air temperature before it passes through the cooling coil of the space AHUs.

o Visible Light Transmittance: Glass for windows is specified for superior visible light transmittance allowing maximum harnessing of day-light (without adding glare on computer screen) thus reducing energy consumption through electrical light fixtures throughout the day.

o Water Conservation: Water conservation is achieved through Zero Discharge. Entire effluent is treated in Sewerage Treatment Plant (STP), and treated water is recycled as makeup for air conditioning and DG sets cooling towers, for flushing in WCs and urinals, and for gardening


142 l Page

o Rain Water Harvesting System: Rain water harvesting system with filtration is provided. This water can be used for cars / car parking washing and for general washing.

10.3.2 Advantages of Green Buildings Financial - Building green, if pursued early in the building design process has better life cycle cost than conventional building due to reduced utility, maintenance and replacement costs.

Social - Improved indoor air quality, natural day-lighting and user comfort combine to boost productivity and reduce absenteeism in green buildings. Local economies benefit by the greater emphasis placed on purchasing locally produced goods and services in order to minimize embodied energy - the amount of energy needed to bring goods and services from greater distances.

Environmental - Less site disturbance, more durable products that harmlessly

decompose, and structures that actually produce their own usable energy through

solar photovoltaic or other renewable sources are all examples of environmentally

friendly design and construction. These and other environmentally benign features

and approaches combine to reduce the amount of resource extraction from and

adverse impacts upon the natural world. Green building means learning to build with

nature.

10.1 Demand Comparison: Conventional Vis a Vis Green Building

Conventional Building Green Buildings *

Air-conditioning Cooling Load 150 SFT/TR 600 SFT/TR

Electrical Demand Load 10 WATT/SFT 4 WATT/SFT

Lighting Power Density office area

2 WATT/SFT < 0.6 WATT/SFT

Lighting Power Density retail area

4 WATT/SFT < 1 WATT/SFT

Lighting Power Density parking area

1 WATT/SFT < 0.15 WATT/SFT

Potable Water Demand 45 Liters per day per person

20 Liters per day per person

* - As per the Green measures adopted

Green buildings are scored by rating systems, such as the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system developed by the Indian Green Building Council, U.S. Green Building Council, Green Globes from GBI and other locally developed rating systems.

10.2 Sustainable Green Building Measures to be Adopted

Green building rating system provides a set of performance standards for the design and construction phases of commercial and institutional buildings. Green building


143 l Page

standards assist in the creation of high performance, healthful, durable, affordable and environmentally sound commercial and institutional buildings.

The construction of a building as per the green building standards revolves around six major focus areas as follows:-

• Sustainable Sites

• Water Efficiency

• Energy & Atmosphere

• Materials & Resources

• Indoor Environment Quality

10.2.1 Sustainable Sites

o Erosion and Sedimentation Control

Create an erosion and sedimentation control plan during the design phase of the

project. Consider employing strategies such as temporary and permanent seeding,

mulching, earth dikes, silt fencing, sediment traps and sediment basins.

o Site Selection

During the site selection process, give preference to those sites that do not include

sensitive site elements and restricted land types. Select a suitable building location

and design the building with the minimal footprint to minimize site disruption of those

environmentally sensitive areas.

o Development Density & Community Connectivity

During the site selection process, give preference to urban sites with pedestrian

access to a variety of services.

o Storm water Design, Quantity Control

Design the project site to maintain natural storm water flows by promoting

infiltration. Specify vegetated roofs, pervious paving, and other measures to minimize

impervious surfaces. Reuse storm water volumes generated for non potable uses such

as landscape irrigation, toilet and urinal flushing and custodial uses.

o Storm water Design, Quality Control

Use alternative surfaces (e.g., vegetated roofs, pervious pavement or grid pavers)

and nonstructural techniques (e.g., rain gardens, vegetated swales, disconnection of

imperviousness, rainwater recycling) to reduce imperviousness and promote

infiltration, thereby reducing pollutant loadings.

Use sustainable design strategies (e.g., Low Impact Development, Environmentally

Sensitive Design) to design integrated natural and mechanical treatment systems

such as constructed wetlands, vegetated filters, and open channels to treat storm

water runoff.


144 l Page

o Heat Island Effect: Non – Roof

Shade constructed surfaces on the site with landscape features and utilize high-

reflectance materials for hardscape. Consider replacing constructed surfaces (i.e. roof,

roads, sidewalks, etc.) with vegetated surfaces such as vegetated roofs and open grid

paving or specify high-albedo materials to reduce the heat absorption.

o Heat Island Effect: Roof

Use roofing materials having a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) equal to or greater than

the values in the table below for a minimum of 75% of the roof surface or Install a

vegetated roof for at least 50% of the roof area or Install high-albedo and vegetated

roof surfaces that, in combination, meet the following criteria:

(Area of SRI Roof / 0.75) + (Area of vegetated Roof / 0.5) >= Total Roof Area

Roof Type Slope SRI

Low Sloped roof <= 2.12 78

Steep Sloped Roof >= 2.12 29

o Light Pollution Reduction

Adopt site lighting criteria to maintain safe light levels while avoiding off-site lighting and night sky pollution. Minimize site lighting where possible and model the site lighting using a computer model. Technologies to reduce light pollution include full cutoff luminaries, low-reflectance surfaces and low-angle spotlights.

10.2.2 Water Efficiency

o Water Efficient Landscaping, Reduce by 50%

Perform a soil/ climate analysis to determine appropriate landscape types and design the landscape with indigenous plants to reduce or eliminate irrigation requirements. Use high efficiency irrigation systems and consider using of storm water or gray water, and / or condensate water for irrigation.

o Water Efficiency in Air-conditioning System, Reduce by 50%

Select water efficient chillers to reduce water requirement for cooling tower make-up. Estimate potable water requirement for cooling tower makeup in the water cooled chillers. Consider reuse of storm water or gray water generated within the site for air-conditioning makeup.

o Innovative Wastewater Technologies

Specify high efficiency fixtures and dry fixtures such as composting toilet system and non-water urinals to reduce wastewater volumes. Consider reusing storm water or gray water for sewage conveyance or on-site wastewater treatment systems (mechanical or natural). Options for on-site wastewater treatment include packaged biological nutrient removal systems, constructed wetlands, and high-efficiency filtration systems.


145 l Page

o Water Use Reduction

Use high efficiency fixtures, dry fixtures such as composting toiler systems non-water urinals, and occupant sensors to reduce the potable water demand. Consider reuse of storm water and gray water for non-potable applications such as toiler and urinal flushing mechanical systems and custodial uses.

10.2.3 Energy & Atmosphere

o Minimum Energy Performance Required

Design the building envelope, HVAC, lighting and other systems to maximize energy performance. The ASHRAE 90.1-2004 User’s manual contains worksheets that can be used to document compliance with this prerequisite.

o Optimize Energy Performance

Design the building envelope and building systems to maximize energy performance. Use a computer simulation model to assess the energy performance and identify the most cost effective energy efficiency measures. Quantify energy performance as compared to a baseline building.

o Renewable Energy

Assess the project for renewable energy potential including solar, wind, geothermal, biomass, hydro, and bio-gas strategies. When applying these strategies, take advantage of net metering with the local utility.

o Ozone Depletion

Design and operate the facility without mechanical cooling and refrigeration equipment. Where mechanical cooling is used, utilize base building HVAC and refrigeration systems for the refrigeration cycle that minimizes direct impact on ozone depletion and global warming. Select HVAC & R equipment with reduced refrigerant charge and increased equipment life. Maintain equipment to prevent leakage of refrigerant to the atmosphere. Utilize fire suppression systems that do not contain HCFCs or Halons.

o Measurement & Verification

Develop an M&V Plan to evaluate building and/or energy system performance. Characterize the building and/or energy systems through energy simulation or engineering analysis. Install the necessary metering equipment to measure energy use. Track performance by comparing predicted performance to actual performance, broken down by component or system as appropriate. Evaluate energy efficiency by comparing actual performance to baseline performance.

o Green Power

Estimate the energy needs of the building on annual basis. Install green power plants in the country, which meets the 50% of the total energy requirement of the building. Green power is derived from solar, wind, geothermal, biomass, or low-impact hydro sources.


146 l Page

10.2.4 Materials & Resources

o Storage & Collection of Recyclables Required

Coordinate the size and functionality of the recycling areas with the anticipated collections services for glass, plastic, office paper, newspaper, cardboard, and organic wastes to maximize the effectiveness of the dedicated areas. Consider employing cardboard balers, aluminum can crushers, recycling chutes, and collection bins at individual workstations to further enhance the recycling program.

o Building Reuse

Consider reuse of existing, previously occupied buildings, including structure, envelope and interior non-structural elements. Remove elements that pose contamination risk to building occupants and upgrade components that would improve energy and water efficiency, such as mechanical systems and plumbing fixtures. Quantify the extent of building reuse.

o Construction Waste Management

Establish goals for diversion from disposal in landfills and incinerators and adopt a construction waste management plan to achieve these goals. Consider recycling cardboard, metal, brick, acoustical tile, concrete, plastic, clean wood, glass, gypsum wallboard, carpet and insulation. Designate a specific area(s) on the construction site for segregated or commingled collection of recyclable material, and track recycling efforts throughout the construction process. Identify construction haulers and recyclers to handle the designated materials. Note that diversion may include donation of materials to charitable organizations and salvage of materials on-site.

o Resource Reuse

Identify opportunities to incorporate salvage materials into the building design and research potential material suppliers. Consider salvage materials such as beams and posts, flooring, paneling, doors and frames, cabinetry and furniture, brick and decorative items.

o Recycled Content

Establish a project goal for recycled content materials and identify material suppliers that can achieve this goal. During construction, ensure that the specified recycled content materials are installed. Consider a range of environmental, economic and performance attributes when selecting products and materials.

o Local/Regional Materials

Establish a project goal for locally sourced materials and identify materials and material suppliers that can achieve this goal. During construction, ensure that the specified local materials are installed and quantify the total percentage of local materials installed. Consider a range of environmental, economic and performance attributes when selecting products and materials.


147 l Page

o Rapidly Renewable Materials

Establish a project goal for rapidly renewable materials and identify products suppliers that can support achievement of this goal. Consider materials such as bamboo, wool, cotton insulation, agrifiber, linoleum, wheat board, strawboard and cork. During construction, ensure that the specified rapidly renewable materials are installed.

10.2.5 Indoor Environmental Quality

o Minimum IAQ Performance Required

Design ventilation systems to meet or exceed the minimum outdoor air ventilation rates as described in the ASHRAE standard. Balance the impacts of ventilation rates on energy use and indoor air quality to optimize for energy efficiency and occupant health. Use the ASHRAE 62 Users Manual for detailed guidance on meeting the referenced requirements

o Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control Required

Prohibit smoking in commercial buildings or effectively control the ventilation air in smoking rooms. For residential buildings, prohibit smoking in common areas, design building envelope and systems to minimize ETS transfer among dwelling units.

o Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring

Install carbon dioxide and airflow measurement equipment and feed the information to the HVAC system and/or Building Automation System (BAS) to trigger corrective action, if applicable. If such automatic controls are not feasible with the building systems, use the measurement equipment to trigger alarms that inform building operators or occupants of a possible deficiency in outdoor air delivery.

o Construction IAQ Management Plan

Adopt an IAQ management plan to protect the HVAC system during construction, control pollutant sources, and interrupt pathways for contamination. Sequence installation of materials shall be adopted to avoid contamination of absorptive materials such as insulation, carpeting, ceiling tile, and gypsum wallboard. Prior to occupancy, perform a two week building flush out or test the contaminant levels in the building.

o Low-Emitting Materials

Specify low-VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) materials in construction documents. Ensure that VOC limits are clearly stated in each section where adhesives, sealants, paints, coatings, carpet systems, and composite woods are addressed.

o Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control

Design facility cleaning and maintenance areas with isolated exhaust systems for contaminants. Maintain physical isolation from the rest of the regularly occupied areas of the building. Install permanent architectural entryway systems such as grills or grates to prevent occupant-borne contaminants from entering the building. Install high-level filtration systems in air handling units processing both return air and


148 l Page

outside supply air. Ensure that air handling units can accommodate required filter sizes and pressure drops.

o Daylight & Views

Design the building to maximize day-lighting and view opportunities. Strategies to consider include building orientation, increased building perimeter, exterior and interior shading devices, high performance glazing, and photo-integrated light sensors. Model day-lighting strategies with a physical or computer model to assess foot-candle levels and daylight factors achieved.

10.3 Steps to be taken by Aurangabad Municipal Corporation for effective implementation of Energy Efficiency in Buildings

• AMC can offer financial assistance for reduction in energy use in lighting

systems that go beyond the ASHRAE guidelines. This incentive allows energy

efficient lighting to be a cost effective measure, AMC can also offer subsidies

for indoors and outdoors solar lighting devices for community and individual

users.

• As of now there are no subsidies offered for most energy efficient HVAC

systems and for the use of natural water coolers. Aurangabad Municipal

Corporation can offer financial incentives for more energy efficient HVAC

systems. This encourages their use in new buildings and when retrofitting

existing buildings.

• Financial assistance or subsidy can be given to solar heating systems in

particular which will be preferred option for Aurangabad as this technology

being suitable for the climate of the proposed Solar City.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, by notification in consultation with NEDA,

BEE amends the energy conservation building codes to suit the conditions and

factors prevailing in Aurangabad.

• Direct every owner or occupier of a building or building complex to comply with

the provisions of the energy conservation building codes.

• Direct, if considered necessary for efficient use of energy and its conservation,

any consumer referred to get energy audit conducted by an accredited energy

auditor.

• Take all measures necessary to create awareness and disseminate information

for efficient use of energy and its conservation.

• Arrange and organize training of personnel and specialists in the energy

conservation techniques for efficient use of energy and its conservation.

• Take steps to encourage preferential treatment for use of energy efficient

equipment and appliances.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can also work out on possibility of

establishing an energy conservation fund with adequate contribution from


149 l Page

State government, private entities in Aurangabad etc in order to enhance the

financing of EE projects to be implemented.

10.4 Green Building Implementation Framework Model for Corporation

In order to propagate the energy efficient/ green building in the jurisdiction of Corporation, the construction of commercial, industrial and residential complexes/townships can be made mandatory by Corporation or can advocate some special financial incentives can be given by Corporation such as property tax rebates or incentives in electricity bills etc.

For the effective implementation of sustainable construction as per the LEED/GRIHA criteria Aurangabad Municipal Corporation should set up a Green Building cell which can be a subset of the solar city cell, which will consist of members of town planning authority, MSEDCL and Aurangabad Municipal Corporation who will be trained on Green Building concept and also seek the help of LEED AP or GRIHA certified professionals.

This green building cell will be responsible for the approval of all plans in order to ensure that it is as per the criteria of LEED/GRIHA which can also have a third party inspection from LEED AP / GRIHA certified professionals who in turn will give the certification report to town planning department advising them on any changes to be made in plan if required or recommending approval. The model framework id depicted in Fig below

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation should conducting and extensive training programme either by GRIHA or IGBC (Indian Green Building Council) for all the local architects and people involved in civil construction in order to do effective capacity building on Green buildings with the help of MNRE.

Figure 10-1: Implementation Framework Model for Aurangabad Municipal Corporation


150 l Page

MNRE Scheme on Energy efficient Solar / Green buildings

Incentives for Capacity Building and Awareness Activities

A financial support of up to Rs. 2.00 lakh for 1-2 days and Rs. 3.0 lakhs for three days activity could be provided for organizing training programmes, workshops, conferences, seminars, publications, awareness campaigns, and orientation programmes etc. to the implementing agencies. However, for International

Awards to Urban Local bodies(ULBs)

The onetime cash award of Rs. 10 lakh along with a shield will be given to best 3 ULBs per year selected through competition for adopting and promoting the energy efficient solar/green buildings to be rated under the rating system in vogue i.e., GRIHA, LEED India etc. or for following ECBC building Code subject to the following :

• They have issued a notification for promotion of green buildings with some incentives i.e., rebate on property tax, discount in premium amount of building permission charges etc.

• They have amended the bye-laws for making the solar water heaters, and SPV rooftops plants to the extent possible, necessary for the new building projects.

• Any other substantial rules/regulations which encourage the adoption of Green buildings in the city.

Awards to the Green Building having maximum RE installations.

The cash award of Rs. 15 lakh 10 lakh and 5 lakh along with a shield will be given to best 3 buildings per year that have the maximum installation of renewable energy systems and the net Zero energy based buildings in the country.


151 l Page

11 Energy Management in Schools

11.1 Indian Energy Context

The Indian energy requirements are likely to grow at a much higher rate than the world growth rate of 2%. India has limited energy reserves and therefore it will have to stress on energy efficiency, in addition to reevaluating its existing building stock. Existing buildings offer one of the greatest potentials in contributing to energy conservation and if not evaluated also provide the greatest challenge of being energy hogs. This chapter highlights a methodology for implementing energy management in educational institution buildings.

11.2 Energy Use in Schools

Schools have to optimize limited budgets to ensure maximum payback for students, teachers and their facilities. Rising energy costs associated with additional expenditure for replacing equipment adds strain to an already compact budget.

Energy maintenance is often overlooked in school buildings as the associated costs are relatively lower compared to other expenses. Schools can effectively reduce energy use, garner energy savings, and extend equipment lifetime through effectively implementing an energy management program.

Implementing an energy management program can save anywhere between 5-20% on energy bills. This will help improve the profitability and reduce operating costs. An operations and maintenance based program can be relatively low in cost and still yield effective payback.

11.3 Enhancing the learning Environment

In addition to optimizing energy and saving costs, schools offer a critical platform for creating a better environment that includes favorable light, sound, and temperature,


152 l Page

which can help students learn better. In many cases, improving these attributes can also reduce energy use. A research captured in Greening America’s Schools: Costs and Benefits, highlights 17 studies that demonstrate productivity increases of 2% to more than 25% from improved indoor air quality, acoustically designed indoor environments, and high performance lighting systems. Some of these studies show that day lighting, which uses the sun to produce high-quality, glare-free lighting, can improve academic performance by as much as 20%. Quality lighting systems include a combination of day lighting and energy-efficient electric lighting systems.

These complement each other by reducing visual strain and providing better lighting quality. Advanced, energy-efficient heating and cooling systems create cleaner, healthier indoor environments that lower student and staff absentee rates and improve teacher retention. This translates into higher test scores and lower staff costs. For example, Ash Creek Intermediate School in Oregon has reduced absenteeism (compared to the previous facility) by 15%. Lower construction and operating costs also signify responsible stewardship of public funds. This translates into greater community support for school construction financing. Schools that incorporate energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies make a strong statement about the importance of protecting the environment. They also provide hands on opportunities for students and visitors to learn about these technologies and about the importance of energy conservation.

11.4 Implementation Procedure of Energy Management Programmes in Schools in Aurangabad

An energy assessment is an essential component and primary step in any successful energy management program. This will help Aurangabad Municipal Corporation identify the present energy use situation within the school facilities and flag energy costs. Energy saving opportunities can be identified based on the assessment report.

The assessment will also help Aurangabad Municipal Corporation develop a baseline for future comparisons of program success by comparing energy use before program implementation and after.

In Schools, either a basic walkthrough energy assessment or a more detailed energy audit can be conducted. Schools also have the option of carrying out the assessment as a first step to identify existing energy saving opportunities and implement the result followed by a more detailed analysis audit to derive more detailed measures for savings including capital intensive energy saving opportunities.

This Section focuses on the walk-through energy assessment process as a means for schools to delve immediately into saving energy and improving their bottom line through less capital intensive measures. Schools are encouraged if they desire to follow the implementation of these measures with a more detailed audit to garner additional savings.


153 l Page

11.4.1 Walk Through Energy Assessment

Often 25% of a commercial building’s energy consumption is wasted due to specific management practices. Simple adjustments to management and operation practices can result in savings for your school. For example, adjusting the Building Automation Systems (BAS) to more effectively control your lighting can result in significant savings.

A walk-through assessment is the easiest and least expensive means of identifying and evaluating energy use in various school buildings providing a tangible sense of current building conditions and staff operations and maintenance practices. Since people habits have a major affect on how energy is used, this assessment pays particular attention to identifying habits and procedures that can be adopted to use energy more efficiently. Basic information about the systems in the school is also collected during this process.

The first step in this assessment is to examine energy use and associated costs across systems within the school, with the assistance of operations and maintenance staff. A format of energy planning ledger is given below which could be used to find out the energy use and associated costs. This ledger will help to ascertain an energy use baseline that will allow measuring the success of your energy management program at regular intervals.

After mapping the entire energy usage, each specific factor such as lighting etc should be taken separately and energy saving opportunity has to be identified.


154 l Page


155 l Page

12 Budget & Action Plan

To meet the growing energy needs of Aurangabad, optimizing energy conservation and resource efficiency is needed which would thus reduce per capita electricity demand. This would minimize the need for new generation and reduce GHG emissions. It would enable a cleaner environment with reduced green house gases and other pollutants, thereby addressing the environmental concerns.

As matter of priory, in order to develop Aurangabad as a solar city, the principal government agencies should be committed to:

• Discussing critical energy issues jointly through open meetings and ongoing informal communication.

• Sharing of information and analysis to minimize duplication, maximize a common understanding and ensure a broad basis for decision making.

• Continuing progress in meeting the environmental goals and standards, including minimizing the energy sectors impact on local and global environment.

Based on the analysis of potential for demand side measures along with that of supply side augmentation through renewable energy technologies, the following targets are proposed for Aurangabad in order to develop it as a solar city. These targets are based on the detailed analysis and renewable resource potential assessment.

The short term targets for energy conservation are based on the energy conservation options identified and also with the recommendation for detailed energy audit. To achieve the medium and long term targets the key implementation points of the proposed Integrated Development Plan to make Aurangabad a solar city is summarized below.


156 l Page

12.1 Implementation Plan

For implementation of the projects under the solar city scheme, an empowered committee may be set up which may work in coordination with the Solar city cell under the chairmanship of Municipal Commissioner.

• The solar city cell may take advantage of the programmes like JNNURM for implementation of the master plan.

• The solar city cell may also take advantage of the grant in aid being provided by the BEE to design a few pilot energy efficient buildings in the city, in accordance with the ECBC. The possibility of availing incentives provided by central government for IGBC/GRIHA rated buildings may also be explored.

• The solar city cell/Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may work proactively:

o To get ECBC notified immediately

o To ensure that building byelaws are changed in accordance with it.

o To ensure that all upcoming non residential buildings are brought under the ambit of ECBC and incorporate the relevant green building elements.

o To ensure that the major new commercial complexes are IGBC/GRIHA certified.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may distribute quality CFLs to its residents at concessional prices or on easy payment terms which could be registered as CDM project which can act as a revenue generator to Aurangabad Municipal Corporation and also help in energy conservation.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may initiate a dialogue with the electricity department for introducing rebate on electricity tariff for domestic consumers who employ solar devices.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may also give property tax rebates to residents, commercial establishment who install solar water heating systems and rain water harvesting systems.

• To begin with Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can go in for the detailed Energy audit of the whole area under Nigam and take up various projects; street lighting, water pumping on priority basis through ESCO mode. The draft EOI, RFP documents for the same are attached in Annexure.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may initiate on priority basis

o Tender for PV based solar power plants as per Annexure 10

o DPR preparation for projects as per Annexure 10.


157 l Page

o Initiate process of energy efficiency in street lighting

• Utilizing various MNRE schemes Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may initiate installation of solar based LED traffic lights, solar street lights, building integrated solar PV, and other relevant solar products on priority basis.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may launch adequate and suitable campaign on solar city covering all media resources – including print, radio and television.

• In order to spearhead the campaign activities and to demonstrate to public, AMC can construct an energy park and avail benefits of Scheme which will act as an inviting place to provide public education about issues of sustainable energy and also demonstrate working models and benefits of various RE/EE devices along with Akshay Urja Shops.

• Setting up of solar powered, LED display boards at the strategic locations of the city which would not only display the fact that Aurangabad is a solar city but also display pollution levels, temperature updates, and messages useful to general public can taken up on public private partnership basis.

• AMC along with SDA can organize a series of training programmes on Green Buildings for Town Planners, architects, HVAC and lighting consultants and engineers involved in the building sector.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation in close coordination with BEE may initiate the creation of database of energy auditors who can then be engaged by house owners / builders/developers for obtaining the energy audit and implementing EC measures. Such residents could be given rebates / subsidies.

• Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may initiate working closely with local traders and manufacturers to initiate the propagation energy efficient appliances.

12.2 Projects Under Priority

Table 12-1: Projects Targeted in Aurangabad -Under Solar city Scheme

Sl.No

Description

Sl. No

Places targeted Capacity Units Qty Unit cost in Lacs

Total Cost in Lacs

1 Corporation Building 1, 2 and 3

130 kWp 1 176.9 176.9

2 Dr Baba Saheb Auditorium

15 kWp 1 25.5 25.5

3 Natek Mandir 300 kWp 1 270 270

4 DC Office 25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

5 Taluk office 25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

1 Rooftop Solar PV

6 CIDCO Zone Offices B & E

5 kWp 6 9.5 57


158 l Page

7 Commissioner Bunglow

40 KWp 1 68 68

8 Bibikamaqbara 50 KWp 1 85 85

9 Aurangabad Caves 20 KWp 1 34 34

10 Ellora Caves 20 KWp 1 34 34

11 Daulatabad Fort 40 KWp 1 68 68

12 Siddharth Garden 5 KWp 1 9.5 9.5

1 Zalta Bypass Road 10 kWp 1 19 19

2 Golwadi-Nagalnaka Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

3 Tisgaon-Mitmita Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

4 Beed Bypass Road 30 kWp 1 51 51

5 Sawangi-Chikalthana Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

6 Mitmita-Sawagi Road

50 kWp 1 85 85

2 Solar Street

Lighting

7 Bibikamakbara 30 kWp 1 51 51

3 Waste to Energy Biogas Plant

1 Shah Bazaar Slaughter House

30 m3/ day

1 6 6

4 Solar Hoardings

1 Hoardings of Dream Creation Advertising Agency

120 KWp 500 2.25 1125

12.2.1 Other Proposed Projects

1. There are 52 gates in the Aurangabad City. It is proposed to install Solar

hoardings which contain Slogans and writings related to Green City, Renewable

Energy, and Waste Recycling Concepts etc which creates awareness among the

public, Schools and Colleges etc. The financials for 10x20 feet solar hoarding is

approximately INR 1 lakh. (Economic times, June 2008). So total budget

required would be INR 45 to 50 Lakhs.

2. Creating Renewable Energy Parks portraying latest Renewable energy products

like Solar water heater, Solar Dryer, Biomass gasifier etc. Clubs in Colleges

and schools. Dr. Kulkarni from college of Engineering, Aurangabad showed

interest in implementing Renewable Energy parks in the College.

3. Creating group of Green clubs or Eco Clubs in Colleges and schools and

creating a rule that all the students should plant at least a tree from start of

the next year and they should take care of the tree until they study in the

school. Also during admission of new student they should plant a new tree

which should be included in all the students’ curriculum and appropriate marks

should be given for maintaining the tree. The above said activity should be


159 l Page

made compulsory during occasions like Birthdays of Students and Teachers,

Celebrations like Independence Day, Republic day, Gandhi Jayanthi etc.

4. Creating R & D Team in the colleges and Research Institutions regarding latest

development in Renewable Energy Technologies like Solar thermal Air

conditioning, Bio Petrol, Bio Diesel, Fuel cell technologies etc. Dr. Kulkarni from

College of Engineering showed interest in creating that R & D Team. Industries

can participate in the research by funding research scholar for doing research

in the above mentioned unexplored technologies.

5. Replacement of Diesel Generator by Solar PV in Industries as in DG set the

generation cost of power is around Rs 13 to 14 per KWh as in Solar the

generation cost is around Rs 7 to 8 per KWh. More over the Govt. subsidy on

diesel is also almost removed so the diesel cost also goes high shows that this

is the right time to replace DG with Solar PV in industries which uses DG for

almost 6 to 7 hrs in a day.

12.3 Annual Energy Saving Target

The target of reduction was set as to reduce 10% reduction in demand of conventional energy of 3964 MU at the end of five years through a combination of renewable energy and energy efficiency measures. The action plan sets a goal of total savings of 396.4 MU with 321 MU from renewable energy options and 75 MU from energy efficiency initiatives. The table below shows the annual energy saving target.


Table 12-1 : Annual Saving targets over five year period Energy Saving Target over 5 years period of implementation (MU per

year) RE & EE Strategy for Aurangabad

City 1st Year 2nd Year Cumulative

3rd Year Cumulative

4th Year Cumulative

5th Year Cumulative

% of savings target to achieve

Emission reduction

RE for Residential Sector

27.90 69.75 125.55 195.30 279.00 92.80% 272304.55

RE for commercial and Institutional Sector

28.75 30.64 32.00 32.92 32.92 10.95% 26664.55

RE for Municipal Sector

0.95 2.37 4.27 6.64 9.48 7.67% 18684.93

Total RE Strategy 57.60 102.76 161.82 234.86 321.40 111.42% 317654.04

EE for Residential Sector

6.63 16.58 29.85 46.44 66.34 22.07% 71699.29

EE for Commercial Sector

0.95 2.37 4.27 6.64 9.48 3.15% 14992.88

EE for Industrial Sector

0.47 1.18 2.12 3.29 4.70 1.56% 9079.69

EE for Municipal Sector

0.96 2.40 4.32 6.73 9.61 7.76% 18887.22

Total for EE strategy

9.01 22.53 40.56 63.09 90.13 34.54% 114659.08

RE & EE Combined Strategy

66.61 125.29 202.38 297.95 411.53 146% 432313.12


161 l Page

12.4 Annual budget Allocation

The total indicative budget of solar city is estimated as Rs 1525 crore which will be invested over a five year period. The year wise budget allocation is shown in the table below. Out of the Rs 1525 Crore, Rs 1067 crore will be for various renewable energy options and Rs 458 crores will be for various energy efficiency options.

The total budget will be shared by Aurangabad Municipal Corporation (4.8%) , MNRE (25.2%) and private share (70%). A budget of Rs 30 lakhs has been kept for promotional and awareness campaigns and monitoring and implementation, which need to be increased depending upon the need. A substantial amount of investment to the tune of approximately Rs 35 crores per year can be generated through carbon financing mechanisms provided suitable methodology is adopted for the same.

Table 12-2 : Year wise budget allocation

Budget Allocation Yearwise

Activities

Total Budget (lakhs) Year 1 Year2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5

10% 15% 20% 25% 30% Renewable Energy Strategy - Residential Installation of solar water heaters (100 LPD) 21057.62 2105.76 3158.64 4211.52 5264.41 6317.29 Use of Solar Cookers 1169.87 116.99 175.48 233.97 292.47 350.96 Use of Solar Lanterns 658.05 65.81 98.71 131.61 164.51 197.42 Use of solar home lighting systems (74Wp) 1286.85 128.69 193.03 257.37 321.71 386.06 Use of Solar home inverter(250 Wp) 7019.21 701.92 1052.88 1403.84 1754.80 2105.76 Use of PV for replacing DG sets 35413.38 3541.34 5312.01 7082.68 8853.35 10624.01 Kitchen Waste Biogas Plants 27775.00 2777.50 4166.25 5555.00 6943.75 8332.50 Sub Total 94379.9 9438.00 14157.0 18876.0 23595.0 28314.0

Renewable Energy Strategy - Commercial Rooftop Solar PV in Schools 122.54 60.50 32.67 19.24 10.12 0 Rooftop Solar in Healthcare Facilities 4565.35 1665.09 1318.06 902.87 679.32 0 Rooftop Solar in Banks 1450.00 528.12 408.21 346.14 167.53 0 Solar PV Power Plant 1600.00 1600.00 0 0 0 0 Energy From 5* Hotels (5 Nos) 25.00 2.50 3.75 5.00 6.25 7.50 Energy From 5* Hotels (5 Nos) 680.00 68.00 102.00 136.00 170.00 204.00 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) 112.50 11.25 16.88 22.50 28.13 33.75 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) 2125.00 212.50 318.75 425.00 531.25 637.50 Energy From 3* Hotels (25 Nos) 17.50 1.75 2.63 3.50 4.38 5.25


162 l Page

Renewable Energy in Seth Nandlal Dhoot Hospital 5.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Renewable Energy in Seth Nandlal Dhoot Hospital 127.50 127.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sub Total 10830.3 4282.22 2202.95 1860.25 1596.96 888.00

Renewable Energy Strategy - Municipal Rooftop Solar PV in Government Buildings 2350.76 1171.69 371.58 517.85 289.65 0 Rooftop Solar PV in Markets 119.34 83.98 17.68 8.84 8.84 0 Solar Street Lights along Road 200.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 Solar Traffic Lights 285.00 28.50 42.75 57.00 71.25 85.50 RE systems for Advertisement Hoardings 1125.00 112.50 168.75 225.00 281.25 337.50 Energy potential from Sewerage treatment plant 3000.00 3000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Energy From Waste Processing 6.60 6.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sub Total 7086.70 4423.27 630.76 848.69 700.99 483.00

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Commercial Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent 96.53 9.65 14.48 19.31 24.13 28.96 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans 398.56 39.86 59.78 79.71 99.64 119.57 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs 1156.55 115.65 173.48 231.31 289.14 346.96 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators 782.89 78.29 117.43 156.58 195.72 234.87 Replacement of T12/T8 tubelight by T5 tube light 106.76 10.68 16.01 21.35 26.69 32.03 Sub Total 2541.29 254.13 381.19 508.26 635.32 762.39 Energy Efficiency Strategy - Industrial Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent 60.50 6.05 9.07 12.10 15.12 18.15 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans 199.94 19.99 29.99 39.99 49.99 59.98 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs 686.07 68.61 102.91 137.21 171.52 205.82 Replacement of T12/T8 tubelight by T5 tube light 83.64 8.36 12.55 16.73 20.91 25.09 Sub Total 1030.14 103.01 154.52 206.03 257.54 309.04


163 l Page

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Municipal Replacement of High Mast Tower lights of 400W with LED lights of 125 W 114.05 11.41 17.11 22.81 28.51 34.22 Replacement of High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 250W with LED lights of 70 W 323.07 32.31 48.46 64.61 80.77 96.92 Replacement of High Pressure Sodium Vapor Lamps of 70W with LED lights of 28 W 13.92 1.39 2.09 2.78 3.48 4.18 Sub Total 451.05 45.10 67.66 90.21 112.76 135.31

Energy Efficiency Strategy - Residential Replacement of Incandescent lamp with Fluorescent 902.65 90.26 135.40 180.53 225.66 270.79 Replacement of conventional ceiling fan with Energy Efficient ceiling fans 1667.06 166.71 250.06 333.41 416.77 500.12 Replacement of conventional airconditioners with EE star rated ACs 3509.60 350.96 526.44 701.92 877.40 1052.88 Replacement of conventional refrigerators with EE star rated refrigerators 10133.98 1013.40 1520.10 2026.80 2533.50 3040.19

Sub Total 16213.3

0 1621.33 2431.99 3242.66 4053.32 4863.99

Grand Total 132532.

84 20167.0

7 20026.0

7 25632.0

9 30951.8

9 35755.7

3


164 l Page

Budget Contribution

MNRE Contribution Total ( Lakhs) Year 1 Year2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5

Renewable Energy Strategy - Residential 22203.52 2220.35 3330.53 4440.70 5550.88 6661.05Renewable Energy Strategy - Commercial 2787.27 1190.40 527.68 380.48 257.09 Renewable Energy Strategy - Municipal 1826.01 425.00 189.23 254.61 210.30 144.90

20.23% 26816.79 3835.76 4047.44 5075.78 6018.26 6805.95State /City Contribution Renewable Energy Strategy - Municipal 2860.69 286.07 429.10 572.14 715.17 858.21Energy Efficiency Strategy - Municipal 451.05 45.10 67.66 90.21 112.76 135.31

2.50% 3311.74 331.17 496.76 662.35 827.93 993.52Private User Contribution Renewable Energy Strategy - Residential 49956.51 4995.65 7493.48 9991.30 12489.13 14986.95Renewable Energy Strategy - Commercial 8043.12 5234.75 1231.26 887.78 599.87 Energy Efficiency Strategy - Residential 16213.30 1621.33 2431.99 3242.66 4053.32 4863.99Energy Efficiency Strategy - Commercial 2541.29 254.13 381.19 508.26 635.32 762.39Energy Efficiency Strategy - Industrial 1030.14 103.01 154.52 206.03 257.54 309.04Private Investor for biomethanation plant (STP) 2400.00

60.50% 80184.36 12208.87 11692.45 14836.02 18035.18 20922.37

12.5 Action Plan

The table below shows the detailed year wise action plan and targets of various strategies (RE & EE). The year wise target has been distributes in such a way that initial years target is less and it gradually increases till 5th year as the awareness level of the citizens also increase.

Table 12-3: Budget Contribution



166 l Page

12.6 Capacity Building and Awareness Generation

In order to inculcate the energy conservation techniques in the common architecture, it is essential that all the practitioners be properly trained in energy efficient or Green Architecture. Aurangabad Municipal Corporation may organize a series of training programmes for the planners, architects, electrical, HVAC and lighting consultants and engineers involved in the building sector. These courses, tailor made to suit different levels, would have to be imparted to all the professionals, in public as well as in private sector – on a regular basis.

Specific training programmes need to be designed for front line workers and technicians and also for those in supervisory role, for effective monitoring of energy demand.

All members of solar city cell should be trained on RE and EE by MNRE and BEE respectively on various PPP models and in terms of selection of appropriate private party.

Public awareness and education being central to successful changeover to solar city , it is imperative for Aurangabad Municipal Corporation to engage the public through sustained awareness campaigns and communicate the benefits of energy conservation and renewable energy to different user groups, including local elected representatives.

A key component of the awareness campaign would be to capture school children’s attention towards energy efficiency and clean future. Thus the campaign for the school children will include the following elements:

• Inter School essay and drawing competitions

• Inter School quizzes

• Workshops and seminars

• Exhibitions and demonstrations

• Field Trips

Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can also initiate awareness campaigns along with electricity departments to generate a public response on energy conservation like door to door campaign, newsletters etc.

12.6.1 Energy Education Park

In order to demonstrate the various new and renewable sources of energy technologies and creation of awareness and publicity amongst students, teachers, rural and urban masses about the uses and benefits of renewable energy systems and devices a state level energy education park can be constructed in Aurangabad which will act as the epicenter for the solar city cell and hub for various promotional activities


167 l Page

Concept Brief – Energy Park

It should be a park with the theme of generation and usage of various forms of renewable energy sources— surrounded by a beautiful garden having abundant greenery, flowers, attractive musical fountain, and a unique waterfall. It should make all citizens realize the urgent need to use renewable energy sources to the maximum in our day-to-day life, as conventional forms.

Components of Park

Solar Energy

The entire park and the garden should be illuminated through solar SPV systems

Bio Energy

A biogas plant of 10 m3 capacity can be installed in the park, and also some kind of energy plantations which will act as the fuel to this plant, which will help in propagating this idea

Wind Power, Hydel Power and Ocean Energy

Small aero generators and micro hydel plants could be installed in the park along with a working model which educates people on how energy is generated from oceans

Other proposed attractions

Solar boat

An artificial lake could be created in the park where visitors can enjoy a ride in the solar/ paddle boats in the lake. The motor of these boats is driven by batteries charged with solar modules that are mounted on the roof of the boat. Youngsters can enjoy rides in the small paddle boats.

Solar car

Solar cars could be proposed for children up to the age of 10. The roofs of these cars should be made of solar cells that power the motor through batteries. Children can drive these cars and thus know about pollution-free battery operated vehicles.

Solar hut

A beautiful solar hut with ethnic painting by local artists and depicrting the Aurangabad culture and tradition and brass industry could be constructed in the park. Solar huts can be hired for a family get together or a picnic. The following facilities are provided in the solar hut.

o Air conditioner o Solar refrigerator o Solar lighting system o Solar-powered computer system o Solar-powered television o Solar-powered fan and cooler


168 l Page

The electricity required to run all the above systems should be generated through a solar PV power plant.

Aditya Solar Shop

Solar shop can be put up in the park from where the citizens can purchase various solar equipments and devices.

The approximate cost of the park will around RS 1 Crore, which can be finalized upon the preparation of the DOR. Aurangabad Municipal Corporation should initially call for quotations for preparation of DPR and concept plan for the park

12.7 Financing Schemes and models

Lack of adequate finance is one of the reasons that even being technically and economically viable, many of the energy conservation or renewable energy projects projects / programmes do not get implemented. The financing of solar cities is quite challenging as the quantum of finance for various strategies varies from few hundred rupees to several crores of rupees. Therefore a variety of financing institutions and schemes has to be integrated to evolve a feasible financing plan.

12.7.1 Financing Options

Grants/ finance from central government, state government and international agencies.

There are several central and state government agencies that give grants or create special funds for the purpose of providing finance for various renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Several international lending and donor institutions such as World Bank, the Asian development bank etc have projects and funds for development of EE and RE projects.

Ministry of Urban Development could also be approached for assistance under their scheme like JNNURM for MSW and STP (Sewerage Treatment Plant) projects. ADB is lending to IREDA for an Integrated Renewable Energy Development Project which has solar roof top as one of the components. Similarly there are bilateral funding agencies like USAID, DFID etc who can finance or give grants to certain projects.

Self financing – recovery of investment through tax or tariffs

Under this model, Aurangabad Municipal Corporation or DISCOM (MSEDCL) can allocate funds for development of various projects under solar city programme, which can be through loans. Tax, tariff or user fee collection could be used to self finance the projects.

Project finance

In this model, project work is awarded to private entity on a PPP route and a SPV is established which in turn enters into contract with suppliers and buyers and financial institutions lend to the SPV based on the cash flows of the project. Grid connected


169 l Page

solar PV plants and large waste to energy projects can be put up through project financing.

Revolving Fund

A revolving fund (RF) is usually set up to finance an explicit activity/s that is clearly defined by the holders of the fund. RF is one time investment and it can come from multiple sources, the best scenario here is to create a RF from the subsidy amount that is to be obtained, from Table in chapter 13 it can be seen that on an average Rs 15 crores is the MNRE contribution, therefore a monthly revolving fund of Rs 2 crore can be set up with the mobilization of subsidy in advance. This RF will be maintained by the solar city cell.

ESCO Financing

An ESCO designs, implements and finances energy efficiency and energy conservation projects on behalf of its customers on a guaranteed performance basis. The project design is such that the savings will usually be large enough to service the debt assumed to implement the measures and leave a surplus that is shared between the customer and the ESCO. An ESCo risks its payments on the performance of the measures implemented and the equipment installed. Because the payments to an ESCo are contingent upon the magnitude of the actual savings, ESCos are often called Performance Contractors. Some ESCos may even finance projects, recovering their investment from the resulting savings. In other words an ESCo is a single-window solution to all aspects of energy efficiency improvement.

A typical ESCo project includes the following elements:

• Investment grade energy audit;

• Identification of possible energy saving and efficiency improving actions;

• Comprehensive engineering and project design and specifications;

• Guarantee of the results by proper contract clauses

• Code compliance verification and guarantee;

• Procurement and installation of equipment;

• Project management and commissioning;

• Facility and equipment operation & maintenance for the contract period;

• Monitoring and verifications of the savings results; and Project financing.

A number of financing options are available for Energy Performance Contract Projects. These include:

• Bank Financing

• Direct Customer Financing

• Public Financing (bonds)

• ESCo or third party financing

No matter which option is used to finance the project, the financing of the project is ensured through two main types of contracts:


170 l Page

• Shared Savings, and

• Guaranteed Savings.

Shared Savings:

Under a shared savings structure the ESCo finances the project, usually by borrowing money from one or more third parties. This structure is much less common than the guaranteed savings structure. In the case of shared savings, the ESCo assumes not only the performance risk, but the financial risk as well (including the underlying customer credit risk). The customer assumes no financial obligation other than to pay a percentage of the actual savings to the ESCo over a specified period of time. This obligation is not considered debt and does not appear on the customer’s balance sheet. The portion of savings paid to the ESCo is always higher for shared savings than the guaranteed savings projects, reflecting the ESCo’s significantly greater risk and expense for borrowing money.

Since the ESCO is a service company, it typically has few assets that it can offer as a security to a lender. To add to this, the ESCO assumes the risk of non-performance of the measures as well as the credit risk of the customer. This makes borrowings by ESCOs expensive. As a commercial entity, the ESCO has no option but to recover this cost from its customers, and this results in higher share of the savings going to the ESCO: something not quite in the customers best interest. For this reason this model was found to be less attractive as ESCO markets matured. The Guaranteed Savings system overcomes this hurdle.

Guaranteed Savings:

Under a guaranteed savings structure, the customer finances the project in return for a guarantee from the ESCO that the project’s energy savings will cover the customer’s debt service. Thus, the customer assumes the obligation to repay the debt to a third party financier, which is often a commercial bank or a leasing company. If the project savings fall short of the amount needed for debt service, the ESCO pays the difference. If the savings exceed the guarantee amount, the customer and the ESCO usually share the excess savings. The size of the share and the method of calculation vary widely, depending on the degree of risk assumed and the extent of services provided by the ESCO.

It is important to note that in a typical guaranteed savings project, the ESCO has no contractual relationship with the bank or leasing company. The ESCO’s guarantee is to the customer, and is a guarantee of performance (that the project will result in enough cost savings to repay the loan assumed to finance it), not a guarantee of payment. As a consequence, the bank or leasing company confines its risk analysis to the customer’s general credit standing. The financial institution may regard the performance guarantee as a form of credit enhancement.

Energy efficiency in street lighting, water pumping, and cluster based projects in brass clusters are some of the projects that can be implemented in ESCO mode.


171 l Page

Municipal /Energy Efficiency/Carbon Bonds

Issuing bonds makes the most sense when the size of the issuing agency is significant enough to attract investors for financing its ventures. Issuing bonds involves good amount of preparatory work that consist of analyzing and forecasting the projects financial resources, and launching a procedure for getting credit rating from credit agency. Here Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can itself or NEDA on behalf of Aurangabad Municipal Corporation can issue bonds with state government or IREDA?MNRE guarantee so that the bonds gets placed easily and fund inflow happens in time.

Clean Development Mechanism

Preliminary analysis estimates approximately Rs 35 Crore revenue annually through sale of carbon credits from various projects identified under solar city programme for Aurangabad. If proper documentation and procedures are followed and appropriate steps are taken as per the UNFCCC standards this would act as an excellent source of revenue

Table 12-2: Implementation strategy Sr no Project

Implementing Agency

Responsible Stakeholder Financing Model

1 Solar Water Heating Systems

Solar water heating

manufacturers /distributors

ULB/DISCOM

IREDA Loans , MNRE Subsidy ,

Carbon financing, rebate on

electricity bills

2 Solar Cookers

Solar Cooker manufacturers /distributors

ULB/State Nodal

Agency/Private developer

Carbon financing , MNRE Subsidy

3 Solar Lanterns

4 Solar Home Lighting Systems

5 Solar Hoardings

6 Solar Traffic lights

7 Solar Street lights

8 Solar Invertors

Solar Photovoltaic

Manufacturers

ULB/DISCOM/State Nodal

Agency

Revolving fund, Carbon Financing

9 SPV Power Plants

Renewable energy project developer (PPP)

Project finance, Carbon financing

10 MSW and STP Power Plant

Renewable energy project developer (PPP) through

BOO/BOT basis Project finance, Carbon financing

11

LED/CFLs instead of incandescent bulbs ESCO ULB/DISCOM

Performance contract, carbon financing, rebate on electricity bills


172 l Page

12

Energy efficient electrical appliances such as fans , refrigerators, air conditioners ESCO ULB/DISCOM

Performance contract, Bonds, carbon financing,

rebate on electricity bills

13

Energy efficient water pumping systems ESCO ULB/DISCOM

Performance contract, Bonds, carbon financing,

rebate on electricity bills


173 l Page

13 Implementable Projects Proposed in Aurangabad

The below table shows the list of implementable projects proposed in the Aurangabad

City.

Table 13-1: Projects Targeted in Aurangabad -Under Solar city Scheme

Sl.No

Description

Sl. No

Places targeted Capacity Units Qty Unit cost in Lacs

Total Cost in Lacs

1 Corporation Building 1, 2 and 3

130 kWp 1 176.9 176.9

2 Dr Baba Saheb Auditorium

15 kWp 1 25.5 25.5

3 Natek Mandir 300 kWp 1 270 270

4 DC Office 25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

5 Taluk office 25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

6 CIDCO Zone Offices B & E

5 kWp 6 9.5 57

7 Commissioner Bunglow

40 KWp 1 68 68

8 Bibikamaqbara 50 KWp 1 85 85

9 Aurangabad Caves 20 KWp 1 34 34

10 Ellora Caves 20 KWp 1 34 34

11 Daulatabad Fort 40 KWp 1 68 68

1 Rooftop Solar PV

12 Siddharth Garden 5 KWp 1 9.5 9.5

1 Zalta Bypass Road 10 kWp 1 19 19

2 Golwadi-Nagalnaka Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

3 Tisgaon-Mitmita Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

4 Beed Bypass Road 30 kWp 1 51 51

5 Sawangi-Chikalthana Road

25 kWp 1 42.5 42.5

6 Mitmita-Sawagi Road

50 kWp 1 85 85

2 Solar Street

Lighting

7 Bibikamakbara 30 kWp 1 51 51


174 l Page

3 Waste to Energy Biogas Plant

1 Shah Bazaar Slaughter House

30 m3/ day

1 6 6

4 Solar Hoardings

1 Hoardings of Dream Creation Advertising Agency

120 KWp 500 2.25 1125

13.1 Detailed Technical and Financial Details of Implementable projects

13.1.1 Projects under Rooftop Solar PV systems

1. Corporation Building

Rooftop PV system 130 KWp Appx Area required 1500 sqm Capital Cost 176.9 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 53.07 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 123.83 Lakhs Annual Power Generation 0.195 MU Monetary Savings per annum 9.75 Lakhs

It is proposed to install 130 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 1500 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 176 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 9.75 Lakhs.

2. Dr Baba Saheb Auditorium

Rooftop PV system 15.0 KWp Appx Area requied 200.0 sqm Capital Cost 25.5 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 7.7 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 17.9 Lakhs Annual Power Generation 29700.0 KWh Monetary Savings 2.4 Lakhs


175 l Page

It is proposed to install 15 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 200 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 25.5 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 2.4 Lakhs.

3. Sant ek Nath Mandir

Rooftop PV system 300.0 KWp Appx Area requied 3000.0 sqm Capital Cost 270.0 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 81.0 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 189.0 Lakhs Annual Power Generation 450000.0 KWh Monetary Savings 36.0 Lakhs Payback 5.3 yrs

It is proposed to install 300 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 3000 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 270 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 36 Lakhs which leaves with Payback period of 5.3 years.

4. DC Office


It is proposed to install 25 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 300 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 42.5 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 3.6 Lakhs which leaves with Payback period of 8 years.


176 l Page

5. Taluk Office


It is proposed to install 25 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 300 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 42.5 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 3.6 Lakhs which leaves with Payback period of 8.3 years.

6. CIDCO Office


It is proposed to install 5 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 50 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 8.5 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 0.6 Lakhs which leaves with Payback period of 9 years.

7. Commissioner Bunglow

Rooftop PV system 40.0 KWp Appx Area requied 450.0 sqm Capital Cost 68.0 Lakhs Battery Backup 20.4 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 47.6 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 40.8 Lakhs


177 l Page

Annual Power Generation 66000.0 KWh Monetary Savings 5.3 Lakhs Payback 7.7 yrs

It is proposed to install 40 KW of Rooftop Solar PV in above said building in order to meet the demand of lighting and fan demand of the building. The area required for installation is appx. 450 sq.m. During site visit the area available in the terrace have been observed and this was taken into consideration before calculating the demand. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 68 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 5.3 Lakhs which leaves with Payback period of 7.7 years.

8. Siddarth Garden

Solar PV system 10 KWp Appx Area requied 100 sqm Capital Cost 17 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 5.1 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 11.9 Lakhs Annual Power Generation 16000 KWh Monetary Savings per annum 0.8 Lakhs

Siddarth Garden has separate lighting load for Garden and Zoo. The total lighting load of total garden is calculated as 5 KW and works for 4 hours daily. The total electricity required is 20 KWh per day. It would be sufficient to design solar PV system of 10 KW with battery backup which costs INR 1.7 lakhs per KW. The area required for installation is appx. 100 sq.m. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 17 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 0.8 Lakhs.

9. Bibikamakbara

Bibikamaqbara Solar PV system 60 KWp Appx Area requied 600 sqm Capital Cost 102 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 30.6 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 71.4 Lakhs Annual Power Generation 96000 KWh Monetary Savings per annum 4.8 Lakhs

Bibikamaqbara has total load of 30 KW. It would be sufficient to design solar PV system of 60 KW with battery backup which costs INR 1.7 lakhs per KW. The area required for installation is appx. 600 sq.m. The total investment required to implement the project is INR 102 Lakhs and the monetary savings are calculated as close INR 4.8 Lakhs.


13.1.2 Project under Solar Hoardings

Dream Creation is the Advertising agency which was interested in solar hoardings to supply power to the hoarding through solar power. The hoarding details are as follows.

Hoarding Details

20 X 20 ft = 12 nos of hoardings (2x250W Metal Halide)



40 X 20 ft and above = 25 nos of hoardings (5x250W Metal Halide)

1. Solar Hoarding Techno Economic details

Hoarding Category

Metal Halide Capacity

Working hours

Total Power Consumption

Solar PV Capacity

Approximate Cost for Solar PV

Energy Savings per annum

Monetary Savings

Total number of Hoardings

Monetary Savings of Total Hoardings

Dimension (ft) W hrs KWh KW Lakhs KWh INR No Lakhs

20 X 20 ft 500 4 2 0.4 0.9 1620 38880 12 4.6656

30 X 20 ft 750 4 3 0.6 1.2 2160 51840 45 23.328

40 X 20 ft 1000 4 4 0.8 1.7 3060 73440 80 58.752 40 X 20 ft and above 1250 4 5 1 2 3600 86400 25 21.6

Total 14

121 KW (for total 162

hoardings) 162 109


179 l Page

13.1.3 Projects under Solar Streetlights for Monuments

and upcoming New Roads

Solar Streetlights = INR 18000 per Pole.

The technical Specifications are as follows

Name Specification Remark

Solar PV module 50Wp*1 qty. 12V Mono Crystalline module.

Solar DC Lamp (CFL)

40W / 12V . More than 900 (+- 3%) lumens.

Battery 12V / 30 Ah. Maintenance Free Seal acid battery.

Light Body Steel; ht. : 4 M Supported to light fixture, can be painted

different colors.

Work Time 10-12 Hours. Dusk to Dawn Operating Automatically.


2. Solar Streetlight Projects in Upcoming Roads

Upcoming Roads Units

Zalta Bypass Road

Golwadi-Nagalnaka Road

Tisgaon-Mitmita Road

Sawangi-Chikalthana Road

Beed Bypass Road

Mitmita-Sawagi Road

Solar Street light Total Capacity KWp 8.0 20.0 28.0 16.0 16.0 12.0 Appx Area required sqm 13.0 30.0 30.0 20.0 20.0 15.0 No of Poles No 100 250 350 200 200 150 Distance Covered m 2000 5000 7000 4000 4000 3000

Pole Distance

m (distance between poles) 20 20 20 20 20 20

Light Capacity-CFL Watts 40*2 40*2 40*2 40*2 40*2 40*2 Capital Cost Lakhs 18.0 45.0 63.0 36.0 36.0 0.0 MNRE Subsidy Lakhs 5.4 13.5 18.9 10.8 10.8 0.0 Total Investment Required Including O&M Lakhs 12.6 31.5 44.1 25.2 25.2 0.0 Annual Power Generation KWh 16800.0 36000.0 50400.0 33600.0 33600.0 25200.0 Monetary Savings Lakhs 1.3 2.9 4.0 2.7 2.7 2.0

The data on developmental activities of the road in upcoming National Highways was taken from Vision 2020 document. The proposed roads are expected to be completed by end of 2013. So as a part of construction it is likely to be proposed to install solar streetlights of above mentioned capacities in above roads in order to meet the demand of lighting loads of the roads. During site visit the distance of the roads is calculated approximately and the number of streetlights was calculated by assuming the distance between the pole.


181 l Page

3. Bibikamakbara

Solar Street light Total Capacity 0.8 KWp Appx Area required 40.0 sqm No of Poles 10 Nos Capital Cost 1.8 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 0.5 Lakhs Total Investment Required Including O&M 1.3 Lakhs Annual Power Savings 1848.0 MU Monetary Savings 0.1 Lakhs

According to Archeology Survey of India (ASI), Aurangabad Circle representative, they are interested in investing in Solar street lighting and focus lighting in the premise of Bibika-Maqbara. The total streetlight load was calculated as 0.8 KW and 10 Nos of Streetlights. The monetary savings are calculated as INR 10000.

13.1.4 Project under Waste to Energy

1. Shahbazaar Slaughter House Waste to Energy

Sr. No Particulars Unit Value 1 Waste Processing Kg/day 500 2 Capital Cost Rs. Lakh/Annum 6 3 O & M Cost Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.6 Potential Returns

4 Biogas Generation (0.06m3/Kg of Waste) m3/day 30 5 Equivalent Power Generation (2KWh/m3) KWh/day 60

6 Cost of Power Rs 4.5/KWh, 320 Days of Operation Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.86 7 Quantity of Manure Kg/day 68 8 Cost of Manure @Rs 3/Kg Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.65 9 Savings after O & M Rs. Lakh/Annum 0.92 10 Payback period Months 78.53 11 Payback period Years 6.5

A project was designed where the biological waste from Slaughter house will be processed for energy generation. According to the data collected the located Slaughter house is in Shah bazaar. The waste generated is around 500 Kg / day for which the capital cost had been worked out to INR 6 lakhs and the payback was calculated by considering power generation and manure selling which comes to around 6.5 years.


182 l Page

14 Activit ies under solar city

14.1 Site Visit to Solar Cooking Plant - Sai Baba Sansthan Trust

As part of Solar city master plan preparation of Aurangabad City, a site visit was arranged by Darashaw & Co. to Sai Baba Sansthan Trust, Shirdi for Aurangabad Municipal Corporation Engineers. The site visit was arranged as per the request of the AMC Engineers. The objective of the site visit to Shirdi Sai Baba Sansthan is to observe the solar cooking plant and the generated thermal energy is utilized to cook food in the Sansthan which is served to more than 2,00,000 people per day. According to the design the installed solar cooking system is saving 263 kg of LPG per day.

14.1.1 Shirdi Prasadhalya Solar Cooking System

The Solar Steam cooking system installed at Shirdi has parabolic concentrators / dishes (called Scheffler dishes after its inventor) installed on the terrace of Sai Prasad Building No.2. A Parabolic type concentrating Solar Steam cooking system was commissioned at Shri Saibaba Sansthan, Shirdi on 24th May`2002. This system has received financial assistance of 50% of the total project cost from the Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, GoI. The Solar parabolic concentrators reflect and concentrate the Solar rays on the receivers placed in focus. Water coming from the steam headers placed above the header centres is received from bottom of the receiver, gets heated up to due to heat generated (about 550 ‘C) due to concentration of solar rays on the receivers and get pushed up via top pipe of receiver into the header. The principle of anything that gets heated is pushed up is called Thermo-Siphon principle. The advantage of thermosiphon principle is no pumping (thus no electricity) is needed to create circulation since the heated water is pushed into the header and cooler water from the same headers come into the receivers for heating. But for backup a standby pump is required when the system fails.


183 l Page

The cycle continues till it reaches 1000 C and gets converted into steam. The header is only filled and thus steam generated gets accumulated in the upper half of the steam header. The temperature and pressure of steam generated keeps on increasing and heat is stored till the steam is drawn for cooking into the kitchen. All the dishes rotate continuously along with the movement of the sun, always concentrating the solar rays on the receivers. This movement of concentrators is called tracking, which is continuous and is controlled by the fully automatic timer mechanism. A Timer mechanism powered by Solar cells (which convert sunlight into electricity) gradually rotates the mirrors, so that they constantly face the sun as it moves across the sky. The entire system is run by one operator.

Only once during the day i.e. in the early morning the dishes have to be turned manually onto the morning position, subsequently the automatic tracking takes over. The specialty of this solar cooker invented by Wolfgang Scheffler is that it generates steam unlike the earlier models where the cooking pot was placed at the focal point of the parabolic minor. This system is integrated with the existing boiler to ensure continued cooking even at night and during rain or cloudy weather. The solar cooking system installed at Shirdi follows the Thermosiphon principle and so does not need electrical power or pump.

14.1.2 Project Details

The details of the project are as follows.

Table 14-1: Project Details

Particulars Details Project Consultant: i. Maharashtra Energy Development Agency,

Pune, ii.Dr. Shri MG Takawale, (Ex Vice Chancellor, Shivaji university, Kohlapur), iii. Dr. Mrs. A M Pathak (Pune University)

Project Contractor: Gadhia Solar Energy Systems Pvt. Ltd., Valsad, Gujarat.

Cost of project: 1.33 Crores Subsidy: 58.40 lakhs (MNRE) Project Completion Period: 150 days Area of the project: 2500 sq. mtr. Total solar dishes: 73 Nos Area of Dish: 16 sq. mtr. Total Dish Collection Area: 1168 sq. mtr. Energy created from all dishes: 27, 62, 320 Kcal/day Steam generation capacity: 3500 Kg per day Fuel used previously: LPG Savings of Gas: 264 Kg/day Monetary Savings: Rs. 10, 594 per day Carbon Emission Reduction from Project:

1957 MT CO2 per year


184 l Page

14.1.3 Officials Visited

The visit was arranged on 09-Feb-2013 and following are the officials visited.

1. Mr. P.R. Bansode – Deputy Engineer (Electrical), AMC, Aurangabad 2. Mr. Kishan Deshmukh – Sectional Engineer, AMC, Aurangabad 3. Mr. Damodere – Junior Engineer, AMC, Aurangabad 4. Mrs. Mohini Gaikwad – Electrical Supervisor, AMC, Aurangabad 5. Mr. Joshi - Electrical Supervisor, AMC, Aurangabad 6. Mr. Francis S Balan, Darashaw & Co., Mumbai

14.1.4 Plant Layout


185 l Page

14.1.5 Schematic Diagram

14.1.6 Annual Savings

Since a back up stock of LPG is kept for the lean days, the annual savings translates to about 100,000 kg of LPG, which is nearly Rs 2,000,000 per year. The pay back of the system was less than 3 years. The system exploits sunlight to generate 3500 kg of steam daily for cooking.

While the antennas – each 16 sq mt – were put up in January, the steam generator came alive in June, Shirdi officials said. The system costs Rs 133 lakh out of which the Ministry provided a Rs 58.40 lakh subsidy. The temple had a smaller system of 40 dish antennas, which were found inadequate to deal with increasing pilgrim pressure.


186 l Page

14.1.7 Photos taken during site Visit


187 l Page

14.1.8 Proposed Solar Cooking Project in Ghatti

Hospital, Aurangabad

The main objective of site visit to Shirdi Solar Cooking plant is to design a similar project in Aurangabad at Ghatti Hospital where cooking facility is available for atleast 1000 Patients per day. Ghatti Hospital is one of the largest hospitals in Aurangabad. Most of the people visiting to hospital are below poverty line people. Terrace area is also available for installation of Solar thermal cooking system in Ghatti Hospital.


188 l Page

There are 130 wards in the total hospital having average 30 beds per ward. The total number of beds areThere are many canteens inside the premises but most of them are small canteens where around 50 people come daily where around 8-10 Kg food waste is generated daily. There is one kitchen in the Casualty section where the food is being prepared for around 1000 patients daily where the estimated waste generation should be around 200 Kg /day food waste is generated. As per the discussion with AMC it is proposed to install solar cooking system in the terrace of Ghatti hospital which will be used for cooking in the Causalty Kitchen. Apart from this the food waste generated from small hospital canteens, Hostels and the Casualty Kitchen can be digested in the Biogas digestor for Biogas generation and it can be further used for cooking purposes. Both the Solar and biogas technology can replace LPG used for cooking.

Table 14-2: Proposed Solar Cooking System in Ghati Hospital Aurangabad

Ghati Hospital Solar Cooking System Steam generation required 4000 Kg/day Appx. Area required for Installation 3000 sqm Cost of the system 180 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 54 Lakhs LPG saved per day avg 230 Kg/day Savings per year 75900 Kg/annum Annual Cost of Savings 81.32 Lakhs Emission redustion per year 64.52 tonnes Payback 1.55 Year

Table 14-3: Proposed Biogas System in Ghati Hospital Aurangabad

Biogas System from Ghati Hospital Kitchens/Canteens Organic Waste from Kitchen and Other Services per day 320 Kg Biogas plant recommended 32 cum Capital Cost 4.5 Lakhs MNRE Subsidy 2.025 Lakhs User's Investment 2.475 Lakhs LPG saved per year 4200 Kg Cost Savings 4.5 Lakhs Payback 0.55 Year

Since the project payback is very less, the project is very attractive and can be implemented successfully in the Ghati Hospital, Hospital. Similar type of Projects can be designed for other Govt. and Private Hospitals.


189 l Page

14.2 Awareness Program - Three Days Solar Expo

As part of Solar City Programme, AMC in collaboration with Apar Urja conducted three day exhibition wich aims at promoting the use of Non-Conventional Energy as an affordable and abundantly available option. The exhibition encouraged people to shift their dependency from conventional energy to alternate resources.

14.2.1 Visuals of Solar Expo


190 l Page


191 l Page

14.3 Newspaper Footage

April 26 2013, Aurangabad First.


192 l Page

April 26 2013, Times of India, Aurangabad.

April 26 2013, Dhivya Marathi, Aurangabad.


193 l Page

April 26 2013, Maharashtra Times, Aurangabad.


194 l Page

Annexure 1- Act ion p lan for Ut i l i zat ion of Funds


195 l Page

Annexure 2 – Incept ion Workshop Meet ing At tendee L is t 09 November 2011


196 l Page


197 l Page


198 l Page


199 l Page


200 l Page

ANNEXURE 2–STAKEHOLDER MEETING

ATTENDEE LIST-29-MARCH 2012


201 l Page

Annexure 4 – L is t o f Inv i tees

List of Invitees for Inception Workshop – Solar City at Maulana Abul Kalam Azad

Research Centre on 9th November 2011

1. Hon. Mayor 2. Deputy Mayor 3. Standing Committee Chairman 4. House Leader 5. Opposition Leader 6. Gat Neta 7. Gat Neta 8. Gat Neta 9. Deputy Commissioner 10. City Engineer 11. Executive Engineer 12. Town Planning Department 13. Chief Accounts officer 14. Maharashtra Energy Development Agency (MEDA) , Pune 15. Engineering college Principal & HoD 16. City Development Forum Members 17. Rotary Club Representative 18. Lions Club Representative 19. Aurangabad hotel Association 20. Hospital Association 21. Archeological Survey of India , Aurangabad Circle 22. Chamber of Marathwada Industries & Agriculture 23. Marathwada Association of Small Scale Industries 24. Electrical Contractors Association 25. Electrical Inspector 26. Vyapari Mahasangh 27. School Principal 28. GTL Company representative 29. CIDCO representative 30. People/Companies Working in the field of Renewable Energy like TATA BP Solar 31. NGO 32. District Supply Officer 33. Oil Dealers – HPCL/BPCL etc 34. Maharashtra State Pollution Control Board Representatives, 35. PRO for Press , MCN


202 l Page

Annexure 5 – L is t o f ESCO’s

Sr. No.

NAME OF THE COMPANY

CONTACT PERSON ADDRESS AND CONTACT NUMBERS

1 Asian

Electronics Ltd. Mr. Pankaj Sharma, VP-ESCO Division

Surya Plaza, First Floor, K-185/1, Sarai Julena, New Friends Colony, New Delhi Moble: 9312503378 Tel: 26317232, 26929073, 26929075 Fax: 26837406 Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

2 Ashta Dal

Services Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Kamlesh Kumar Jha, Chief Executive

320, Janaki Apartment, Plot No. 7, Sec-22, Dwarka, New Delhi – 110045 Ph: 28051185, 9868527465/ 9811942412 Fax: 28051185 Email:

[email protected]

3 Baron Power

Ltd., Mr. S.Shamser Ali-G.M.

1, Second Cross Street, Seethamma Colony Ext,Teynampet, Chennai Tel: 044-24356383/84 / 24992680/ 09382837171 Fax: 24356385

4 Blue Star Ltd. Mr. K.P.Sukumar,

Vice President –

Air-conditioning &

Refrigeration

BandBox House, 250-D, Dr.Annie Besant Road Worli, Mumbai400 030 Mobile: 9967570752 Tel:022-66544000 / 4032 Fax: 022-66544001 Email: [email protected]

5 Secure Meters

Limited Mr. Gautam Kumar, Asstt.G.M Tel: 0124-4670503 Shriprakash Tyagi Tel: 0124-

4670544, Mob:

+91-9871037343

401-403, Park Centra NH-8, Exit-8, Near Jalvayu Vihar Sector-30, Gurgaon – 122001 Ph: 0124 – 4670500, -4670200 [email protected]


203 l Page

6 Datamatrix Infotech Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Thomas [email protected] datamatrix@rediff

mail.com

Plot No 377, Sec 24,Pradhikaran, Nigidi, Pune Tel: 020- 65312771, 9225658731

7 M/s. Dalkia

Energy Services Company Ltd., (Formerly DSCL Energy Services Company Ltd)

Mr.G.C.Datta Roy – Chief Executive – Energy Business

B-1, Marble Arch, 9, Prithviraj Road, New Delhi – 110011. India Tel: 91 11 40791100 Fax: 91 11 40791101 Email: [email protected]

8 Eaga Energy

India Private Limited

Mr. Abhijit Chatterjee, Head

T2-1A & 8C Millennium City It Park, Dn 62, Sector V, Salt Lake City, Kolkata – 700 091 Ph: 033-30128485, +919830005901 Fax: 033-30128586 Email: [email protected]

9 ELREPO Energy

Dimensions Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Ramesh Singh, SMD

No. 6,7 & 8, Ivth 'N' Block, Dr. Rajkumar Road, Rajajinagar Entrance, Bangalore – 560010 Ph: 080-23132035 / 23123238, 09845046780 Email: [email protected]

10 Encon Energy

Management Services P Ltd.

Cdr. S. Kumar (Retd.) – Director

L-51, Jal Vayu Vihar, Hiranandani, Powai, Mumbai – 400076 Telefax : 022-25702703, 09766363120/ 09892074120 Email: [email protected] Nagpur address: 501, Plot 218-I, Gardenview, N-1 CIDCO, Aurangabad 431003 Tel: 0240-2474525

11 Energetic

Consulting Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Rajesh U. Deshpande, MD

A-88, Wagle Industrial Estate, Road No. 18, Thane (W) – 400604 Ph: 022 – 32437023 / 25805126, 09322854470 Fax – 022-25805126 Email: [email protected]


204 l Page

12 Energy Economy And Environment Consultants ,

Mr. Govinda Rao, M.D.

624, 6th A Main, 17th Cross, Indiranagar II Stage, Bangalore-560038 Mobile: 09845020881 Tel: 080-25213986-89 Fax: 080-25259172 Email:

[email protected] [email protected]

13 Epic Energy

Ltd., Mr. V.Chandrasekhar, E.D

304, “A” wing, Winways Complex, Old Police Line, Opp Andheri Railway Station, Andheri (E), Mumbai – 400 069 Mobile: 09849228948 Tel: 022-26822238 Email: [email protected]

14 Five-M Energy

Pvt. Ltd. &Darashaw & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Surinder Singla, M.D.

263, Sukhdev Vihar,New Delhi 110025 Mobile: 9810087309/ 9313060544 Fax:

26840709

15

Honeywell Automation India Ltd.,

Mr. Milind Godbole – SDU- Head

S.P. Infocity, Building#2,3rd Floor, Pune-Saswad Road,

Mr. Shantnu Nath Purohit Pune – 411028

Manoj Singh - 9860012840

Sales & Solution Leader- Energy Business Unit Ph: 020-66780229/ 09890200551

Tel: 09890200563

fax: 020-66780172 Email: [email protected]

Email: [email protected]

16 Insta Power Ltd. Mr. Satyajit Vaish, Director S-19, Panchshilla Park,

New Delhi Mobile : 9811333691 Tel: 26015000 Fax:26014770 Email: [email protected]

17 Intesco Asia Ltd.

Mr. R.Kumar, DGM Projects 91 Rv Road Cross

Bangalore Tel: 080-26563726 Fax:080-26566036

18 Thermax Ltd.,

Mr. Sunil Raina, Head C&H Services SBU

D-13, MIDC Industrial Area, R. D. Aga Road, Clinch Wad,


205 l Page

Mr. Pankaj Pandey Pune – 411019

Business Manager Ph: 020-27475941, 09860062906

Fax – 020-27477080 Email: [email protected] Thermax Ltd.

9, Community Centre, Basant Lok, Nr.Priya Cinema

New Delhi 110057 Tel: 26145319/ 26145701 Fax: 26145311/ 26148679 Cell: 9810448084

19

Lloyd Insulations(I) Ltd.,

Mr. K.K.Mitra, G.M. (Mktg.&Tech) Post Box No. 4321

Cell: 9313217709 Kalkaji Industrial Area,

Mr.Ashu Sharma (Mktg. & Tech) New Delhi-110019

Cell: 9868970770 Tel: 30882900-30882906 Fax: 30882894-30882895

Email: [email protected] [email protected]

20

M/S Optimumair Solutions Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. N.Krishnamoorthy, Director 657, 5th Cross, 3rd Block, Koramangala,

Mobile: 9845006403 Bangalore

Tel: 080-41150461, 41102118

Fax: 080-41558265 Email: [email protected]

21 M/S Real Energy Mr. Vijayakumar Kunche, CEO 16, Prince Apartments, Chinna Waltair,

Kirlampudi Layout, Vishakapatnam-530017

Mobile: 09892288208 Email: [email protected]

22

MITCON Consultancy Services Ltd,

Mr. Deepak Zade, Exec. Vice President Kubera Chambers, Shivajinagar,

[email protected] Pune – 411005

Ph: 020-25534322, 09822684106 Email: [email protected]

23 Petronet HMB Ltd.,

Mr. S. B. Pandey, MD

No. 332, Darus Salam Building, 1st Floor, Queen's Road,

Bangalore – 56052 Ph: 080-22262241, 09845029851


206 l Page


24

Power Research & Development Consultants Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. P.L.Manjunath, Sr. Consultant – PRDCL Bangalore

5, 11ht Cross, 2nd Stage, West Of Chord Road,

Bangalore – 56086 Ph: 080-23192168/ 23192209/ 23192159


25

Pranat Engineers Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Akash Jain 28, Rishab Vihar, Karkardooma,

Delhi – 110092 Ph: 22372828 / 3565, 9810160265

Fax: 22375994 Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

26 Rasans Infocom Pvt. Ltd.

Ms. Dina Shah, Accounts Manager

14, Gold Palms, Dilip Gupte Road, Matunga (W)

Mumbai : 400 016 Tel: 022-24448791/92/93


27 Rayon Applied Engineers

Mr. Ramachandra, Director

117/1, Gupta Compund, Pipliapala, A.B. Road,

Indore – 450017 Ph: 0731-2440637, 09425057811


28 Saket Projects Ltd.

Mr. Kaushal Shah, Manager

Saket House, 1 Panchsheel Society Usmanpura,

Mobile: 09998064960 Ahmedabad

Tel: 079-27551817/1931


29 Salzer Electronics Ltd.

Mr. Nithin, Vice President (Energy) Samichettipalayam,

Coimbatore Mobile: 9894778777


207 l Page

Tel: 0422-2692531 Fax: 0422-2692170 Email: [email protected] [email protected]

30

SEE-Tech Solutions Pvt. Ltd,

Mr. Milind Chittawar, CEO

11/5, MIDC Infotech Park, Near VRCE Telephone Exchange,

Nagpur – 440022 Ph: 0712-2222177, 09422145534

Fax: 0712 – 2225293 Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

31 SGS (I) Pvt. Ltd., Mr.Salim Khan, Mr. Manoj Gupta 250, Udyog Vihar, Phase IV

Gurgaon 122015 Ph: 0124-2399990, Fax: 0124-2399763 Email: [email protected]

32

Siemens Building Technologies Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Lalit Maheshwari, Divisional Head 384, Udyog Vihar, Phase – II

Gurgaon Ph: 0124-4001766, 09910058809


33

Johnson Controls Pvt. Ltd.,

Mr. Debapratim Bhadra – Dy. Manager – Energy Audit

501/2, Prime Corporate Park, Sahar Airport Road, Andheri,

Building Efficiency, India Mumbai

82, Okhla Indl.Estate, Phase III, ND: 20 Tel: 022- 30820391 Fax : 022- 30881592

34 Trane India Ltd.,

Mr. Rajesh Sikka – Regional Leader

612-614 A, International Trade Tower, Nehru Place,

Mr. Pankaj Gupta New Delhi – 110019 Cell: 9810387133 Tel : 26213801/ 26484753/ 9810117930 Fax: 26213803 Email: [email protected] Email : [email protected]

35 Transparent Energy Systems

Mr. Gharpure SS - Enegry

1st Floor, Pushpa Heights, Bibwewdi Corner, Bibwewadi,


208 l Page

Pvt. Ltd., Consultant

www.tespl.com Pune Group VP –Corporate Planning Tel: 020-24211347

Fax : 020-24212533 Email: [email protected]

36

DRA Consultants Pvt Ltd

Mr. Bhattad, Energy Auditor 6, Tatya Tope Nagar

9763190151 WHC Road, Nagpur 440015

[email protected] Maharashtra

37

Energo Engineering Projects Ltd.

Mr. Priyaranjan Sinha A-57/4, Okhla Phase II

9811456950, 011-26385323/28/29/38 Delhi-110020

[email protected]

38

ENZEN Global Solutions Pvt Ltd

Mr. Manish Asija, Manager 90, Hasur Road, Madiwala

9379185120 Bangalore 560068

manish.asijaenzenglobal.com

39

Rajasthan Electronics and Industried Ltd.

Mr. Mukesh Mathur, AGM 02, Kanakpura Industrial Area, Sirsi Road

9829050107 Jaipur-302012

[email protected]

40

Kehems Consultants Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Satish Khandelwal, AGM (Mkt) Village Umirikheda, Khandwa Road

7314228303, 9926074401, 7314228333, 987027552 Indore 452020, Madhya Pradesh

[email protected]

41

Schneider Electric India Pvt Ltd

Mr. Amit Chanda, Sr. Manager

A-29, Mohan Co-operative Industrial Estate


209 l Page

011-39404000, 9953330043, Mathura Road, New Delhi-110044

[email protected]

42

Feedback Ventures Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Devtosh Chaturvedi, VP-Energy Division 15th Floor, Tower 9B

0124-4169105, 4169100, 4169155 DLF Cyber City, Phase III

[email protected] Gurgaon-122002

43 Invensys India Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Rajmohan Rangaraj, Consultant D25/12, TTC Industrial Area, MIDC

9967833225, 022-67579828 Sherwane, Navi Mumbai 4000076

[email protected]

44 KLG Systel Ltd Mr. K. L. Goel, Ex Chairman Plot 70A, Sector 34, EHTP, MH-8

0124-4129900, 4129999 Gurgaon 122004

Mr. Sumit Goel, GM

09811305468, 01244129900

[email protected]

45

Sodexo Facilities Management Services India Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Subhashish Dey, Sr. Manager 1st Floor, Gemstar Commercial Complex

022-44214350 Ramchandra lane Extension, Kanchpada

[email protected] Malad (W), Mumbai 64

46

Air Treatment Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Selvakumar, Dir l6, II West Street Kamraj Nagar

9444387874 Thiruvanmiyur

[email protected] Chennai 600041

Tamilnadu


210 l Page

47 Bureau Veritas pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Vilas Joglekar, Manager Marwah Centre, 6th Floor

[email protected] Opp Ansu Industrial Area

K Marwah Marg, Andheri East Mumbai

48

ConnectM Technologies Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Ramalingam, CEO 4th floor, KMJ Acardia, No. 15

9845611841 Industrial Main Road, 5th Block

[email protected] Koramangalam,

Bangalore 560095

49

CTRAN Consulting Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Ashok Kr. Singh, MD A1-A2, IInd Floor

9437067019, 0674-2430041 Lewis Plaza

[email protected] Lewis Road, BJB Nagar

Bhubneswar, Orrisa

50 Dynaspede Powertech

Mr. R. K. Iyer / Mr. BasuvarajI 302, Money Chanbers, 6

09448140604 / 09880333703 K. H. Road, Bangalore 560027

[email protected]

[email protected]

51 Enervision Chinmoy Dutta, MD Plot No. 116, Unit No 2247

9920123966 / 022 28461217 Samta Nagar, Thakur Village

[email protected] Kandivali East

Mumbai 400101

52

HV Air-conditioning Systems Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Amit Gupta, Dir 813 & 814, GD ITL Tower

9810413377 Plot No. B-08


211 l Page

amit.guptahvac-systems.net Netaji Subhash Palace

Pitampura, New Delhi

53 Intemo Systems Ltd Mr. J Rao, Dir B23/A, Iind Floor

9849349534 Kushalgura Industrial Estate

[email protected] ECIL Post, Hydrabad - 500062

Andhra Pradesh

54

AtoZ Maintenance & Engineerig Services Pvt. Ltd

Mr. Amit Mittal, MD 5th Floor, Enkay Square, 448-A

Mr. R. Ranjan Udyog Vihar, Phase V, Gurgaon

9717856868, 0124 - 4776100

[email protected]

55 Green Field Services (India)

Mr. Alavi, M. A. R, Proprietor 1701, Beverly Hills, T 36 Shastri Nagar

9833172181 4 Bunglows, Lokhandwala, Andheri (W)

[email protected] Mumbai 53

56

M/s. Omne Agate Systems Pvt Ltd

Mr. K. R. llangovan, Ex Chairman IInd Floor, M. N. Complex

044 - 2829455, 2894555 99 Greams Road, Chennai 600006

S. Blakrishnan, GM

9677007137, 28294550-54

[email protected]

57

RMS Automation Systems Ltd

Mr. Aruna Khanna, MD W-218, MIDC, Ambad

9811055625, 011 - 45401782 Nashik

info@rmsautomat


212 l Page

ion.com

58

SGS Industrial Control & Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Mr. Ravi Goyal, Director SGS House, B-100, Sector 64

9810101598, 0120 - 4647900 Noida 201307

[email protected]

59

Synergy Infra Consultants Pvt Ltd

V.V.H. Srinivas Murthy, Ex Chairman II-2, Dhruvantara Appartments

9849008313 6-3-652/D/27,

[email protected] Amrutha Estates, Somajiguda, Hydrabad

60

Unitech Associates Pvt Ltd

Mr. V. Suresh - MD 13, Mooparappan Street, 1 floor

Mr. V. Rajan T. N. Nagar, Chennai 600017

044 - 24330131, 9840499815

[email protected]

61 G-ON Energy Controls

Mr. Pradipta Panigrahi 1941, Sriram Nagar,

9437446576 Bhubaneshwar 751002

[email protected]

62

Indi Asia Power Distribution and Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd

Mr. Sham Lal Nanger, Director - Distribution BB-38, Nehru Enclave

[email protected] New delhi 110019

9818479961

63

Marathwada Institute of Technology

Prof. K. K. Jadia, Director Beed Bypass Road

9422201327 Aurangabad - 431105

[email protected] Maharashtra


213 l Page

64

Paras Equipments & Engineers Pvt. Ltd Mr. Atul Sood, Dir 809, Ansal Bhawan

9958823292, 011 - 41520716 16, Kasturba Gandhi Marg


65

Siri Energy & Carbon Advisory Services Pvt. Ltd

Mr. G Subramanyam, MD 2nd Floor, Narayan Villa

[email protected], [email protected] Opp. Priyadarshini Park, Saroornagar

Hydrabad 500035 Andhra Pradesh

66 Bablec India Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Arif Vaziralli, ED 2nd Floor, Hundered Feet Road

04344276358, 400688, 278658 V Block, Kormangala

[email protected] Bangalore - 560095

67 Darashaw & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Yogendra Naik, VP 1001-04, Regent Chambers

09820315807, 022 - 66388900 208 Nariman Point

[email protected] Mumbai

68

Gayatri Engineering & Consultancy Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Prashant Panigreahi, Director 1717 / 2379, Kapilesware Canal Road

9238365765 Shri Ram Nagar

[email protected] Bhubneshwar

69 Krishna Energy & Consultants

Mr. Pramod Kumar Hati, Proprietor Plot No 4723, Laxmi Vihar

9437256123 Sainik School,


214 l Page

[email protected] Bhubaneshwar

70 Kwality Power Limited

Mr. Ganeshan Iyer, CEO 2/2, Dhaneshwari

9822715707 Ram Nagar Housing Complex

[email protected] Bhosari, Pune 411039

71 Opel Energy Systems Pvt Ltd

Mr. Y. D. Chavan, CEO Off Shop No. 12

9822002047 Anant Nagar, Near Tele Exchange [email protected] Dhankawadi, Pune411043

72 REI Electronics Pvt Ltd

Mr. A. Prakash Rao, DGM K R Mohalla

mr janardan sharma 9731398220, VP

09731398200, 0821-4001800 Aurangabad 570024

[email protected]

[email protected]

73

Sycom Projects Consultants Pvt Ltd

Mr. Vivek Hazella, Director Vatika, 6 Kaushalya Park

011 - 26969452 / 41674051 Hauz Khas

[email protected] New Delhi 110016

74

Tapsi Engineering Company

Mr. Varun, Project engineer A-57/4, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase II

9810021664 New Delhi 110020

[email protected], [email protected]

75 Urja and Associates

Mr. Shriyas Rathode, Director B - 2082 Oberoi Garden

022 - 67030231, 28470208 Chandivali, Saki Naka

[email protected], ulhas186@yahoo Andheri East, Mumbai 400072


215 l Page

.com

76

Diaonics Automation India Pvt Ltd

Mr. Prashant J Siledar, MD Kshitgi Jay Bhavani Road

9321272497 Opp Suman Hospital

[email protected] Nashik - 422101, Maharashtra

77 GH Iyer & Associates

Mr. G. Harihara Iyer, proprietor 145, Jal Vayu Vihar

9701810908 JNTU

[email protected] Kukat Pally, Hydrabad 500085

78

Presevi Industrial Company

Mrs. Meena Achuthan, MD Old No 16

09382150289, 044 - 225425464 / 658288394 / 65190847 Pillayiyar Koi Street

[email protected] Kanagam,

Taramani, Chennai 600 113

79 Green Build Energy Pvt. Ltd

Mr. Pawan Kumar Tibrawalla, Chairman 28, Khizrabad

Karan Tibrawalla New friends Colony


9810083303


216 l Page

Annexure 5 – L is t o f manufactures o f so lar water heat ing systems

INDIGENOUS MANUFACTURER OF ETCs AND ETC BASED SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEMS

NAME M/s Borosil Glass Works Limited, Khanna Construction House, 44, Dr. R. Thadani Marg, Worli, Mumbai - 400018 Tel: 022-2493 0362, 2493 0366, 24930370 Fax: 022-2495 0561, 2492 0718 E-mail: [email protected] MANUFACTURERS/SUPPLIERS OF SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEMS BASED ON IMPORTED ETCs M/s Photon Energy Systems Ltd. 775-K, Road No. 45, Jubilee Hills Hyderabad – 500033. Tel : 040-23331337 /8 /9 Fax : 040- 23331340, Mob: 9246333624 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] M/s BGS Energy Pvt. Ltd. 12-2-39/7, Sriram Nagar Colony, Mehdhipatnam, Hyderabad – 500028. Tel: 040-23592999, 040-66617408. E-mail: [email protected] M/s Access Solar Ltd., S-5, Phase II, T.I.E. Balanagar, Hyderabad – 500 037 (AP) Tel: 040-23076010, Fax: 040-23076271 E-mail: [email protected]

M/s Solari Techno Ventures India Pvt. Ltd., 1-2-47 / 100 / 36, Subhodaya Nagar Colony, Behind MNR PG College Hyderabad – 500 072 (AP) Mob: 09246501142, 09441185373 Fax: 040–23514571 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Qbarons Natural Energy system Door No: 45-48-13, Flat No.201, Venkata Chalapathi Residency, Jagannadhapuram, Visakhapatnam – 530016 (AP) Tel: 891-6644669, 891-6460544, Fax: 891-3065866 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Sri Sundaram Solar Solutions 8-2-70 Harshvardhna Colony, Old Bowenpally, Secunderabad – 11 (AP) Tel:- +91-40-64517469, Fax:- 40-27500619 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Radiant Energy Technologies Flat No: 205, 2nd Floor, Hanumantha Reddy Complex Secunderabd – 500009 (A.P) Tel: 040-27892222 / 40196364 E-mail: [email protected] Website: radiantsolarindia.com M/s Greentek India Pvt. Ltd. Plot No.8, Lepakshi Colony, West Marredpally, Secunderabad-500026(AP) Tel: 40-27800323, E-mail: [email protected]


217 l Page

Website: www.greentekindia.com M/s Arsh Electronics (P) Ltd. 224, Surya -Niketan, Vikas Marg Extn Delhi – 110 092 Tel: 011-22374859, Fax: 011-22379973 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Bhambri Enterprises 794, Joshi Road, Karol Bagh, New Delhi Tel: 011-23541114, 55388606 Mob: 9811759494 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Ados Electronics Pvt.Ltd., Khasra No. 3883 & 3884, Laltappar Industrial Area, Majari Grant, Dehradun, Uttarakhand Tel: 0135-272-2620, 941299-2620 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Shriram Green Tech, 5th Floor, Akashdeep Bldg., 26A, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi – 110 001 Tel: 011-23312267,Fax: 011-23313494 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Prachi International Pvt. Ltd., A-14, Ist Floor, Wazirpur Indl. Area, Delhi – 110 052, Tel: 011-27375577, 27375599, Fax: 011-27371030 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Koto Trade & Services Pvt. Ltd., E-153, Forest Lane, Near Sainik Farm, Country Club, P.O. Neb Sarai, New Delhi – 110068 Tel: 011-29535499, 29535459, Mob: 9818302733, Fax: 011-29533134, 29533849 E-mail: [email protected] Website: mikadosolar.com

M/s Jas Sol Energy Pvt. Ltd., D-90 Anand Niketan, New Delhi – 110 021 Mob: 9988055456, 9350603413 Fax: 91-172-4653675 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Modern Solar Technologies(India) D-1/9, Hauz Khas, New Delhi,-110016 Tel: 011-269642 Fax:- 41656180 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Natural Energy Systems 5/51, West Panjabi Bagh, New Delhi-110026 Tel: 42463235 E-mail: [email protected] M/s BeSure HealthCare Pvt. Ltd. B-257, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-I, New Delhi-110020 Tel: 011-41407300, Fax: 011-41406890 E-mail: [email protected] Website: aloeveraindia.com M/s Medors Biotech (P) Ltd. Biotech House, D-1/3, Rana Pratap Bagh, New Delhi-110007 Tel: 011-32323200 Fax: 011-43805305 E-mail: [email protected] Website: medorsbiotech.com M/s NRG Technologists Pvt. Ltd. 989/6, G.I.D.C. Makarpura, Vadodara-390 010 Tel: 0265-2642094, 2656167 Tel/fax: 0265-2642094, Mob:9904764068, 9824652624 Mail: [email protected] M/s Warm Stream, P.B. No.22, Anand Sojitra Road, Vithal Udyognagar – 388 120 (Gujarat) Tel: 02692-231316, 232309, Fax: 236478 E-mail: [email protected]


218 l Page

M/s Hiramrut Energies Pvt. Ltd. Plot No.148 & 127, GIDC-II, Jamwadi, N.H. 8-B, Gandal – 360311, Dist. Rajkot (Gujarat) Tel: 02825-224824, 224272 Fax: 02825-240472 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Sun Energy Systems, Post Box No.12, Plot No. C-1/411, Near Water Tank, G.I.D.C., Vithal Udyognagar - 388 121, Anand (Gujarat) Tel: 02692-230317, 231216 Fax: 02692-231216 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Redren Energy Pvt. Ltd., Plot No.2625, Road D/5, Kranti Gate, GIDC Metoda, Rajkot – 360 021(Gujarat) Tel: 02827 287281, Fax: 02827 287381 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Jain Irrigation Systems Ltd., Jain House, D-75, Panchsheel Enclave, New Delhi – 110 017 Tel: 26493159, 26493160, 41748412, Fax: 41748409 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Sun Free Heat Industries Plot – 301, Phase-1, Nr.old Tele. Exchange, G.D.I.C.,Vitthal Udyognagar - 388121 Anand, Gujarat, Tel: 02692-230423 Mob: 9428799552 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Sintex Industries Ltd. Kalol (in Gujarat) - 382721 Tel: 02764 – 253500 Fax: 02764- 253800 E-mail: [email protected]

M/s Om Energy Equipment Chandrasekhar Nagar Main Road, Opp. Back Bone Shopping Center, B/h. Radheyshayam Packaging , Rajkot (Gujarat), Mob:9879049493 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Solanand Solar Systems, Khera Chowk, Railway Road, Ambala City – 134 003 Fax: 0171-2556035 Mob: 9215627335 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Rose Enterprises, Plot No.248, Sector 25, Part II, HUDA, Panipat – 132 103 (Haryana) Tel: 0180 – 6538248 Mob: 09812400862, 09812400863 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Pure Solar Pvt. Ltd. C/o PA-Times, Kasauli-Dharampur Rd, Distt. Solan, Tehsil-Kasauli, HP

Ph: 01792-264177, 264033, 264750 Mob: 09816064750: E-Mail: [email protected] M/s Sudarshan Saur Shakti Pvt. Ltd. 5, Tarak Colony, Opposite Ramakrishna Mission Ashrama , Aurangabad – 431 005 Tel/fax: 0240-2376609, 2376610 Mob: 9225303600 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Jay Industries, D-64, Miraj MIDC, Miraj – 416 410 Dist. Sangli, (Maharashtra) E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] M/s Phoenix Import & Exports,


219 l Page

51, Deshmukh colony, Sadar Bazar, Satara – 415 001 (Maharashtra), Tel: 02162-230383, Mob: 09422038284, 09423864592 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Kotak Urja, 311, Lotus House, 33A V, Thackersey Marg, New Marine Lines, Mumbai – 400 020 (Maharashtra) Tel: 022-22092139 / 41 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Racold Thermo Limited Chakan – Talegaon Road, Chakan, Pune – 410501,

Tel: 02135-253593 - 97 / 252923 Fax: 02135-254025 / 252966 E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://www.racold.com M/s Reliance solar energy India House, X-50, Shirgaon M.I.D.C., Ratnagiri – 415612, Tel: 02352- 270741 / 42 Mob: 098699600 E-mail: [email protected] M/s Pearl Enterprises Zende Complex, Survey No. 37/4, Shree Nagar, Near Purohit Hospital, Dhankwadi Bus Stop, Pune - 411043 Tel: 020-24314131 / 32 Mob: 09860191642, 09422304460 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] M/s Vishivkarma Solar Energy Corp. G.T.Road Bye-Pass, Phillaur - 144410 (PB). Tel:01826-222523, 224624 Fax: 08126-222104, Mob: 9814081435 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.viscoenergy.com

M/s Silver Spark Pvt. Ltd. C-143, Hosiery Complex Phase-II, Extn, Noida- 201301 (U.P) Tel: 0120-4052000, 2520301 Fax: 47574466, Mob: 9811032815 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.silverspa.com


220 l Page

Annexure 6 – L is t o f BIS approved Manufacturers o f FPC based So lar Water Heat ing Systems

Andhra Pardesh

1 Greentek India Pvt Ltd, S.No.43/1/A,

Shabashpally Village, Shivampet Mandal

Medak Pin : 502334 Tel : 040-55996519

2 Photon Energy Systems Limited, Plot No.46,

Anrich Industrial Estate, IDA, Bollaram

Bollarum, Medak Andhra Pradesh Pin : 502325 Tel : 08458-279512 Fax : 08458-279842 Email : [email protected]

Web : www.photonsolar.com

3 Sri Sundaram Solar Solutions, 8-2-70, Harshavardhan Colony, Old Bowenpally Secunderabad Dist : Hyderabad Tel : 040-64517469,27500619 Mobile : 9849007469,9849133340 Email : [email protected]

4 Shri Shakti Alternative Energy Limited,

F-8, SIE, City : Balanagar Dist : Hyderabad State : Andhra Pradesh Pin : 500037 Tel : 23770511 Fax : 23770513 Mobile : 9440409677

Email : [email protected] Chandigarh

1 Inter Solar Systems Pvt. Ltd., 901, Industrial Area Phase II Chandigarh Pin : 160002 Tel : 0172 5085281 Email [email protected] Website : www.intersolarsystem.com

2 Surya Shakti, 739 Industrial Area, Phase II Chandigarh Pin : 160002 Tel : 2653299 Delhi

1 Maharishi Solar Tecnology (P) LTD,

A-14, Mohan Co-Operative, Industrial Estate,

Mathura Road New Delhi – 110044

Tele: 011-26959529/30881700, Fax: 011-26959669

Email: [email protected] Gujarat

1 Sintex Industries Ltd

(Plastic Division), Near Seven Garnala,

Kalol, Dist : Gandhinagar, Pin : 382721 Tel : 02764-24301 TO 24305 Fax : 02764-20385 Email : [email protected]

2 NRG Technologists Private Limited,


221 l Page

Plot No.989/6, , GIDC Industrial Estate, Makarpura,

Baroda, Gujarat Pin : 390010 Tel : 0265-2642094,2656167 Fax : 0265-2642094,2656167 Email : [email protected]

3 SOLAR ENERGY SERVICES,

A/4/2, INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, B.I.D.C. GORWA,

VADODARA Pin : 390016 Tel : 02667-264239

4 RED RENEWALBLE TECHNOLOGIES,

PLOT NO G-2625, D-5 ROAD, GIDC,

METODA, Rajkot, Gujarat Pin : 360021 Tel : 02827-287281 Mobile : 9979873994 Himachal Pradesh

1 Solchrome Systems India Limited, 61, Sector-5, Parwanoo Dist : Solan State : Himachal Pradesh Tel : 01792-232572 Email : [email protected] Karnataka

1 Sundrop Solar Systems, 44/2a, Industrial Estate,

Opp Gangadhareshwara Kalyana Mantapa,

NH 7, Bellary Road, Hebbal, Bangalore 560024 Tel : 23620077 Mobile : 9844068721 Web : www.sundropsolar.net

2 SUDHANVA INDUSTRIES 65/18, 1ST MAIN,0 7/08/2008

1ST CROSS, ANDRAHALLI MAIN ROAD,

HEGGANAHALLI, BANGALORE Pin : 560091

Tel : 28366832, Mobile : 9845313912

Email : [email protected]

3Kinara Power Systems and Projects Pvt Ltd,

Unit 2, 10,10th Cross, Patel Channappa Indl Estate,

Andrahalli Main Road, Peenya 2nd Stage,

Viswaneedum Post, Bangalore 560091 Tel : 28365944

4 Om Shakthi Industries,

No2 S.T. Narayana Gowda Industrial estate,

Sri Gandha Nagar, Doddanna Industrial Estate,

Near Peenya II Stage, Bangalore – 560091.

Tel : 28362967,56982645,Mobile : 9448062867


5 Sabha Solar Energy, 3/1 Behind Balaji Petrol Bunk, 2nd Cross, Lakshmaiah Block, Ganganagar, Bangalore-560032 Pin : 560032

6Velnet Non-conventional Energy Systems(P) Ltd.,

No 120, Bhadrappa Layout, Ring Road, Nagashettyhalli, Bangalore 560094

Tel : 23418630,23417940,23512799

Mobile : 9844050723 Email : [email protected] Web : www.kamalsolar.com

7 ENOLAR SYSTEMS,

45/29-1, GUBBANNA INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,

6TH BLOCK, RAJAJINAGAR, BANGALORE 560010 Tel : 23355333/23385500 Fax : 23355333 Email : [email protected]


222 l Page

8 DIVYA INDUSTRIES, NO 814, CHOWDESHWARI NAGAR,

LAGGERE MAIN ROAD LAGGERE, PEENYA POST,

BANGALORE Pin : 560058 Tel : 8398471 Email : [email protected]

9 SHRINGAR ENGINEERING & ENERGY

SYSTEM PVT LTD, NO 93 7TH MAIN 3RD

PHASE, PEENYA INDUSTRIAL AREA, BANGALORE 560058 Tel : 28398197 Email : [email protected] 10 PERFECT SOLAR (INDIA) PVT LTD,

NO.16 BYRAVESHWARA INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,

ANDRAHALLI MAIN ROAD, PEENYA 2ND STAGE

BANGALORE – 560091 Tel : 28362515/1129 Fax : 28362515 Mobile : 9845106037

Email : [email protected] , [email protected](n)

11 Tata BP Solar India Ltd,

Plot No. 16, Electronic City Phase – 2,

Hosur Road, Bangalore – 560100 Tel : 080-56601300 Fax : 080-28520972/28520116 Email : [email protected] Web www.tatabpsolar.com 12 KOTAK URJA PVT LTD,

378 10TH CROSS, 4TH PHASE, PEENYA INDUSTRIAL AREA, BANGALORE 560058 Tel : 28363330,28362136 Fax : 28362347

Email : [email protected] , [email protected]

Web ; www.kotakurja.com

13 ANU SOLAR POWER PVT LTD,

248 3RD CROSS, 8TH MAIN, 3RD PHASE,

PEENYA INDUSTRIAL AREA, BANGALORE- 560058

Tel : 28394259,28393913,28396001

Fax : ext 234

Email : [email protected] , [email protected]

14 RASHMI INDUSTRIES,

60&61 BEGUR ROAD, HONGASANDRA VILLAGE, BANGALORE-560068 Tel : 25732309,4114,4115 Fax : 25732309 Email : [email protected] Web : www.rashmiindustries.com Maharashtra

1 BIPIN ENGINEERS (P) LTD, S.NO. 143, VADGAON DHAIRY, PUNE-SINHAGAD ROAD Pune - 411041 Tel : 020-24392064/24392084 Fax : 020-24391979 Email ; [email protected] Web: www.bipsunindia.com

2SUDARSHAN SAUR SHAKTI PVT LTD,

K-240, MIDC , WALUJ Dist : Aurangabad Pin : 431136 e-mail: [email protected] Web : www.sudarshansaur.com

3THE STANDARD PRODUCTS MFG.CO.,

G-13/8, MIDC, TALOJA INDUSTRIAL AREA,

TALOJA Dist : Raigarh, Pin : 410208 Tel : 27402228

4SKYLARK THERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS,


223 l Page

Sr.No. 36/2, Dhandekar Estate, Kondhwa Budruk PUNE, Pin : 411048

5 JAIN IRRIGATION SYSTEMS LTD.,

JAIN AGRI PARK, JAIN HILLS, P.O. BOX. NO. 72,

SHIRSOLI ROAD, JALGAON Pin : 425001 Tel : 0257-250011/22, Fax : 0257-251111/22

6 SOLAR PRODUCT COMPANY,

S NO 166, VADGAON DHAYARI , NANDED PHATA

PUNE Pin : 411041

7 KAUSHAL SOLAR EQUIPMENTS P LTD,

S NO 44 WARJE MALEWADI, PUNE 411029

8 SOLAR VISION AGRO INDUSTRIES, B-44/2, GOKUL, SHIRGAON MIDC KOLHAPUR, Pin : 416234 Tel : 2672745 Email : [email protected]

9 MACHINOCRAFT S No. 1, Ambegaon (Bk) Katraj-Dehu road Bypass, Pune 411 046

Tel 020-24317400, 30910794, 9822441250

Fax 020-24317400 Email ; [email protected] 10 Savemax Solar Systems Pvt Ltd,

S.No. 42/2B, Plot No. 26, Khadi Machine Road,

Vadgaon Budruk, Pune 411041 Email : savemax@vsnl,com 11 PEARL ENTERPRISES,

ZENDE COMPLEX,

S.NO. 37/4, SHREENAGAR, NEAR PUROHIT

HOSPITAL, DHANKAWADI, Pune, Maharashtra : 411043 Tel : 020-24374131 Fax : 020-24374131 Email : [email protected] Tamilnadu

1GOODSUN INDUSTRIES PRIVATE LIMITED,

SF 206, PERKS CAMPUS, RAJALAKSHMI MILLS ROAD, UPPLIPALAYAM, COIMBATORE Pin : 641015

Tel : 0422-2592171,2592158,2590937

Fax : 0422-2590937 Email : [email protected]

2 SUNLIT SOLAR ENERGY (P) LTD, SF NO.507, PACHAPALAYAM ROAD, ARASUR, COIMBATORE 641 407 Tel : 6571745 Mobile : 9842216190 Email : [email protected]

3CASCADE HELIO TERMICS LIMITED,

No. 355/2, ABBAS GARDEN ROAD, LUNA NAGAR

COIMBATORE Pin : 641025 Tel : 0422-2400254,2401576 Fax : 0422-2400347 Email ; [email protected]

4 K.S. INDUSTRIES, 195/2, R.M.T. BUNGALOW ROAD,

SAI NAGAR, INDUSTRIAL EASTATE (POST),

COIMBATORE Pin : 641021

Tel : 2673319, Fax : 2673317, Mobile : 9894111935



224 l Page

Annexure 7 – L is t o f BIS approved Manufacturers So lar Cookers

A BIS Certified Solar Cookers

1 M/S Universal Engineers Enterprises

Garg Bhavan, Prince Road Gandhi Nagar, Aurangabad (U.P.) 0591-2493619 (Telefax) : 0591-2499768 2 M/s Rural Engineering School , Rojmal, Tal.: Gadhada (SN)

District Bhavnagar-364750, Gujarat

Tel : 02847 �294127

Fax: 02847 253535 e-mail: [email protected] 3 Khadi Gramodhyog Prayog Samiti Gandhi Ashram, Ahmedabad-380 027 Telefax: 079-27552469 Mobile : 9825484275, 9879784255

4 Sayala Taluka Khadi Gramodyog Seva Mandal,

Motiram Building , Below SBS Service Branch,

Phulchhab Chowk,

Rajkot � 360 001

Ph.: 0281-2477226 Mobile : 09825074591

e-mail: [email protected]

B Other Known Manufacturers

1 M/S J. N Enterprises, F-12, Navin Shahdara, Delhi . Mobile : 2350859119

2 M/s. Vishvakarma Solar Energy Co.

G.T. Road , Phillour, Distt.Jallandhar, Punjab

01826-22523 01826-22217 3 M/s Fair Fabricators

142, Tilak Nagar , Near Post Office, Indore- 452 018

Telefax: 0731-2491488 Mobile : 9425316707 [email protected]. 4 M/s Rohtas Electronics,

15/268-B, Civil lines, Kanpur - 208001.

Ph. : 0512-2305564 Telefax : 0512-2305390 E-mail : [email protected] 5 M/s Rural Engineering School , Rojmal, Tal.: Gadhada (SN)

District Bhavnagar-364750, Gujarat

Tel : 02847 �294127

Fax: 02847 253535 e-mail: [email protected] 6 M/S Usha Engineering Works 40-A,Trunk Road, Madanur-635804 Vellore District, Tamilnadu Ph.: 04174-73613 e-mail: [email protected] 7 M/S Geetanjali Solar Enterprises P/14, Kasba Industrial Estate, Phase-I, E.M. Bye Pass ,

PO East Kolkata Township , Kolkata-700107

033-24420773/24424027 ( Fax ) 033-24420773 e-mail : [email protected].


225 l Page

Annexure 8 – Photos taken dur ing Data Co l lect ion

AMC Bldg #3 Terrace

Commisioner Bunglow Terrace

N-8 Hospital Terrace


226 l Page

Saint Eknat Rang Mandir

N-7 School

Shah Bazaar Slaughter House


227 l Page

Annexure 9 – Wind potent ia l s i tes in Maharashtra


228 l Page

Annexure 10 – Industr ia l Scenar io on Aurangabad and Renewable Energy Potent ia l

This chapter will give an overview of the industrial profile of Aurangabad, the type of industries and the potential of various renewable energy interventions that can be done in these industrial sectors.

10.1 .Industrial Profile of Aurangabad

MIDC has established number of industrial estates at various locations in and around Aurangabad, which in three decades has transformed the region with viable industrial conglomerations. The salient features of Aurangabad’s Industrial scenario are as follows:

• 5th Largest Industrial district in Maharashtra after Pune, Raigad , Nashik and Thane

• Currently has 5 MIDCs and 2 growth centres • An industrial base for sectors such as automotives, auto components, white

goods, appliances, breweries and pharmaceuticals etc. • More than 3500 small and large companies providing employment to more than

1 lakh people in the district.

Aurangabad is a preferred destination for following industries:

• Automobile assembly • Auto components • Beverages • Pharmaceuticals • White Goods • Plastic & rubber products

10.2 Renewable Energy Strategies

This sections describes various renewable energy devices /systems/projects that can help to bring about the reduction in consumption of conventional energy. The devices that are commercially available, useful for urban area application are considered here

10.2.1. Solar Drying/air heating systems

It’s a type of solar thermal system where air is heated in a collector and either transferred directly to the interior space or to a storage medium, such as a rock bin. Solar air heaters use solar panels to warm air which is then conveyed into a room. The basic components of a solar air heater include solar collector panels, a duct system and diffusers. Systems


229 l Page

can operate with or without a fan. Without a fan the air is distributed by the action of a natural ventilation system.

A typical Solar heating system of 100 Sq Mtr of flat plate collector area costing around 5 lakhs can save around 90,000 litres diesel in 15 years of its estimates life.

FPC based solar air heating systems have been found to be very useful especially in agriculture and food industries. These industries generally require hot air at low temperature (50 -800 C) as process heat for drying of various products such as tea leaves/ coffee beans and also for processing of fruits spices , cereals , mushroom , papad , vegetables , fish , seafood etc. Hot air is also required in industries such as leather, textile chemicals, rubber, paper and pharmaceuticals etc.

10.2.2. Solar Air conditioning Plants

Solar energy can be used a primary energy input to different kinds of cooling systems. For example, electricity generated by PV can be used to drive a vapour compression system. Solar thermal collectors can be used to run absorption cooling system or a thermo-mechanical cooling system. Insorption and desiccant cooling it is possible to use water or any other non GHG potential solution as a working fluid.

Use of solar thermal energy for cooling of private, public and commercial building is a most promising application of renewable energy. Cost of solar airconditioners depends on the technology and the capacity. Installation cost of solar air conditioners using adsorption technology could be about Rs. 1.00 – 1.50 lakh per tonne of cooling capacity.

10.2.3. Solar Refrigerator

A solar refrigerator operates with a vapour compression system and could be powered by both solar and conventional electricity. They are powered by solar photovoltaic arrays and DC or AC/DC power as a backup energy source. Made from environmentally friendly materials, solar refrigerators are designed to last a lifetime, and should never need be replaced. Generally the refrigerators are insulated with high efficiency polyurethane foam insulation to ensure low energy consumption. They come in the range of 17000 to 40000 rupees.


230 l Page

10.2.4. Solar Concentrators for Process Heat

Applications

Indigenously developed solar concentrators have been successfully used for industrial applications for temperatures upto 200 degree celcius. Solar concentrator mounted on a mobile stand may double the annual amount of the energy produced in comparison with the configuration, where the solar panels are mounted on stationery stands. Concentrators produce more electricity using less of the expensive semiconductor material than other solar electric systems.

10.3 Potential of Solar in Industries in Aurangabad

This section details out the potential of various category of industries in Aurangabad.

10.3.1. Automobile Industry

Most of the processes in this industry are mechanical and driven by electricity. Only a few operations, such as machine shop and paint shop, use certain conventional fuels for producing thermal energy for metal casting, steel forging, pre-treatment before painting, drying, air-conditioning, etc. Figure-33 shows the entire process flow in detail.

Figure: Process flow in the automobile industry

Mapping of Solar Technology Application in Automobile Sector

The process described above shows that only a few operations such as machine and paint shops use a significant amount of thermal energy. The temperature requirement in machine shops is well beyond 300 ˚C and but in paint shops it is <150 ˚C. Therefore, solar thermal energy applications are more appropriate for use in paint


231 l Page

shops for pre-treatment, drying and air-conditioning purposes. Solar PV technologies may be applicable in the press shop, body shop and assembly shops that operate on automated machines powered by electricity. An automobile manufacturing facility consumes approximately 4 litres of water per car, mostly in the paint shop. The paint shop requires water of differing quality and temperatures. Hot water at 30-45 ˚C is generally required for rinsing the body during pre-treatment. Table below shows the mapping of applications relevant for processes in a paint shop.

Process Energy/fuel

being used Application media

Temperature required ˚C

Recommended solar technology

Press shop – electric and pneumatic machines

Electricity - - Solar PV system

Body shop – electric and pneumatic machines

Electricity - - Solar PV system

Paint shop – pre-treatment

Electricity and boiler fuels

Hot water 40 FPC

Paint shop –air-conditioning

Electricity and boiler fuels

Hot/cold air supply

5 – 50 ETC based chillers

Paint shop – evaporation and drying

Boiler fuels Hot air supply

80-100 Solar air heating systems

Assembly shop – automated robots and machines

Electricity Solar PV system

10.3.2. Pharmaceutical Industry

The sector consumes both electrical and thermal forms of energy at different stages of their processes. Hence, the possibility of replacing conventional energy by solar energy is high. Additionally, solar energy can replace thermal energy more economically and viably than electrical energy. Most of the thermal energy applications in pharmaceutical units require low range temperatures which are easily achievable by the use of solar systems. Solar energy may also replace electricity if sufficient free space is available within the plant. The process wise solar mapping is shown below:

Industrial Process

Application Media

Temp required °C


Distillation Hot water 55-80 FPC/ETC Evaporation Steam >120 Solar concentrators Drying Steam/Hot air >120 Solar hot air system


232 l Page

10.3.3. Breweries

The overview of steps followed in beverage making is as shown below

Mapping of Solar Technology Application in Food Processing/Brewing Sector

This industry employs a large number of thermal processes which require high volumes of hot water and storage systems. There are also other thermal processes which require significant process heat with temperatures well below 250 °C. The preservation techniques, which adopt various cooling applications, also significantly contribute to the heat energy consumed in this industry. Apart from these, there is also a large demand for drying applications which are critical for processing the final products. A variety of solar drying systems could be effective in significantly reducing the consumption of conventional energy, fuels which are normally required for drying applications. Table below shows the mapping of solar energy technologies with the potential processes of this industry. Baking Packaging

Process Energy/Fuel being used

Application media

Temperature required ˚C


Washing and cleaning

Electricity and Boiler fuels like furnace oil, rice husk, etc.

Hot water 40-60 FPC

Chilling/cold storage

Electricity and diesel - < 5 Solar evacuated tube systems, driving absorption chillers

Cooking, extraction, mashing, brewing and baking

Boiler fuels like furnace oil, rice husk, etc.

Process heat 80 – 100 ETC

Pasteurization/ Blanching


Process heat 70 FPC

Process heat 100-120 Solar concentrators Sterilization/ Bleaching/ Hydrogenation


Boiler Feed Water

60-70 FPC

Drying/ Dehydration

Electricity and Boiler fuels like furnace oil, rice husk, etc.

Hot air 70-80 ETC (Air based)


233 l Page

Annexure 11 – Technica l Spec i f i cat ions o f var ious Renewable Energy Systems

16

No.5/23/2009-P&C Dated 16.06.2010

ANNEXURE-3

MINIMAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS/ STANDARDS FOR OFF-GRID/ STAND-ALONE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) POWER PLANTS/ SYSTEMS TO BEDEPLOYED UNDER THE NATIONAL SOLAR MISSION

1. PV MODULES:

1.1 The PV modules must conform to the latest edition of any of the followingIEC / equivalent BIS Standards for PV module design qualification andtype approval:Crystalline Silicon Terrestrial PV Modules IEC 61215 / IS14286Thin Film Terrestrial PV Modules IEC 61646Concentrator PV Modules & Assemblies IEC 62108

1.2 In addition, the modules must conform to IEC 61730 Part 1- requirementsfor construction & Part 2 - requirements for testing, for safety qualification.

1.3 PV modules to be used in a highly corrosive atmosphere (coastal areas,etc.) must qualify Salt Mist Corrosion Testing as per IEC 61701.

2. BALANCE OF SYSTEM (BoS) ITEMS/ COMPONENTS:

2.1 The BoS items / components of the SPV power plants/ systems deployed underthe Mission must conform to the latest edition of IEC/ equivalent BIS Standards asspecified below**:

BoS item/component Applicable IEC/equivalent BIS Standard

Standard Description Standard Number

Power Conditioners/Inverters*

Efficiency MeasurementsEnvironmental Testing

IEC 61683IEC 60068 2(6,21,27,30,75,78)

Charge controller/MPPT units*

Design Qualification EnvironmentalTesting

IEC 62093IEC 60068 2(6,21,27,30,75,78)

Storage Batteries General Requirements & Methodsof Test Tubular Lead Acid

IEC 61427IS 1651/IS 133369

Cables General Test and MeasuringMethods PVC insulated cables forworking Voltages up to andincluding 1100 V-Do-, UV resistantfor outdoor installation

IEC 60189IS 694/ IS 1554IS/IEC 69947

*Must additionally conform to the relevant national/international Electrical Safety Standards.

17

No.5/23/2009-P&C Dated 16.06.2010

BoS item/ component Applicable IEC/equivalent BIS Standard

Standard Description Standard Number

Switches/ CircuitBreakers/Connectors

General RequirementsConnectors- safety

IS/IEC 60947 part I,II,IIIEN 50521

JunctionBoxes/Enclosures

General Requirements IP 65 (for outdoor)/IP 21(for indoor)IEC 62208

SPV System Design PV Stand-alone Systemdesign verification

IEC 62124

Installation Practices Electrical installation ofbuildings Requirements forSPV power supply systems

IEC 60364-7-712

** Also refer Addendum No. 32/49/2010-11-PVSE dated 19.08.2010 appearing atthe end of this document.

3. AUTHORIZED TESTING LABORATORIES/ CENTERS

3.1 The PV modules must be tested and approved by one of the IEC authorized testcenters. Test certificates can be from any of the NABL/ BIS Accredited Testing /Calibration Laboratories. Qualification test certificate as per IEC standard, issued bythe Solar Energy Centre for small capacity modules upto 37Wp capacity will also bevalid.

3.2 Test certificates for the BoS items/ components can be from any of the NABL/BIS Accredited Testing-Calibration Laboratories/ MNRE approved test centers. The listof MNRE approved test centers will be reviewed and updated from time to time.

4. WARRANTY

4.1 The mechanical structures, electrical works including powerconditioners/inverters/charge controllers/ maximum power point tracker units/distribution boards/digital meters/ switchgear/ storage batteries, etc. and overallworkmanship of the SPV power plants/ systems must be warranted against anymanufacturing/ design/ installation defects for a minimum period of 5 years.

4.2 PV modules used in solar power plants/ systems must be warranted for theiroutput peak watt capacity, which should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 yearsand 80% at the end of 25 years.

5. IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY

5.1 Each PV module used in any solar power project must use a RF identification tag(RFID), which must contain the following information. The RFID can be inside or outside

18

the module laminate, but must be able to withstand harsh environmental conditions.

No.5/23/2009-P&C Dated 16.06.2010

(i) Name of the manufacturer of PV Module(ii) Name of the Manufacturer of Solar cells(iii) Month and year of the manufacture (separately for solar cells and module)(iv) Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)(v) I-V curve for the module(vi) Peak Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the module(vii) Unique Serial No and Model No of the module(viii) Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate(ix) Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate(x) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per

ISO 9000 series.

19

No.5/23/2009-P&C Dated 16.06.2010

ANNEXURE-4

PRESENTLY AVAILABLE NATIONAL STANDARDS/ MNRE SPECIFICATIONS ON

SOLAR THERMAL COMPONENTS/ SYSTEMS

A) Indian Standards

National Standards are brought out by Bureau of Indian Standards. The details of theseStandards which contain minimum performance requirements along with test methodsare as follows:

1. Solar Flat Plate Collectors

a) IS 12933 (Part 1):2003, Solar flat plate collector -Specification, Part 1-Requirements.

b) IS 12933 (Part 2):2003, Solar flat plate collector -Specification, Part 2 -Components.

c) IS 12933 (Part 3):2003, Solar flat plate collector -Specification, Part 3 -Measuring instruments.

d) IS 12933 (Part 5):2003, Solar flat plate collector -Specification, Part 5 -Test methods.

These Standards does not apply to concentrating & unglazed collectors and built-in-storage water heating systems.

2. Box-Type Solar Cookers

a) IS 13429 (Part 1):2000, Solar cooker-Box type - Specification, Part 1 -Requirements.

b) IS 13429 (Part 2):2000, Solar cooker- Box type - Specification, Part 2 -Components.

c) IS 13429 (Part 3):2000, Solar cooker- Box type - Specification, Part 3 -Test methods.

B) MNRE Specifications

(Available on MNRE website www.mnre.gov.in)

1. Test Procedure for solar dish cookers2. Test procedure for Thermo-siphon-type domestic solar Hot Water

Systems

www.mnre.gov.in

20

No.5/23/2009-P&C Dated 16.06.2010

C) Testing Laboratories/ Centers

1 In order to make available quality product in the market, the Ministry works withBureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Quality Council of India. Presently, IndianStandards are available for solar flat plate collectors and box-type solar cookers andBIS implements a testing and certification programme which forms the basis ofcertification of these products by BIS.

2. For domestic size solar water heating systems based on thermo-siphon mode ofoperation, the Ministry has supported development of a test protocol with certainminimum performance requirements. For solar dish cookers, the Ministry has definedminimum specifications and has brought out a test procedure. In addition, the Ministryempanels manufacturers of solar water heating systems based on evacuated tubecollectors.

3. There is a network of test centres in the country which is recognized by BIS forcarrying out certification testing as per Indian Standards. The details of these testCentres are available are MNRE website and is updated from time to time.

4 The solar thermal devices/ systems must be tested at one of these test centres.

21

Slightly modified on 24.08.2012

Minimum Technical Requirements laid down by MNRE for ensuring quality

aspects of Solar Water Heating Systems being installed in Field

The FPC based systems will be from BIS approved manufacturers and ETC/ Heat pipe based systems from MNRE approved manufacturers/suppliers. The Systems will have the following minimum requirements for installation under subsidy/ soft loan scheme of MNRE: General Requirements

i) System installed in high windy area will be well grouted/ clamped with collectors installed in a way that it is able to sustain the highest wind pressure of that area.

ii) All the collectors will be south facing inclined at suitable angle to give best performance in winter

iii) There will not be any shadow falling on the collectors from nearby structures or of other collectors in front or back row

iv) Hot water pipe lines of any kind in colder regions will be fully insulated from the point of drawl of water from tank to delivery points. In other regions also care will be taken to avoid heat losses from pipelines.

v) System will be installed nearest to the point of hot water usage to avoid longer pipeline & higher heat losses.

vi) Where water quality is bad either FPC based systems with Heat Exchanger or ETC based systems will be installed.

vii) The workmanship & aesthetics of the system will be good and it should be visible to anybody

viii) Air vent pipe, make up water and cold water tanks will be installed as required for smooth functioning of the system

ix) There won’t be any leakage observed in the system from tanks/ collectors/ pipelines

x) No electric back up will be provided in hot water storage tank at places where electric geysers are already installed. At places where electric geysers are not installed, electric back up could be provided in upper portion of storage tank, if necessry. Other option is to have an instant/ small geyzer in bathroom with outlet of solar hot water storage tank connected to its inlet and thermostat set at say 40 C. This will help consuming less amount of electricity during non-sunny days.

Technical Requirements

Flat Plate Collectors : ISI mark (2 sq. m. absorber area for 100 liter tank capacity system in colder region and 125 liter for other regions)

Evacuated Tube Collectors/ Heat pipes Type of tubes 3 layer solar selective (Inner layer of copper coating should be

visible). Detailed specifications of tubes will be as per the guidelines laid down by MNRE for empanelment of manufacturers of ETC based systems & made available at MNRE website

No. of tubes/ Absorber Area 1.50 sq. m. of absorber area for 100 liter tank capacity system. Absorber area will be calculated as follows:

Area in Sq. Meter = 3.14 X No. of tubes X Radius in Meter X Length in Meter.

Accordingly, 14 tubes of Dia : 47 mm & length : 1500 mm and 10 tubes of Dia 58 mm & length : 1800 mm will be required for each 100 lpd system. For higher capacity systems, the no. of tubes

calculated as per above could be slightly less. However, the minimum absorber area will not be less than that given in MNRE Cicuklar No. 22/5/2009-10/ ST dated 02-03-2010.

Procurement : From reputed supplier (Details of supplier to be provided) Storage Tanks, Piping, Support structure etc ( To be all indigenous & not imported) Inner tank material : SS 304 or 316 grade min/ MS or any other material with anticorrosive coating for hard water with chlorine contents. Inner tank thickness : For SS minimum thickness will be 0.5 mm when using argon arc or metal inert gas for welding & 0.8 mm when using other type of welding. For MS it will be 1.5 mm. No leakage under any kind of negative or positive pressure of water will be ensured. Inner tank welding : TIG / Seam/ pressurized weld (Open arc weld not permitted )

Storage tank capacity : Not less than system capacity. In case of ETC based system, volume of tubes & manifold not to be included in tank capacity. Thermal insulation of : Minimum 50 mm thick CFC free PUF having density of 28-32 storage tanks kg/ cu.m for domestic systems and 100mm thick Rockwool of 48 kg per cu. m for other systems. For colder regions, it will be 1 ½ times atleast. In case of higher desity insulations, the thickness may reduce proportionately. Thermal insulation of : Minimum 50 mm thick rockwool or 25 mm thick PUF on GI pipes. hot water pipes For colder regions, it will be 1 ½ times atleast. In case of composite pipes, it will depend on region to region. For higher density insulations, the thickness may reduce proportionately. Outer cladding & Frames : Al/ FRP or GI powder coated. MS may also be used with special anti-corrosive protective coatings. Thickness of sheets will be strong enough to avoid any deformation of the cladding. Valves, cold water tank, : Of ISI mark or standard make vent pipe, heat exchanger, make up tank & instruments Support structure for : Of non corrosive material or have corrosion resistant protective Collectors, pipng, tanks etc coating. They will be strong enough to sustain their pressure during the lifetime of system. An undertaking will be given by the manufacturer/supplier confirming to above requirements while submitting proposals to MNRE/SNAs or claiming subsidy. The manufacturer will also provide the detailed specifications of each and every part of his system to the beneficiary alongwith O&M Manual. In case any manufacturer/supplier is found not sticking to above requirements, his name will be removed from MNRE list. These requirement will also be put on MNRE website for the knowledge of beneficiaries and other stakeholders. Salient features of the system will also be highlighted on a plate fixed on front surface of the tank alongwith name of manufacturer/ dealer & his contact No. _____________________________________________________________________________ Note: Beneficiaries of systems may contact MNRE at following address if manufacturers/ dealers are not sticking to above requirements.

Government of India

Ministry of New & Renewable Energy B-14, CGO Complex, Lodi Road, New Delhi-110003

Website: www.mnre.gov.in

http://www.mnre.gov.in/

Selection of suitable Solar Water Heating Systems

1. Flat plate collector (FPC) based systems are of metallic type and have longer life

as compared to Evacuated tube collector (ETC) based system as ETCs are made of

glass which are of fragile in nature.

2. ETC based systems are 10 to 20% cheaper than FPC based system. They perform

better in colder regions and avoid freezing problem during sub-zero temperature.

FPC based systems also perform good with anti-freeze solution at sub zero

temperature but their cost increases.

3. At places where water is hard and have larger chlorine content, FPC based

system with heat exchanger must be installed as it will avoid scale deposition in

copper tubes of solar collectors which can block the flow of water as well reduce

its thermal performance. ETC based systems do not face such problem.

4. For a house with one bathroom and 3 to 4 members, 100 liter per day capacity

system should be sufficient. For more numbers of bathrooms, the capacity will

increase accordingly due to pipe losses & more number of family members.

Generally the capacity is decided based on hot water required in mornings for

bathing. If the usage is in evening & at other times also, the capacity is decided

accordingly.

5. A 100 lpd capacity may cost Rs. 16,000 to Rs.22,000 depending on type &

location. In hilly & N-E region the cost may be 15 to 20% more. The cost,

however, does not increase linearly with increase in capacity, rather it comes

down proportionately as we go for higher capacity system. The system cost does

not include the cost of cold water tank, & its stand which is required if overhead

tank is not installed in a house/ building. Cost of hot water insulated pipe line

also, may be extra if number of bathrooms are more than one. Additional cost

towards all these components may increase by 5 to 10%.

6. Avoid putting of electricity back up in storage tank of solar system. If you have

electric geyser of say less then 10 lpd capacity or an instant geyser it would be

better if you connect the outlet line of solar system with inlet of geyser & set

thermostat at 40O. Your geyser will start only when you get water below 40O.

from solar system and will switch off when temperature goes above say 42 or so.

This will save lot of electricity & heat water according to your requirement.

However, if you have storage geyser of high capacity, better to have a separate tap

for solar system and use your electric geyser when you don’t get hot water for

solar.

MINIMUM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF DISH SOLAR COOKERS

Reflecting Bowl

Parabolic dish made of single/ multiple reflectors fixed firmly to a rigid frame. The size andshape of the reflectors is such when joined/fixed they automatically form a parabolic dishDish area 1 sq. m minimum

Reflecting mirrorsi) Material

ii) Reflectivity

iii) Mirror fixing

i) Bright anodized aluminum sheets/ glass mirrors/ polymer film/any other better and durable material with protective layers ofcoating on back surface and sides to protect from exteriorweathering effect. For coastal and colder regions, specialprotections to be made.

ii) 80% minimum with a maximum degradation of 10% over its lifespan. Warranty/ guaranty to be provided for a period of five years.To be replaced immediately if found deteriorating during thisperiod.

iii) With positive locking or sticking by good quality adhesives. Dueprotection of mirror coatings to be taken while fixing the mirrors.Tying of mirrors with wires not acceptable. For high wind areasspecial protection to be made.

Concentration ratio Over 80Bowl supporting frame

The supporting frame for the reflecting bowl will be made of MS rings supported by MSstrips or FRP material/ thick MS wire-mesh structure. It will be rigid enough to avoid anydeformation of the bowl shape during manual/ handling or under wind pressure. The MSstructure will have epoxy/ ant-rust coating.Bowl stand

Of mild steel epoxy/ powder coated.With arrangement to hold cooking vessels of different sizes.With suitable provision for securing the cooker to the ground.

Tracking mechanism

Manual or automatic Designed to enable unrestricted 360o rotation to parabolic dish around its horizontal

axis passing through its focal point and center of gravity and also around its verticalaxis, for adjustment of the cooker in the direction of the sun.

With simple locking arrangement to hold/ fix the bowl at a particular position With pointer/ other arrangement to facilitate users positioning of the bowl exactly in

the direction of the sun.

Cooking vessel

ISI mark pressure cooker of suitable capacity. Resistant black powder coated bottom. Incase, no vessel is supplied, the user needs to be told to paint the bottom of his vessel black.

Other requirements

The entire structure will be strong enough to withstand wind of 150 km per hourwithout any damage

All parts/components will be of weather resistant design/specifications to withstandnatural weathering outdoors under local climatic conditions, for a minimum period of15 years. Warranty for a minimum period of 5 years will be provided by the supplier.Necessary spares will also be provided so that the user do not face any problematleast during the warranty period.

Note:Any improvements in the above specifications of all types of concentrating solar

cookers, leading to cost reduction and/ or and higher efficiency will be acceptable.Manufacturers /suppliers will, however, provide necessary mechanism for checking theperformance & technical specifications of their cookers alongwith a test report from one of theTest Centers of MNRE and prove to the inspection committee that the cookers provided bythem are as per above specifications based on which CFA from MNRE will be released.

*****

Technical specifications of solar direct cooking systemusing Scheffler dish of 16 sq. m. aperture area

ConcentratorsReflecting mirrors

i) Material

ii) Reflectivity

iii) Mirror fixing

i) Solar grade glass mirrors with protective layersof coating on back surface and sides to protectfrom exterior weathering effect. Specialprotections to be made keeping in view theclimatic conditions of Leh .

ii) 90% minimum with life of 15 to 20 years.Warranty/ guaranty to be provided for a periodof five years. To be replaced immediately iffound deteriorating during this period.

iii) With positive locking or sticking by good qualityadhesives. Due protection of mirror coatings tobe taken while fixing the mirrors. Tying ofmirrors with wires not acceptable. Specialprotections to be made keeping in view the highwinds of region..

Concentration ratio(Aperture/ Utensilbottom area)

Over 60

Frame & supportingstructure

Rigid enough to resist any deformation of the dishshape due to wind pressure or manual handling.Made up of aluminum/ mild steel with epoxy/powder coating.

Secondary Reflector & Cooking place

Secondary reflector will use bright anodized aluminum sheets ofminimum 0.4 mm thickness. Its base and cooking place stand will befabricated using steel bars & angle irons sheets respectively with properthickness.

Cooking place will have adjustable shutters which can be operated frominside the kitchen.

The unit will withstand temperature of 400 C and wind pressure up to aspeed of 150 km per hour.

Tracking Arrangement

Any reliable Timer or PLC based automatic tracking mechanism withmotorized reverse in evening & park at morning position. Clockmechanism is not accepted.

Made of standard components; to be protected from rain, dust & outsideenvironment

Tracking accuracy : +/- 0.5 degree (to be ensured using inclinometer)

Civil work & cooking pots

All required civil work will be made to have the cooking done withScheffler dishes. Each dish should be able to cook one dish for 100people at a time within one hour under clear sun.

Each Scheffler dish will be provided with a suitable vessel to cook foodfor 100 people at a time with bottom painted as selective black .

Other requirements

All exposed M.S. parts/components should have three coats of epoxy paint and will beof weather resistant design/specifications to withstand naturalweathering outdoors under local climatic conditions, for a minimumperiod of 15 years.

Warranty for a minimum period of 5 years will be provided by thesupplier. Necessary spares will also be provided so that the user do notface any problem atleast during the warranty period.

The steel structures provided to support various components of thesystem will be fabricated in such a way that they are able to take load(both wind load and static dead load) of the whole system.

The personnel of the buyer/user institution will be trained by thesupplier in the operation and maintenance of the system and its back-up system. Proper manuals will be prepared and provided to the user.Log book will also be supplied to the and user so that properdocumentation is maintained.

The other important features of system will be i) it will have easy accessto the user and proper walkway and platforms will be supplied for easyoperation and maintenance of the system wherever necessary ii) safetyfeatures will be incorporated in the system and iii) properinstrumentation will be provided so that user could see the status ofsystem and take precautions /corrective steps if the system does notbehave as expected.

MINIMUM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF VARIOUS COMPONENTSOF SOLAR STEAM/ PRESSURIZED HOT WATER/OIL GENERATING SYSTEMS

(Revised based on inputs received from some experts/manufacturers)

The solar steam/pressurized hot water/oil generating system will comprise ofautomatically tracked parabolic concentrators and balance of system (BOS) forconditioning and utilizing thermal energy in working fluid. The working fluid can be in theform of water, steam and organic or inorganic fluid. BOS may consist of solar thermalreceivers, steam/ hot water/oil pipelines, feed water/oil pumps, tank assemblies, steelstructures and civil works, instrumentation like pressure gauges and temperatureindicators etc. It will be hooked up with conventional system already in use for specificapplications. In case of new systems, fossil fuel based boiler, vessels for cooking/ vapourabsorption machine for cooling etc may be provided as the case may be. Minimumtechnical specifications of various components of the system will be as per below:

ConcentratorsShape & make of eachconcentrator

Of any shape made of reflecting mirror(s) fixed to asupporting frame / structure

Aperture area 10 sq. m minimum (for Scheffler dishes, it will be / 4 xlengths of major & minor axis of the ellipse)

Reflecting mirrorsi) Material*

ii) Reflectivity

iii) Mirror fixing

i) High quality glass mirrors for outdoor use withprotective layers of coating on back surface and sidesto protect from exterior weathering effect or any otherreflecting material of similar reflectivity and durability.For coastal and colder regions, special protections tobe made.

ii) 90% minimum with a maximum degradation of 10%over its life span. Warranty/ guaranty to be providedfor a period of five years. To be replaced immediatelyby the supplier if found deteriorating during this period.

iii) With positive locking or sticking by industry provenoutdoor-rated adhesives. Due protection of mirrorcoatings be taken while fixing the mirrors. Tying ofmirrors with wires not acceptable. For high wind areasspecial protection to be made.

* For newer upcoming technologies, reflectors other thanglass mirrors will also be acceptable subject to fulfillmentof all the above requirements

Concentration ratio(Aperture/ Receiver areas)

Over 80 for single axis and 120 for double axis trackingconcentrators

Tracking Arrangement

Any reliable automatic tracking mechanism with motorized reverse in evening &park at morning position including safe position in case of abnormal operatingconditions.

Made of standard components; to be protected from rain, dust & outsideenvironment

Tracking accuracy : +/- 0.5 degree (to be ensured using field-calibratedinclinometer)

Heat receivers, Headers and piping

Tested working fluid pressure: 1.5 times of designed pressure Receivers : Of boiler/standard industry quality to sustain required temperature

and pressure Header material and piping : Designed & manufactured as per IBR/ standard

industry qualityInsulation

All working fluid piping to be insulated with minimum thickness of 50 mm of PUFor rock wool. Headers or water-steam tank, insulated sides of receiver etc. tohave minimum insulation of 75 mm. For colder regions facing sub zerotemperatures, minimum thickness will be 100 mm and 150 mm respectively. Insuch regions cold water pipe lines including valves etc. will also be insulated.Insulation on receivers should withstand a minimum temperature of 600c.

All insulated components to have Al sheet or powder coated steel sheet claddingas per industrial practices so as not to allow rain water to sip in the insulation.

Frames & supporting structure

Strong enough to avoid any deformation of the reflector dish duringmanhandling/ tracking/under wind pressure of 200 km per hour

Of mild steel/ any other strong material with epoxy/anti-rust coatingInstrumentation & Controls

Complete with all instrumentation such as pressure gauge, temperatureindicator, fluid level indicators, safety valves, fluid meter etc. Data acquisitionand control system with online monitoring to be installed for automaticmonitoring, control and record of all important process parameters in installationsabove 500 sq. m. of dish area.

Other requirements Systems with Scheffler dishes having single axis automatic tracking arrangement

will not be installed with more than 30 dishes at a place. For bigger systems, thedishes have to be of two axis automatic tracking mechanism.

All parts/components will be of weather resistant design/specifications towithstand natural weathering outdoors under local climatic conditions, for aminimum period of 15 years. Warranty for a minimum period of 5 years will beprovided by the supplier. Necessary spares will also be provided so that the userdo not face any problem atleast during the warranty period.

The steel structures provided to support various components of the system willbe fabricated in such a way that they are able to take load (both wind load andstatic dead load) of the whole system. In case the terrace where the system is tobe installed is not strong enough to bear the loads, these should be transferredinto columns and beams and the proposed load arrangement must be discussedwith the concerned civil engineering department and their approval obtained.

The personnel of the buyer/user institution will be trained by the supplier in theoperation and maintenance of the system and its back-up system. Propermanuals will be prepared and provided to the user. Log book will also besupplied to the and user so that proper documentation is maintained.

The other important features of system will be i) it will have easy access to theuser and proper walkway and platforms will be supplied for easy operation andmaintenance of the system wherever necessary ii) safety features such as safetyvalves etc will be incorporated in the system so that system does not explodeunder pressure and iii) proper instrumentation as mentioned above will beprovided so that user could see the status of system and take precautions/corrective steps if the system does not behave as expected.

Note:

General

i) Any improvements in the above specifications of all types of solar concentratingsystems, leading to cost reduction and/ or and higher efficiency of the system willbe acceptable.

ii) The manufacturer/ supplier will provide the details of his system in the proposalwith schematic diagram showing each and every component, its workingprocedure, tracking arrangement, technical specifications with quantum and size ofvarious components and other highlights, if any alongwith a test report of his dishfrom one of the Test Centers of MNRE.

Cost & size of system

i) Approximate cost of installed systems with above specifications should not bemore than Rs. 12,000 to 14,000 per sq. m. of dish area for single axis trackedsystems and Rs. 14,000 to 16,000 for two axis tracked systems depending on siteand data acquisition & control system installed with cost decreasing for increasedsize of systems. This cost is for retrofitted systems and excludes cost towardsboiler, utensils for cooking/VAM & its accessories for cooling as applicable, civilworks, AMC etc. For newer systems, the cost towards boiler, utensils for cookingand VAM and its accessories for air-conditioning etc may be extra by 20 to 30%respectively. In high altitude areas and difficult terrain, the cost may furtherincrease by 20 to 25%. Another 3 to 5% could be towards operation, maintenance& AMC for 5 years.

ii) Scheffler dishes are now being manufactured with 16sq. m. of aperture area. Asolar steam generating system using these dishes may not be suitable for cookingfood for less than 250 people. As a thumb rule 3 to 4 dishes of 16 sq. m. eachshould be sufficient for cooking food for around 250-300 people depending on site.For bigger system, dishes will be added accordingly but will reduce proportionatelydue to lower heat losses. For example, a 10 dishes system (160 sq. m.) may besufficient to cook food for around 1000 people.

*****

1

MNRE STD 01:2013

MNRE Standard ALL GLASS (GLASS IN GLASS) EVACUATED SOLAR COLLECTOR TUBES

Ministry of New and Renewable Energy

Block-14, CGO Complex,

Lodhi Road, New Delhi-110 003,

May 2013

2

MNRE STD 01:2013

MNRE Standard

All Glass (Glass in Glass) Evacuated Solar Collector Tubes 1.0 SCOPE This standard specifies requirements of all glass evacuated solar collector tubes intended for non concentrating type solar collector. 2.0 REFERENCES IS/ISO 9488:1999 Solar Energy - Vocabulary ISO 3585:1998 Borosilicate glass 3.3 3.0 DEFINITIONS In addition to the terms and definitions given in ISO 9488, the following shall apply for this standard: 3.1 Absorber - Inner glass tube with solar selective absorbing coating on its outer surface that absorbs solar radiation and converts it into thermal energy. 3.2 Angle of incidence - The angle between the direct solar irradiation and the normal to the aperture plane. 3.3 Average heat loss coefficient - Average heat loss through the absorber unit surface area under the condition of no solar irradiance for every 1C difference between the average temperature of the hot water filling up the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube and the average ambient temperature. 3.4 Bubble (stone) - Solid impurity contained in the glass body. 3.5 Diffuse flat plate reflector- Flat plate mainly with diffuse reflection, which is installed below at a certain distance from the all glass evacuated solar collector tube and used for increasing the solar radiation collected by the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube. 3.6 Knot - Vitreous body in glass that varies from the main component of glass. 3.7 Pyranometer - A radiometer used to measure the total solar radiation (direct, diffuse, and reflected) incident on a surface per unit time per unit area. 3.8 Reflector or Reflective Surface - A surface intended for the primary function of reflecting radiant energy. 3.9 Solar Irradiance - Irradiance is the rate of solar radiation received by a unit surface area in unit time in W/m2.

3

3.10 Solar selective absorbing coating (surface) - Coating with high solar absorbing ratio and low emitting ratio. 3.11 Stagnation temperature - Maximum temperature of air within the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube under quasi-steady-state at specified solar irradiance when there is only air inside the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube 3.12 Stagnation parameter of an all glass evacuated solar collector tube - Ratio of the difference between stagnation temperature and ambient temperature and the solar irradiance. 3.13 Tube length – The length of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube is the distance from the open end to the point at which the diameter of the outer glass cover measured 15mm. 3.14 Vacuum jacket in all glass evacuated solar collector tube - Jacket between the cover glass tube and inner glass tube of the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube, where air pressure is sufficiently low, thermal conduction and convection of air can be ignored. 3.15 Vacuum quality – Vacuum performance in the evacuated tube which is expressed by disappearance ratio in axial length of the getter mirror after interior of an evacuated tube is heated. 4.0 PRODUCT CATEGORIZATION 4.1 STRUCTURE OF ALL GLASS EVACUATED SOLAR COLLECTOR TUBE The all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall comprise of the inner glass tube with solar selective absorbing coating on its outer surface and coaxial cover glass tube. The one end of the inner glass tube shall be closed at base and seated in a steel strut. The other end of the inner glass tube shall be thermally sealed with the other end of the cover glass tube. The space between the inner tube and outer cover tube shall be vacuumised ( vacuum < 5x10 -3 Pa) before thermal sealing of the other end of cover tube.

4

Fig. 1 Structure of all-glass evacuated solar collector tube 1— Inner glass tube; 2— Solar selective absorbing coating; 3— Vacuum jacket; 4— Cover glass tube; 5— Strut member; 6— Getter; 7— Getter mirror surface. D –– Outer Diameter of cover glass tube d –– Outer Diameter of inner glass tube L –– Length of tube S –– Length of sealing section 4.2 Dimensions of All Glass Evacuated Solar Collector Tubes 4.2.1The dimensions of all glass evacuated solar collector tubes shall be as shown in Table-1.

TABLE 1

All dimensions in mm Outer Dia of

cover glass tube D

Tolerance + 1

Outer Dia of inner glass tube

d Tolerance + 1

Thickness of cover glass tube Tolerance + 0.1

Thickness of inner glass tube Tolerance + 0.1

Tube Length L

Tolerance + 0.5%

Length of sealing section

S 47 37 1.6 1.6

1500,1800,2000,2100

58

47

1.6 1.6 ≤ 15

70 58 2.0 1.6

4.2.2 Bending of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall not be more than 0.2 % 4.2.3 The cross section of the open end of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube at a distance of 20mm mm) from open end shall be of round shape and the ratio of the maximum outside diameter to the minimum outside diameter shall be not more than 1.02. 4.2.4 All glass evacuated solar collector tubes of other sizes may be supplied with the approval of MNRE provided they meet all other requirements of this standard. 4.3 Solar Selective Absorbing Coating The Solar selective absorbing coating shall be three target coating having three layer - absorption layer ( Aluminium nitride), bonding agent cum absorption layer (Aluminium nitride – stainless steel) and anti reflection layer (copper).

5

4.4 Designation Designation of all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall comprise of following 5 parts: Part-1 All glass evacuated solar collector tube Part -2 Chemical symbol of selective coating Part -3 Outer diameter of cover glass and inner glass tube Part -4 Length of tube Part -5 Type of coating (Three target) Example: All glass evacuated solar collector tube having AlN/AlN-SS/Cu multilayer selective coating with 58 mm outer diameter of cover glass tube and 47 mm outer diameter of inner glass tube, 1800 mm length and three target coating shall be designated as: ET - AlN/AlN-SS/Cu - 58/47 - 1800 - 3T 5.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 MATERIAL 5.1.1 The material of glass tube shall be of Borosilicate glass 3.3 conforming to ISO 3585. The solar transmittance ratio of outer glass tube shall be 0.89 ( at air mass 1.5 i.e. AM 1.5). 5.1.2 The absorptivity of solar selective coating shall be minimum 0.92 at AM 1.5. 5.2 VISUAL APPEARANCE 5.2.1 On viewing internal surface of inner tube of all glass evacuated solar collector tube colour of coating shall appear orange or copper like in case of three target copper coated tubes. 5.2.2 The close end of all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall appear silver/mercury colour to indicate desired vacuum in the tube. 5.2.3 There shall not be any bubble (stone) bigger than 1mm on the glass tube and there shall not be more than 1 bubble (stone) within a area of 10mm x 10mm and not more than 5 bubbles (stones) on the whole of the tube. There shall be no crack around the bubble. 5.2.4 There shall be no dense knots bigger than 1.5mm on glass tube. There shall not be more than 5 knots on the whole tube. 5.2.5 The accumulative length of minor scratches shall not be more than 1/3 tube length and the scratches shall not be visible from a distance of minimum 1200mm. 5.2.6 The selective coating of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall have no smear, peel off and fade off. 5.2.7 Distance from the obvious colour fading area of the selective absorber coating at the open end of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall be no more than 50mm. 5.2.8 The strut member supporting the free end of the inner glass tube shall be properly placed and shall not be loose.

6

5.2.9 The inner and cover tube at the open end of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall have smooth ends without any glass peel off and shall not have any deformation. 5.2.10 The sealed end of the tube shall not have any sharp end and shall be smooth. 6.0 TESTING 6.1 TEST REQUIREMENTS The following tests shall be performed on sample of all glass evacuated solar collector tube: i) Dimensions - Shall conform to the requirements given in clause 4.2. ii) Visual Appearance– Shall conform to the requirements given in clause 5.2.These are visual requirements. iii) Stagnation performance parameter test - The stagnation performance (Y) shall not be less than190 m2.oC/kW, when tested as per Appendix A. iv) Stagnation solar irradiance test - The stagnation solar irradiance when tested as per Appendix B shall be as under:

a) Not more than 3.7 MJ/m2 for 47 mm outside diameter cover glass tube, b) Not more than 4.7 MJ/m2 for 58 mm outside diameter cover glass tube and c) Not more than 5.7 MJ/m2 for 70 mm outside diameter cover glass tube

v) Average thermal loss coefficient test – Average thermal loss coefficient (ULT) shall be less than 0.85 W/m2oC when tested as per Appendix C. vi) Vacuum performance test – The all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall meet the following requirements when tested as per Appendix D :

a) If glass surface showing weak fluorescence, tube meets the requirements. If sparks penetrate the glass surface or sparks are divergent and there is no fluorescence on glass surface, tube does not meet the requirement.

b) The disappearance ratio in getter mirror axial length shall be not more than 50%. vii) Resistance to thermal shock test - There shall be no damage when tested as per Appendix E. viii) Resistance to impact test - There shall be no damage when tested as per Appendix F. ix) Resistance to internal pressure test - There shall be no damage when tested as per Appendix G. x) Absorptivity and emissivity test of the selective coating - Selective coating of the tube shall have absorptivity Min 0.92 and emissivity less than 7% when tested as per Appendix H.

7

7.0 TEST REPORT

A test report shall be generated in the format given at Appendix J. 8.0 MARKING The following markings shall be marked on all glass evacuated solar collector tubes: a) Manufacturer's trade mark or logo and b) Batch no. or date of manufacture. 9.0 PACKING The all glass evacuated solar collector tubes shall be suitably packed in boxes to avoid any damage during handling, storage and transportation.

8

APPENDIX A

STAGNATION PERFORMANCE PARAMETER TEST { Clause 6.1 iii)}

A-1 Test conditions A-1.1This test shall be conducted outdoor. A-1.2 Pyranometer shall be placed on a mounting stand (Ref Fig 2). The plane on which the Pyranometer is placed shall be parallel with the plane of collector. A-1.3 Solar irradiance G≥800W/m2, A-1.4 The ambient temperature during testing shall be 20ºC ≤ta≤30ºC. The thermometer shall be located shaded by a Stevenson screen in the vicinity of the test set-up (not more than 10 m from it). The bottom of screen shall be kept atleast 1m above the ground level. A-1.5 Wind velocity during testing shall be ≤4 m/s. The anemometer shall be kept near to test bench to measure air speed. A-2 Test instruments: Pyranometer；Platinum Resistance Thermometer, Mercury Thermometer with Stevenson screen, Anemometer, Data Logger. A-3 Test bench set up - Place 3 all-glass evacuated solar collector tubes in parallel in south-north direction. The all glass evacuated solar collector tube to be tested shall be in the middle and the other two tubes are accompanying test tubes. The center to center spacing is twice the inner tube diameter. The center to the flat plate reflector spacing is 70 mm. The flat plate reflector has a diffuse reflectance no less than 0.60. Air is used as the thermal conducting medium inside the all glass evacuated solar collector tube, the temperature shall be measured at the center of the tube and the sensor shall not contact the wall of the glass tube. A 50mm thick rigid polyurethane foam is used as thermal insulation cap at the open end of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube. The cap shall not cover the selective surface. The angle of inclination between the horizontal plane and the all glass evacuated solar collector tube is 士5 of latitude of the location but not less than 300. The measuring device is to be set up as shown in the Fig 2. A-4 Test Procedure: When the solar irradiance is G≥800W/m2 士 30W/m2 record the solar irradiance, temperature inside the collector tube and ambient temperature every 5 minutes. Take 4 set of readings. Take the average value of the 4 readings of solar irradiance as solar irradiance G. Similarly, take the average value of 4 readings of temperature inside the collector tube and ambient temperature as temperatures ts and ta respectively. Air speed shall be measured at the start of the test and end of the test & recorded in the test report.

9

Fig. 2 Schematic diagram of thermal performance testing device of all glass evacuated solar collector tube 1 - All glass evacuated tube collector 2 - Diffuse flat plate reflector 3 - Platinum resistance thermometer 4 - Thermal insulation cap 5 - Pyranometer 6 - Radiation recording device 7 - Temperature recording device 8 - Data Logger 9- Mounting frame 10 - Mercury thermometer 11 - Stevenson screen for thermometer 12 - Anemometer A-5 Calculate the stagnation performance parameter Y of all-glass evacuated solar collector tube according to formula (1) ts - ta Y = –––––––––– ------------ (1) G Where as Y— stagnation performance parameter, m2·

C/kW ts— stagnation temperature, oC ta— average ambient temperature, oC G— solar irradiance, kW/m2 A-6 Result – Report the calculated stagnation performance parameter.

10

APPENDIX B

STAGNATION SOLAR IRRADIANCE TEST

{ Clause 6.1 iv)} B-1 Test conditions - Same as in A-1. B-2 Test instruments - Same as in A-2 B.-3 Test Bench - Same as in A-3. Water is used as the thermal conducting medium in all glass evacuated solar collector tube. B-4 Test Procedure – Cover the all glass evacuated solar collector tube with opaque cover. Fill the water. Initially the water temperature should be lower than ambient. As soon as the water temperature is equal to ambient temperature, record the initial solar irradiance. Expose the all glass evacuated solar collector tube to the sun by removing the opaque cover. When water temperature inside the tube rises by 35oC record the final solar irradiance. B-5 The difference between final solar irradiance and initial solar irradiance is stagnation solar irradiance. B-6 Result – Report calculated stagnation solar irradiance.

APPENDIX C

AVERAGE HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT TEST { Clause 6.1 v}

C-1 Test Conditions

C-1.1 This test shall be conducted indoor. C-1.2 The average ambient temperature during the testing period shall be 20oC ≤ta≤30oC. C–1.3 There shall be no wind directly blowing onto the all glass evacuated solar collector tube. C-2 Test Instruments - Platinum Resistance Thermometer, Mercury Thermometer, steel measuring tape C-3 Test Bench. C-3.1 All glass evacuated solar collector tube is placed vertical to the horizontal plane. The open end is covered by the same thermal insulation cap as in A -2. C-3.2 There shall be three temperature measuring points from top to bottom in the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube. The measurement points shall be as under :

11

Tube Length (mm) L

Distance from Open end to the Measurement points in mm

1500 250, 750, 1250 1800 300, 900, 1500 2000 335,1000,1665 2100 350,1050,1750

C-4 Test Procedure - Fill up the all glass evacuated solar collector tube with hot water of minimum temperature 90oC and drain it out after two minutes. Immediately after this preheating, fill up the all glass evacuated solar collector tube with hot water of minimum temperature 90oC. The water level must be up to a height of 40mm from the top of the tube (open end) for tube length up to 1500mm and up to a height of 50mm from top of the tube (open end) for a tube length of 1800mm to 2100mm. Record the first average temperature (t1) of the 3 measuring points when the water temperature naturally drops to an average of 80oC士0.2oC. Record the second and third average temperature ( t2 and t3) of three measuring points at an interval of 30 minutes each. Simultaneously, record the corresponding three ambient temperatures (ta1, ta2 and ta3) at the same time. C-5 Calculate the average heat loss coefficient ULT of the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube according to formula (2), (3) and (4). Cpw .M ( t1 - t 3 ) …… (2) ULT = ––––––––––––––––

AA ( tm - ta ) ∆τ ( t1 + t2 + t3) tm = ––––––––––––––––– ……….(3) 3 ( ta1 + ta2 + ta3 ) ta = ––––––––––––––––– ………… (4) 3 Where as： ULT Average heat loss coefficient, W/(m2· oC) tm Average water temperature inside the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube during the test, oC ta Average ambient temperature, oC ∆τ Total testing time from water temperature t1 to t3, s M Mass of water inside the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube, kg Cpw Specific heat of water, J/kg· oC) AA Absorber surface area, m2.( Refer to ANNEX 1) ta1, ta2, ta3 Corresponding ambient temperature recorded at the same time, oC t1, t2,t3 Three average water temperature inside the all glass evacuated solar collector tube at three measuring points each, oC. C-6 Result – Report calculated average heat loss coefficient.

12

APPENDIX D

VACUUM PERFORMANCE TEST { Clause 6.1 vi)}

D-1 Test Conditions - This test shall be performed indoor. D-2 Test instruments - Spark leak detector, Electric heating rod (single-end outlet, diameter of 20mm and rated power of 1500 W) of length not less than 90% length of the collector tube under test , Thermocouple, temperature gauge, steel measuring scale, hour meter D-3 Air pressure test inside the vacuum jacket D-3.1 Test Procedure – Air pressure of vacuum jacket is checked using a spark leak detector in dark condition. Aim the spark leak detector at open end where no selective coating is on the inner glass tube. The intensity of spark and colour shall be used to check the vacuum standard. D-3.2 Result - If glass surface showing weak fluorescence sample meets the requirements. If sparks penetrate the glass surface or sparks are divergent and there is no fluorescence on glass surface, sample does not meet the requirement. D-4 Vacuum quality test D-4.1 Test Procedure – Place the electric heating rod inside the all glass evacuated solar collector tube. The electric heating rod is fixed with a aluminum fin type arrangement before being put into the collector tube. Both ends of the aluminum fins are covered with asbestos cloth to prevent direct contact of the aluminum wing with the collector tube wall. The opening of collector tube is covered with fiber glass. A thermocouple is placed at the middle of the collector tube to measure the inner glass tube temperature. The temperature of the inner glass tube is maintained at 340C(10C) for 48 h. The change in mirror surface of the getter is measured. The measurement will be made from the point of diameter of 15mm of the sealed-off end of the collector tube to the getter mirror surface edge. There shall be measurement at six equal portions before heating and after heating. The average value of the 6 points before heating and after heating represents the getter mirror surface axial length L1 and L2 respectively. D-4.2 Calculate the disappearance ratio in getter mirror axial length from the formula (5): L1 -– L2 R = ––––––––––––– X 100% …………… (5) L1 Where R –– disappearance ratio in axial length of the getter mirror, % L1 –– axial length of the getter mirror before heating, mm L2 –– axial length of the getter mirror after heating, mm D-4.3 Result – Report calculated disappearance ratio in getter mirror axial length.

13

APPENDIX E

RESISTANCE TO THERMAL SHOCK TEST {Clause 6.1 vii)}

E--1 Test Conditions - This test shall be performed indoor. E-2 Test instruments/ test setup – Ice water bath with mercury thermometer, Hot water bath with mercury thermometer, stop watch, steel measuring scale E–3 Test Procedure – Insert the open side of the all glass evacuated solar collector tube into ice water ( ≤ 1C) for a depth not less than 100mm and keep it for one minute. Take it out and immediately immerse it into a hot water bath of temperature not less than 90C for a depth not less than 100mm and keep it for one minute. Take it out and immediately immerse in the ice water ( ≤ 1C). Repeat this test three times. E– 4 Result – The all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall not have any damage after the test.

APPENDIX F

RESISTANCE TO IMPACT TEST {Clause 6.1 viii)}

F-1 Test Conditions - This test shall be performed indoor. F-2 Test instruments/test set up – Test bench having 2 V shaped groove support with 5mm thick polyurethane liner with 500mm space in between to put all glass evacuated solar collector tube in horizontal position, a stand to drop steel ball from a height of 450 mm at the middle of the two supporting points on the tube, a steel ball of 30mm diameter, a steel scale/ steel measuring tape F-3 Test Procedure – Fix the all glass evacuated solar collector tube on the test bench. Drop the steel ball freely from the stand for vertical impact on the middle of the collector tube. F-4 Result – The all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall not have any damage after the test.

APPENDIX G

RESISTANCE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE TEST {Clause 6.1 ix)}

G-1 Test Condition - This test shall be performed indoor.

14

G-2 Test instruments/ test setup – Arrangement to develop 0.6MPa pressure, pressure gauge, stop watch G-3 Test Procedure – Fill the all glass evacuated solar collector tube with water. Increase the water pressure evenly to 0.6MPa and keep it for one minute. G-4 Result – The all glass evacuated solar collector tube shall not have any damage after the test.

APPENDIX H

ABSORPTIVITY AND EMISSIVITY TEST OF THE SELECTIVE COATING {Clause 6.1 x)}

H-1 Test Conditions - This test shall be performed indoor. H–2 Test instruments/test setup – Spectrophotometer, hemisphere emissometer, temperature gauge H-3 Test Procedure for Absorptivity - Use a spectrophotometer with integral ball to measure

the transmission ratio of the solar selective absorbing coating respectively at 150mm from the

open end of the all-glass evacuated collector tube and at middle of the collector tube (length

wise) within a wavelength of 0.3 µm~2.5 µm. Then calculate the solar absorbing ratio at AM1.5

and use the average value of the two to express the solar absorbing ratio of the solar selective

absorbing coating inside the all-glass evacuated solar collector tube.

H-4 Test Procedure for Emissivity- Place all glass evacuated solar collector tube inside

sealed water-cooled jacket. Place a electric heater inside the inner tube and on two sides of the

equipment to make a hemisphere emissivity measurement device. Under quasi-steady-state,

directly measure the hemisphere emissivity of the selective absorbing coating of the absorber of

the all glass evacuated solar collector tube at 80oC士5oC.

15

APPENDIX - J (Clause 7.0)

Official Stationary of the Test Laboratory/ Institution Address and Contact Details

TEST REPORT A. GENERAL 1. Name and Address of manufacturer/supplier 2. Contact details of manufacturer /supplier 3. Details of sample submitted/model 4. Latitude & longitude of test laboratory Latitude –

Longitude – 5. Duration of the Test

Date of start - Date of completion -

B. SPECIFICATIONS OF THE TEST SAMPLE (All dimensions are in mm, unless specified otherwise)

Evacuated Tube (ET) 1 Make/Model 2 Complete address of the manufacturer

including e-mail/web site etc.

3 Type All Glass Evacuated Solar Collector Tube

4 Tube length , L in mm 5 Outer diameter of inner tube, d in mm 6 Outer diameter of cover tube, D in mm 7 Details of selective coating 8 Aperture (exposed) area of a single tube C. TEST RESULTS Specified Observed Remarks 1 Dimensions of tube As per clause 4.2 2 Visual appearance checks As per clause 5.2 3 Stagnation Performance Parameter Test, Y Not less than190 m2.oC/kW 4 Stagnation Solar Irradiance Test a) Not more than 3.7

MJ/m2 for 47 mm outside diameter cover glass tube,

b) Not more than 4.7 MJ/m2 for 58 mm outside diameter cover glass tube and

c) Not more than 5.7 MJ/m2 for 70 mm outside diameter cover glass tube

5 Average Heat Loss Coefficient Test, ULT less than 0.85 W/m2oC

16

6 Vacuum performance test i) Air Pressure Test ii) Vacuum Quality Test

i) If glass surface showing weak fluorescence sample meets the requirements

ii) The disappearance ratio in getter mirror axial length shall be not more than 50%.

7 Resistance to thermal shock test No damage after test

8 Resistance to Impact Test No damage after test

9 Resistance to internal Pressure Test No damage after test

10 Selective Coating i) Absorptivity test ii) Emissivity test

i) Absorptivity Min 0.92 ii) Emmisivity less than 7%

11 Any Other Details

12 Remarks Date: Place: (Testing Officer) (Head of the Test laboratory)

17

ANNEX 1 (APPENDIX C)

Outer Dia of cover glass Tube in mm

D

Outer Dia of inner glass Tube ( absorber tube) in mm

d

Length of the All Glass Evacuated Solar Collector Tube

in mm

Absorber Area in m2

AA

47

1500 0.174 1800 0.209

37 2000 0.232 2100 0.244

58

1500 0.221 1800 0.266

47 2000 0.295 2100 0.310

70

1500 0.273 1800 0.328

58 2000 0.364 2100 0.383

1

MNRE STD 03:2013

MNRE Standard ALL GLASS (GLASS IN GLASS) EVACUATED TUBES SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEM



Lodhi Road, New Delhi-110 003,

May 2013

2

MNRE STD 03:2013

MNRE STANDARD

ALL GLASS (GLASS IN GLASS) EVACUATED TUBES SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEM

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This standard specifies requirements of all glass evacuated tubes solar water heating system. This

standard covers only non concentrating, direct, vented solar collector system that convert solar radiation

to thermal energy for heating water based on thermo syphonic principle.

1.2 In case solar water heating systems is having an auxiliary heater as an integral part of the system,

auxilary heater will be switched off during testing as the operation of the auxiliary input may influence

the performance of the system.

2.0 REFERENCES

IS 6392:1971 Steel pipe flanges

IS 6911: 1992 Stainless steel plate, sheet and strip –specification

IS/ ISO 9488:1999 Solar energy – Vocabulary

MNRE STD 01:2013 All glass (glass in glass) evacuated solar collector tubes

MNRE STD 02:2013 Storage water tank for all glass (glass in glass) evacuated tubes solar collector

DOC: MED 04(1050) F Test procedure for thermo syphon type domestic solar hot water

heating systems (under print)

3.0 DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms and definitions given in IS/ISO 9488 and MNRE STD 01:2013 following shall

also apply for this standard.

3.1 Ambient Air - Ambient air is the outdoor air in the vicinity of the solar collector system being tested.

3.2 Aperture Area - Maximum projected area through which the un-concentrated solar radiation enters a

collector.

3.3 Water Draw-Off Rate - Rate at which water is withdrawn from a water heating System.

3.4 Direct Solar Water Heating System - Heating system in which the water to be heated is circulated

through a collector where the solar heat gathered by the collector is transferred to the circulating water

itself.

3.5 All glass evacuated tubes solar collector - Solar collector employing transparent glass tubes with an

3

evacuated space between the tube wall and the absorber.

3.6 Heat Exchanger - Device specifically designed to transfer heat between two physically separated

fluids. Heat exchangers can have either Single or double Walls.

3.7 Heat Transfer Fluid - Fluid that is used to transfer thermal energy between components in a System.

3.8 Open System - In which the heat transfer fluid is in extensive contact with the atmosphere.

3.9 Reflector or Reflective Surface: A surface intended for the primary function of reflecting radiant

energy.

3.10 Solar Collector - A solar collector is a device designed to absorb incident solar radiation, to convert

it to thermal energy, and to transfer the thermal energy to a fluid coming in contact with it.

3.11 Solar Energy -The energy originating from the sun's radiation primarily encountered in the

wavelength region from 0.3 to 3.0 micrometers.

3.12 Solar Storage Capacity - Quantity of sensible heat that can be stored per unit volume of store for

every degree of temperature change.

3.13 Water Tank Capacity - Measured volume of the water in the tank when full. This capacity shall not

include the water in the collector tubes and will be equal to system capacity.

3.14 Thermo-syphon System- The system which utilizes only density changes of the heat transfer fluid

to achieve circulation between collector and storage tank.

3.15 Vented System - In which contact between the heat transfer fluid and the atmosphere is restricted

either to the free surface of a feed and expansion cistern or to an open vent pipe only.

3.16 Working Pressure / Rated pressure - Maximum system pressure (in kg/cm2) at which the water

heater is designed to operate, or the maximum operating pressure (in kg/cm2) assigned to the water heater

by the manufacturer and marked on the water heater.

4.0 PRODUCT CATEGORIZATION

4.1 All glass evacuated tubes solar water heating system shall comprise of following main components:

a) All glass evacuated tubes for solar water collector,

b) Storage water tank for all glass evacuated tubes solar collector,

c) Diffuse flat plate reflector (if provided),

d) Manifold (applicable for closed type water storage tank in the system),

e) Tube resting caps,

f) Supporting frame/stand, and

g) Integral pipe & pipe fittigs; flanges ,valves etc (for closed type water storage tank in the system) with

insulation of suitable thickness

.

4.2 All glass evacuated tubes in the solar water heating system shall conform to MNRE STD 01.

4

4.3 Storage water tank in the solar water heating system shall conform to MNRE STD 02.

4.4 Diffuse flat plate reflector if provided shall be bright aluminium/stainless steel sheet of suitable

thickness.

4.5 Manifold when provided shall have header (inner container) of Stainless steel sheet conforming to

grade X02Cr19Ni10 or X02Cr17Ni12Mo2 of IS 6911/ ASTM 304,304L/316 and outer cladding shall be

as given in 5.2 of MNRE STD 02. The insulation in manifold shall be PUF of minimum 25mm thickness.

Alternatively, inner container of manifold may be of mild steel sheet conforming to IS 1079 with

anticorrosive coating.

4.6 Tube resting caps shall be from UV stabilized ABS/Nylon/PP plastic material.

4.7 Supporting frame/stand for the solar heating system shall be manufactured from any of the following

material:

i) Mild steel conforming to IS 2062 with hot dip galvanized or powder coated

ii) Galvanized steel sheet conforming to IS 277 with/without powder coating

iii) Stainless steel

iv) Aluminium with anodized coating

The frame/stand shall be strong enough to support the system during its lifetime.

4.8 Pipes used in the system shall be conforming to IS 1239 ( Part 1). Flanges used in the system shall be

conforming to IS 6392.

5.0 REQUIREMENTS

5.1 General

5.1.1 The system shall fulfill general safety requirements, e.g. care shall be taken to avoid protruding

sharp edges on the outside of the system.

5.1.2 All parts of the system to be mounted outdoors shall be resistant to UV radiation and other weather

conditions over the prescribed maintenance interval. Any maintenance or replacement of system parts

required in order to maintain the system’s normal working over a period of 10 years shall be clearly stated

in the instruction manual.

5.1.3 The quality of all the work carried out on solar water heating system, including the pipe

connections, brazing, welding, insulation of electrical conductors and attachment of accessories, shall be

of such nature that the water heating system will perform its intended function without any failure.

5.2 Over temperature protection

5.2.1General

5.2.1.1 The system shall be designed in such a way that prolonged high solar irradiation without heat

5

extraction does not cause any situation in which special action by the user is required to bring the system

back to normal operation. This may be taken care by providing vent as per manufacturer’s instructions.

In case system run dry without water, the procedure given in instructions manual to be followed for

refilling of the system.

5.2.1.2 When the system has a provision to drain an amount of water as a protection against overheating,

the hot water drain shall be constructed in such a way that no damage is done to the system, piping or any

other materials in the house by the drained hot water. The construction shall be such that there is no

danger to inhabitants from steam or hot water from the drain.

5.2.1.3 When the overheating protection of the system is dependent on electric supply and/or cold water

supply, this shall be stated clearly in the instructions and on the system.

5.3 Over temperature protection for materials

The system shall be designed in such a way that the maximum allowed temperature of any material in the

system is never exceeded.

6.0 TESTING

6.1 Pre-conditioning Test

6.1.1 Idle heating test – There shall be no deformation, crack or other damage in the system

when tested as per Appendix A.

6.2 Test Requirements

Following tests shall be conducted on sample of all glass evacuated tube solar heating system:

i) Leakage Test – There shall be no leakage or damage in the system when tested as per

Appendix B. ii) Integral Test – There shall be no leakage or damage in the system when tested as per

Appendix C. iii) External Thermal Shock Test – There shall be no damage or deformation in the

system when tested as per Appendix D.

iv) Internal Thermal Shock Test – There shall be no damage or deformation in the system

when tested as per Appendix E.

v) Frost Resistance Test – This test is applicable only to those systems which

manufacturer claims to be frost resistant. There shall be no leakage, damage or twisting

in the system when tested as per Appendix F.

vi) Thermal Performance Test – The system efficiency corresponding to standard test

conditions shall be minimum 40 %. The thermal performance of the system shall be

tested according to the test procedure specified in BIS Doc MED 04(1050) F.

vii) Resistance to Impact Test – This test shall be carried out as per Appendix F of

MNRE STD 01 on each collector tube after dismounting from the system and kept

horizontally. There shall be no damage on any collector tube.

7.0 TEST REPORT

6

A test report shall be generated in the format given at Appendix G.

8.0 INSTRUCTION MANUAL

8.1 The manufacturer shall supply an instruction manual with each system containing at least following

information in easily understandable language:

a) Brief description of system and its components

b) Technical specification of the system

c) Schematic diagram of all glass evacuated tubes solar water collector system;

d) Instructions for assembly and installation of the system (including mounting details,

piping/plumbing diagram) and safety precautions;

e) Instructions for operation and maintenance of the system;

f) Troubleshooting mentioning common problems, their possible causes and solutions;

g) List of service outlets;

h) Warranty clause clearly indicating limitations.

9.0 MARKING

Each system shall have the following information clearly marked on a plate or label attached to the

system at visible place:

a) Name of manufacturer or recognized trade mark;

b) Collector area in m2 ;

c) Water capacity of tank in litres per day (lpd);

d) No. of evacuated tubes;

e) Outer diameter and length of evacuated tubes;

f) Serial No.; and

g) Month and Year of manufacture.

7

APPENDIX A

IDLE HEATING TEST

(Clause 6.1.1)

D–1 Test conditions – This test shall be conducted outdoor as per operating conditions.

D –2 Test instruments/test setup –Anemometer, pyranometer, data logger

D–3 Test Procedure – Install the system under test outdoor according to operating conditions.

There shall be no presence of water inside the system. Measure the daily cumulative solar

irradiance on the plane of the collector which shall be more than 16 MJ/m2

. The average wind

velocity shall be 4m/s or less. This test to be conducted for three consecutive days.

D –4 Test Result - At the end of the test there shall be no deformation, crack or other damage to

the system.

APPENDIX B

LEAKAGE TEST

{Clause 6.2 i)}

B-1 Test Conditions - This test is conducted at normal temperature outdoor.

B– 2 Test instruments/test setup – Hydraulic pressure source, Pressure gauge, Filter, Regulator,

Stop watch, soap solution

B- 3 Test Procedure - Fill the evacuated tube solar collector system with water at normal

temperature. Release all the residual air inside the system through the exhaust valve and shut off

the exhaust valve. Then slowly increase the pressure to the test pressure 0.06 MPa through the

hydraulic source. Maintain the test pressure for 10 min. Check leakage by applying soap solution

on all joints.

B-4 Test Result - Check any deformation or leakage in the system during and at the end of the

test.

8

APPENDIX C

INTEGRAL TEST

{Clause 6.2 ii)}

E–1 Test conditions – This test shall be conducted outdoor as per operating conditions.

E –2 Test instruments/test setup –Anemometer, pyranometer, data logger

E–3 Test Procedure – Install the system outdoor according to operating conditions. The system

is filled with water. Measure the daily cumulative solar irradiance on the plane of the collector

which shall be more than 16 MJ/m2

. The average wind velocity shall be 4m/s or less. This test to

be conducted for three consecutive days.

E–4 Result –Check for any deformation or leakage in the system during and at the end of the

test.

APPENDIX D

EXTERNAL THERMAL SHOCK TEST

{Clause 6.2 iii)}

D - 1 Test Conditions – This test to be conducted outdoor when the solar irradiation reaches

over 700W/m2. Spraying water temperature at 15℃±10℃ and flow of spray water more than

200 l/(m2·h).

D – 2 Test instruments/test setup – Spray water tank with temperature gauge, stop watch, water

flow meter

D – 3 Test Procedure - Start the test after solar irradiation reaches over 700W/m2

. After

stagnation period of 30 minutes, spray water that meets the test conditions evenly on the

evacuated tube solar collector, the inclination angle between the spraying direction and the

collector shall be no less than 200. Keep spraying water for 5 min.

D - 4 Test Result - Check for damage and deformation with any part of the evacuated tube solar

collector and record observation.

9

APPENDIX E

INTERNAL THERMAL SHOCK TEST

{Clause 6.2 iv)}

E -1 Test Conditions - This test to be conducted outdoor when the solar irradiation reaches over

700W/m2. Water tank temperature at 15℃±10℃ and water flow more than 60 l/(m

2 .h).

E – 2 Test instruments/test setup – Water tank with temperature gauge, stop watch, water flow

meter

E – 3 Test Procedure - - Start the test after solar irradiation reaches over 700W/m2

. After

stagnation period of 30 minutes, supply water that meets the test conditions to the absorber of the

evacuated tube solar collector for 5 minutes.

E - 4 Test Result - Check for damage and deformation with any part of the evacuated tube solar

collector and record observation.

APPENDIX F

FROST RESISTANCE TEST

(Clause 6.2 v)}

F-1 Test Conditions - This test applies to the systems which the manufacturer claims to be frost

resistant including systems that work under frost resisting circulation. This test is not applicable

to those systems that use frost resisting liquid medium. This test is divided into two tests: i) frost

resistance test conducted when the collector is filled with water and ii) frost resistance test

conducted when the collector is empty.

F – 2 Test Procedure - Install the collector for the frost resistance test in a cold storage. The

installation inclination angle is the minimum included angle to the horizontal plane

recommended by the manufacturer. If this angle is not recommended, the installation inclination

angle shall be 300.

10

Fill the collector with cold water with temperature t1 range:

8 0C≤t1≤25

0C. Keep the collector at (-20±2)

0C for at least 30min, then increase the temperature

to +100

C, keep it for 30min. Such freezing and warming circulation shall be conducted 3 times.

Discharge all the water from the collector. Keep the collector at (-20±2)0C for at least

30min, then increase the temperature to +10 0C, keep it for 30min. Such freezing and warming

circulation shall be conducted 3 times.

F – 3 Test Result - At the end of the test, check whether there is leakage, damage, deformation

or twisting in the collector.

11

APPENDIX G

TEST REPORT

(Clause 7.0)


TEST REPORT

A. GENERAL

1. Name and Address of manufacturer/supplier

2. Contact details of manufacturer /supplier

3. Details of sample submitted/model All Glass Evacuated Tubes Solar water Heating System

4. Latitude & longitude of test laboratory Latitude –

Longitude –

5. Duration of the Test

Date of start -

Date of completion -


a) All glass evacuated tube

1 Make/Model

2 Complete address of the manufacturer including e-mail/web site etc.

3 Type

4 No. of tubes

5 Tube length , L in mm

5 Outer diameter of inner tube, d in mm

12

6 Outer diameter of cover tube, D in mm

7 Details of selective coating

b) Storage water tank

1 Storage Water Tank Capacity, litres

2 Inner tank material & thickness

3 Outer cladding material & thickness

4 Insulation material & thickness

c) Manifold if applicable

1 Manifold inner tank material & thickness

2 Manifold outer cladding material & thickness

3 Manifold insulation material & thickness

d) Collector area in m2

C TEST RESULTS Specified Observed Remarks

1 All glass evacuated tube Conformance to MNRE STD 01

See test report as per MNRE STD 01 enclosed

pp

2 Storage water tank Conformance to MNRE STD 02

See test report as per MNRE STD 02 enclosed

3 Collector area As per declaration Actual calculated area

4 Idle heating test No damage after test

5 Leakage Test No leakage or damage during and at the end of test

6 Integral Test No leakage or damage during and at end of test

7 External Thermal Shock Test No damage at the end of test

8 Internal Thermal Shock Test No damage at the end of test

13

9 Frost Resistance test No damage at the end of test

10 Thermal Performance Test Minimum 40% system efficiency corresponding to standard test conditions

11 Resistance to Impact Test No damage after the test

12 Any other details

13 Remarks

Date: Place: (Testing Officer) (Head of the Test laboratory)

14

APPENDIX H

(Informative)

Capacity wise number of Evacuated tubes and corresponding collector area in solar water

heating system with evacuated tubes

The evacuated tubes for manufacturers of solar water heater systems are available in various

sizes. The minimum collector area for any capacity of solar water heating system will be as per following

Table.

Sr. No. System Capacity (lpd) Collector Area ( m2

)

1 50 0.75

2 75 1.18

3 100 1.50

4 150 2.25

5 200 3.0

6 250 3.75

7 300 4.50

8 400 6.0

9 500 7.5

10 Above 500 1.3m2

per 100 lpd

The no. of tubes for any capacity can be calculated as under.

No. of tubes = Minimum collector area as per above table / Area of single tube

The area of single tube can be calculated as follows.

Area of tube = x Radius of cover glass tube (O.D. /2) x length of tube

Minimum no of tubes required for the system can be calculated as per following example:

For a system of 200 lpd, cover glass tube diameter 47 mm & length 1.5 m

Area of tube = x 0.0235 x 1.5

=0.111 m2

No. of tubes = 3.0/0.111

=27.09

Rounding of calculated no. of tubes should be done on higher side. Therefore, minimum no. of tubes

required in the system is 28.

15

The area for some of the tubes generally used currently in the system as calculated according to above

formula is given below for reference:

Type of tube

Sr.no. Cover Tube outside

diameter (mm)

Length of tube (mm) Area of single tube (mm2)

1 47 1500 0.111

2 47 1800 0.133

3 58 1800 0.163

Area of other size of tubes may be calculated if required as per formula given above

Note 1 –The above collector area calculation is only applicable for subsidy purpose and not for testing of

other thermal performance parameter of system.

1

MNRE STD 02:2013

MNRE Standard STORAGE WATER TANK FOR ALL GLASS (Glass in Glass) EVACUATED

TUBES SOLAR COLLECTOR



Lodhi Road, New Delhi-110 003, May 2013

2

MNRE STD 02:2013

MNRE Standard

STORAGE WATER TANK FOR ALL GLASS (Glass in Glass) EVACUATED

TUBES SOLAR COLLECTOR

1.0 SCOPE

This standard specifies requirements of storage water tank for all glass evacuated tubes solar

collector. This standard covers only vented type storage water tank.

2.0 REFERENCES

IS 277:2003 Galvanized steel sheets (Plain & corrugated)

IS 1079: 2009 Hot rolled carbon steel sheet and strip (sixth revision)

IS 6911: 1992 Stainless steel plate, sheet and strip –specification

IS 14246: 1995 Continuous pre-painted galvanized steel sheets and coils

IS ---------- Test procedure for thermosyphon – type domestic solar hot water heating system

{DOC : MED04(1050)F} (under print).

MNRE STD 03:2013 All glass (glass in glass) evacuated tubes solar water heating system

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Vented type storage water tank – Storage water tank having opening to the atmosphere and

pressure inside the tank is always equal to atmospheric pressure all the time.

4.0 TYPE OF STORAGE WATER TANK

4.1Close type storage water tank – Such type of storage water tank are close to collector but not

integrated with the collector i.e. evacuated tubes of collector are connected to manifold and

manifold is connected to storage water tank. A typical solar collector with close type storage water

tank is shown in Fig.1.

4.2 Integrated type storage water tank – Such type of storage water tank are integrated to the

collector i.e. evacuated glass tubes of collector are directly connected to storage water tank. A

typical solar collector with integrated type storage water tank is shown in Fig.2.

3

5.0 MAIN PARTS OF STORAGE WATER TANK

5.1 Inner tank – Inner tank shall be manufactured from any of the following materials:

i) Stainless steel sheet conforming to grade X02Cr19Ni10 or X02Cr17Ni12Mo2 of IS

6911 or ASTM grade 304,304L,316. The thickness of sheet shall be minimum

0.5mm when fabricated using MIG / Argon arc / seam welding for tanks upto 300

litres capacity. Tanks may be manufactured from same thickness sheet by weldless

technology.

ii) Mild steel sheet conforming to IS 1079 with anti-corrosive coating. This material is

specially suitable for use of tanks in areas having high TDS (more than 300 PPM)

and chlorides contents (more than 50 PPM) in water. The thickness of sheet shall be

minimum 1.5 mm for tanks upto 300 litres capacity. The thickness of coating shall be

minimum 150 micron and should be capable to withstand minimum five years

warranty. Anti-corrosive coating may be enamel coating (glass lining or enamel

lining) or special food grade coating.

iii) GI sheets conforming to IS 277 with suitable anti-corrosive coating. This material is

specially suitable for use of tanks in areas having high TDS (more than 300 PPM)

and chlorides contents (more than 50 PPM) in water. The thickness of sheet shall be

minimum 1.5 mm for weld less tanks and minimum 2.0 mm for welded tanks for

tanks upto 300 litres capacity. The tanks should be capable to withstand minimum

five years warranty.

For capacities higher than 300 litres, thickness of tank should be adequate to withstand

pressure of 0.2 MPa.

5.2 Outer cladding - The material of outer cladding shall be continuously pre-painted galvanized

steel conforming to IS 14246. Alternatively, material of outer cladding may be Aluminium

/stainless steel/FRP of suitable thickness.

5.3 Insulation layer – The insulation layer shall be pre-injected PUF of minimum thickness 50mm.

The free rise density of PUF shall be minimum 26 kg/m3and moulded density shall be minimum

36 kg/m3 . For tanks of water capacity more than 300 litre, Rockwool insulation of minimum 100

mm thickness is also permitted. The thermal conductivity (k value) of Rockwool shall be not

more than 0.055W/(m .0 C) at 100

0 C.

5.4 Inner seal ring for tubes – The material of inner sealing shall be of silicon rubber to withstand

minimum temperature of 1750 C.

5.5 Dust cover ring for tubes - The material shall be of EPDM rubber/ UV stabilized PVC.

5.6 Sacrificial anode (optional) - Additional corrosion protection may be provided by the

installation of a sacrificial anode. The anode shall be manufactured from magnesium cored with a

steel rod (or a material with higher protection potential) to ensure mechanical and wear strength

suitable for the duty it has to perform and to withstand the mechanical shocks, which may be

induced during transport and installation. The anode shall be mounted in a robust manner at the

4

end of the tank and shall be in electrical contact with the inner tank. The anode shall be easily

replaceable.

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

6.1 The outer cladding shall be smooth without any crack or obvious scratch and no coating peeling

off.

6.2 Insulation layer, in case of Rockwool shall be stuffed tightly. There shall be no obvious shrinkage

or bulging of insulating material.

6.3 Access door may be provided for easy periodic cleaning of the tank (optional).

6.4 The tank shall be provided with appropriate packing to avoid entry of any foreign material in the

tank before its installation in the system.

7.0 TEST REQUIREMENTS

7.1 Measurement of storage water tank capacity – The capacity of storage water tank shall be

within + 5 % of declared capacity when measured as per Appendix A.

Note – The declared capacity of storage water tank shall be equal to capacity of the system.

Volume of water in evacuated tubes and manifold shall not be accounted in the capacity of

storage water tank.

7.2 Leakage test for inner tank– No leakage when tested as per Appendix B.

7.3 Rigidity test – There shall be no deformation or damage when tested as per Appendix C.

7.4 Idle heating test – There shall be no deformation, crack or other damage when tested as per

Appendix D.

7.5 Integral Test – There shall be no leakage or damage when tested as per Appendix E.

7.6 Performance test – Heat loss coefficient of the system (UL) shall be <2 W/(m2 0

C) when tested

as per Indian Standard {Doc: MED 04(1050)F } (under print)

Note: Tests specified in 7.3 to 7.6 above for storage water tank are not required separately when

manufacturer of glass evacuated tubes solar collector is manufacturing tanks in-house. In this case

during the testing of all glass evacuated tubes solar collector system as per MNRE STD 03, these

tests are performed along with system.

5

8.0 TYPE OF TEST

8.1 Routine test – Each inner tank shall be tested for leakage as per clause 7.2 for a period of

10 minutes by manufacturer.

8.2 Type test – All the tests specified in 7.1 and 7.3 to 7.6 are type tests and shall be carried

out initially for one capacity upto 500 litres capacity single unit either in manufacturer’s

lab or outside approved lab for approval of the product. These tests shall be repeated

every two years after initial approval or before if there is any change in design,

technology or materials. For systems above 500 litres capacity single unit test shall be

carried out as per agreement between manufacturer and user.

9.0 TEST REPORT.

A test report shall be generated in the format given at Appendix F.

10.0 MARKING

The following information shall be marked on the storage water tank:

i) Name of the manufacturer’s or trade mark,

ii) Water capacity in litres,

iii) Serial No., and

iv) Month and year of manufacture.

11.0 PACKING

The storage water tanks shall be suitably packed in boxes to avoid any damage during handling,

storage and transportation.

6

Fig 1 Fig 2

CLOSE TYPE STORAGE INTEGRATED TYPE STORAGE

WATER TANK WATER TANK

7

APPENDIX A

MEASUREMENT OF STORAGE WATER TANK CAPACITY

(Clause 7.1)

A–1 Test conditions – This test may be conducted indoor or outdoor at ambient temperature.

A–2 Test instruments/test setup – Measuring Jars of capacity 20 litre, 5 litre, 2litre & 1litre

A–3 Test Procedure – Fill the empty storage water tank with measured volume of water.

A– 4 Result – Report total water volume required to fill the storage water tank in litres as capacity of

tank.

APPENDIX B

LEAKAGE TEST FOR INNER TANK

(Clause 7.2)

B–1 Test conditions – This test may be conducted indoor or outdoor at ambient temperature.

B–2 Test instruments/test setup – Air compressor with air storage tank of 500 litres capacity, Pressure

gauge, Filter, Regulator, Stop watch, Water tank or soap solution

B–3 Test Procedure – Close all the holes of inner tank. Fill the tank with air and increase the pressure to

0.06 MPa for tanks upto 300 litres capacity and 0.2 MPa for tanks above 300 litres capacity. Maintain the

pressure for 10 minutes. Check for any leakage either by submerging the inner tank inside water tank or

by applying soap solution.

B–4 Result – There shall be no leakage or permanent deformity.

APPENDIX C

RIGIDITY TEST FOR STORAGE WATER TANK

(Clause 7.3)

C–1 Test conditions – This test may be conducted indoor or outdoor at ambient temperature.

C –2 Test instruments/test setup –All glass evacuated solar water heating system without storage water

tank, measuring steel scale, stop watch

C– 3 Test Procedure– Connect the storage water tank under test with all glass evacuated tube solar

water heating system. Raise one end of the storage water tank connected in the system without water by

0.1m and keep for 5 minutes before putting to original position.

C–4 Result -There shall be no damage and apparent deformation in the connecting parts of the storage

water tank.

8

APPENDIX D

IDLE HEATING TEST

(Clause 7.4)

D–1 Test conditions – This test shall be conducted outdoor as per operating conditions.

D –2 Test instruments/test setup – All glass evacuated solar water heating system without storage water

tank, anemometer, pyranometer, data logger

D–3 Test Procedure – Install the system with water storage tank under test outdoors according to

operating conditions. There shall be no presence of water inside the system. Measure the daily cumulative

solar irradiance on the plane of the collector which shall be more than 16 MJ/m2

. The average wind

velocity shall be 4m/s or less. This test to be conducted for three consecutive days.

D –4 Test Result - At the end of the test there shall be no deformation, crack or other damage to storage

water tank.

APPENDIX E

INTEGRAL TEST

(Clause 7.5)

E–1 Test conditions – This test shall be conducted outdoor as per operating conditions.

E –2 Test instruments/test setup – All glass evacuated solar water heating system without storage water

tank, anemometer, pyranometer, data logger

E–3 Test Procedure – Install the system with water storage tank under test outdoor according to

operating conditions. The system is filled with water. Measure the daily cumulative solar irradiance on

the plane of the collector which shall be more than 16 MJ/m2. The average wind velocity shall be 4m/s or

less. This test to be conducted for three consecutive days.

E–4 Test Result -At the end of the test there shall be no deformation, damage or leakage to storage water

tank.

9

APPENDIX – F

TEST REPORT (Clause 9.0)


TEST REPORT

A. GENERAL

1. Name and Address of manufacturer/supplier

2. Contact details of manufacturer /supplier

3. Details of sample submitted/model

4. Latitude & longitude of test laboratory Latitude –

Longitude –

5. Duration of the Test

Date of start -

Date of completion -


Storage Water Tank

1 Make/Model

2 Complete address of the manufacturer including e-mail/web site etc.

3 Type Close type/Integrated type

4 Capacity, litres


6 Type of anti corrosive coating inside inner tank


10

8 Type of welding


10 Thermal conductivity of Rockwool if used

11 Material of inner seal ring for tubes

12 Sacrificial anode if provided

C. TEST RESULTS Specified Observed Remarks

1 Storage water tank capacity, litres

2 Leakage test for inner tank No leakage or permanent deformity

3 Rigidity test No damage or deformation of connecting parts after test

4 Idle heating test

No deformation, crack or other

damage after test

5 Integral test No deformation, damage or leakage after test

6 Performance test Heat loss coefficient of the system shall be < 2 W/m2 .0 C


8 Type of anti corrosive coating inside inner tank


10 Type of welding


12 Material of inner seal ring for tubes

13 Sacrificial anode if provided

14 Remarks

Date: Place:

(Testing Officer) (Head of the Test laboratory)

Darashaw & Co. Pvt. Ltd.6th Floor, Express Building

14th “E’”Road, Near GovernmentLaw College, Churchgate (West)

Mumbai-400020Tel.: 91 22 4302 2355Fax: 91 22 4302 2366

E-mail: [email protected]: www.darashaw.com

Documents

Solar City Master Plan of